<<

W The W25YE

W The Arts The Arts W * In the broadest sense, including music and literature. Common subdivisions W2 Classes W2/WC take only works considering the arts in Persons in the arts W24 A this very broad sense, although all its concepts may be used under a particular artform when applicable. Concepts which are special to the (WD/WO), which constitute much the largest of the particular . By role forms, are enumerated in detail in those classes. The use W24 H . . Artists of the term in the singular usually implies the visual * Professional artists are usually assumed. arts and is therefore avoided in W2/WB. HA . . . Health of artists * See also Culture KBV I . . . . Mental health of artists W2 . Common subdivisions IT . . . . Drugtaking by artists * Add to W2 numbers 2/9 in Auxiliary Schedule 1, with J . . Support personnel, artists’ assistants, apprentices modifications as in AY2 and U2 (Sciences, * When these participate in the artistic production Technology); eg itself (eg, students assisting a painter). W22 H . . Pictorial matter, , reproductions K . . Journeymen (illustrations) * Skilled workers having served apprenticeship. * As a form of presentation of literature on the arts. L . . Auxiliaries in the arts * See note at WC2 2H * For example, carpenter, electricians, etc in R . . Audiovisual materials performing arts; models (human) in pictorial arts. W23 G . . Periodicals N . . Audience, spectators GC . . . By language * See also W2F Art patrons; W3G P Appreciation of * Add to W23 GC letters C/X from Auxiliary art; schedule 3; eg W23 GCV French periodicals on NEQ . . . Child audiences art. W25 Organizations H . . Yearbooks * Organizations serving specific functions go under the HC . . . By language function; eg exhibitions under visual arts WC2 N. * Add as under W23 GC. C . Conferences, congresses J . . Directories CD . . One-off (by date) JC . . . By language * Arrange by date: * Add as under W23 GC. * Add to W25 CD letters DF/Y in Auxiliary MS . . Practical manuals on arts schedule 4C; eg W25 CDT D a congress in 2002. * For amateurs’ manuals, see W24 D3M S. CE . . Permanent congresses W24 2 . . Organization & management in the subject D . International organizations * Use W29 TQ. E . National organizations, local organizations 4 . . Law F . Non-governmental organizations * Use W29 S. J . Academies, art profession A . . Persons in the arts, performers JW . Arts centres * For general works on these and their various roles JX . . By place in art, For persons performing a specific role (eg, as * Add to W25 JX as for art schools at W26 B. artists, designers, art dealers, models, etc) see role. K . Business firms * See also Special categories of persons as artists, * When controllers of design (eg, in haute couture). WBC M Communication & information in the arts B . . . Occupational health & safety precautions N . Language of the arts, terminology in the arts * Add to WC24 letters B/D following WC3 3 if applicable. R . Documentation in the arts . . . By general characteristics T . . Publishing in the arts * For reproduction of artworks, see WC3 9F. EN . . . . Women in the arts V . . Bibliographies EP . . . . Men in the arts WY . . Libraries EQ . . . . Children in the arts * See also collections, exhibitions, etc W2P ERB . . . . Disadvantaged persons in the arts XC . . Automated information systems F . . . . Professional persons in the arts Y . The media & the arts * For art dealers and experts, see Art trade * See also literary and other treatments of the subject. WC2 9TW D. * For Education in art, see W26 A; for YC . . Reporting, journalism Academies, see Organizations W25 JQ. YE . . . Interviews, conversations, debates G . . . . Amateurs in the arts * With specific individuals, see the individual; eg * For patrons, see W2F; for artlovers, see W3G 24A. W33 R. * For reminiscences, see biography of the person concerned.

15 W25YN W29QO The Arts

The Arts W The Arts W Common subdivisions W2 Common subdivisions W2 Communication & information in the arts W25 M . History by place W28 . The media & the arts W25 Y

* Add to W28 letters A/Z from Schedule 2. W25 YN . . The Press W29 2 . Biography of persons in the arts YP . . Broadcasting * Other than that of artists. The latter constitutes the YR . . . Radio major array under a given medium of art, period YT . . . Television and place. However, several alternatives are provided (see Appendix W4). W26 A Education & training in the arts * Alternative (not recommended) is to locate in J Relations to other subjects Education. * Add to W29 numbers & letters 3/9,A/Z from the * Add to W26 A letters A/V following J in JA/JV; whole classification; eg eg . Formal & abstract enquiry AJ . Teaching methods AA . . Philosophy of the arts & aesthetics * For picture study, see WK2 6AJ S. * For the philosophy, principles and theories of the AJS IB . . Aids arts (including arts criticism), see W3F A. AJS IE . . . Audiovisual aids AM . . Mathematics in the arts, statistics in the arts AJS IH . . . Still pictures AY . Science & technology in the arts * For general works on the relations of these to Class AM . Primary schools W; for the role of technology in a specific area of AN . Secondary schools the arts (eg equipment, materials, techniques, etc in AQ . Vocational education a particular medium) see that area. AR . Higher education HM . Medicine & the arts AT . Schools for the arts (education), art schools * For art as a therapy, see ITT V; for works about * The term art school usually implies the visual art produced in therapy, considered aesthetically as arts, in which case, see WC. works of art, see WBY. * For individual arts schools, use W26 B. I . Psychology & the arts B . . Arts schools by place J . Education & the arts * Add to W26 B letters C/Z in Auxiliary * For education & training in the arts, use W26 A. schedule 2; under each country, arrange by K . Social aspects of the arts name A/Z; eg, * Including works on the art world in general as a BE . . . Britain part of society. BEB SLA . . . . Slade School (University College * For arts policy, see politics and the arts London) W29 RAX P C Research in the arts KFD . . Attitudes to the arts * See also Criticism W3G KHK . . Rewards in the arts, awards QT Exhibitions, collections. etc * For general works on the role of these in relation * Use W2P. to the arts in society. For actual schemes of W27 History by period awards and accounts of artists receiving them, * Period and place are major determinants of the see W2I. culture in which an artist works and are treated as * For the organizing of competitions, etc as part of defining Kinds of arts by these characteristics; see arts promotion, see W2I. W7/WA. KHK N . . . Honours, titles (honours), medals (honours) * This position (W27/8, from the Common KHK O . . . . International awards subdivisions for periods and places) is retained KHK P . . . . National awards here in order to allow qualification of classes other KW . . Customs & folklore than arts products. Such classes deal largely with * As elements affecting arts; for styles, etc defined practical aspects of the arts scene (ie, its social by them, see Folk arts WAX E . context and organization, its materials and P . . Religion & the arts techniques, etc). * See also WBP Religious art * The term usually implies the visual arts (WC) and deals largely with the history of the PY . . Morals & the arts achievements of artists, ie art products. For the QO . . Crime & the arts equivalent concept in the arts in general, see W3F. * For works on the physical threats posed to * For periods of arts history, see W7/8. collections; for legal problems like copyright, * Add to W27 numbers & letters 6/U following W8. etc, see W29 S. W28 History by place * Notes above, under W27, apply here also.

16 W29QO The Arts W2M

The Arts W The Arts W Relations to other subjects Social aspects of the arts W29 K Crime & the arts W29 QO Operations W2E . Encouragement of arts * For art appreciation, see W3G P. * For works on the practical steps taken to maintain W2F . . Patronage, sponsorship, patrons security in the case of collections, etc, see F . . . Public patronage, official patronage WC2 QF. G . . . . Supranational bodies as patrons W29 QSQ . Theft of artworks H . . . . Government patronage, state patronage QSR J . Malicious damage to artworks * Use this classmark also for central government QSR TV . Forgery, counterfeiting in particular. * For copying as part of art production, see J . . . . . Subsidies W3N H; for faking in photographic processing, see WJW. K . . . . Regional government patronage R Politics & the arts L . . . . Local government patronage RAX P . Arts policy M . . . Private patronage RHL . Political parties N . . . . Friends (of galleries, museums, theatres, etc) * For specific parties, arrange A/Z following the * Organizations of users supporting arts country classmark at W29 RHN; eg institutions. RQV . Post-colonialism & the arts O . . . . . Clubs & membership * See also Arts of indigenous peoples W6X H P . . . . Institutional patronage S Law in the arts Q . . . . . Business patronage, industrial patronage * The preferred arrangement in BC2 is to locate the R . . . . . Media patronage law of specific subjects (substantive law) in S S . . . . Individual patronage, personal patronage Law in the case of a general library but under the T . . . . . Founders (of galleries, etc), founding subject in a library concerned primarily with a collectors specific subject. The examples below demonstrate W . . . . . Other patrons, A/Z the latter situation in the Arts. W2G . . . Kinds of patronage by place * See also W29 QO Crime and the arts * Add to W2G letters C/Z from Auxiliary schedule SBH . Property law 2; SBL K . . Copyright in art * Add to each country’s classmark as follows (where SBL WS . . Cultural possessions (law), antiquities (law) the hyphen represents the country’s classmark): SBV 2 . Cultural law in the arts * Add to - letters E/F following W2; SBV W . . Works of art (law) * Add to -G letters A/Z for regions; SBV WBD . . . Protection of artworks (law) * Add to -H letters A/Z for states (in federal SBV WBH . . . Reproduction of artworks (law) systems); * Add to -J letters A/Z for counties, etc. SC . Constitutional law * Add to -K the capital city; SCF . . Censorship in the arts * Add to -L/Q names of major cities other than the SD . International law & the arts capital; T Economics & the arts * Add to -R letters A/Z for other towns, etc. * See also patronage W2F * Add to the classmark for each region, town etc, * Add to W29 T letters A/P and Y following T; letters F/W following W2F so far as applicable.. TQ . Arts industry, business in the arts, organization W2H . . Promotion of arts & management in the arts W2I . . . Competitions, prizes, awards * Most of the literature refers to the visual arts * See note at W29 KHK as to the scope of this (WC) and to the performing arts. For examples class. of prominent subclasses, see WC2 9TQ. W2J . . . Festivals * Add to W29 T letters Q/X following T. * Add to W2J letters F/S as under W2F. U Technology & the arts W2K . . . . By country W Relations between the different arts * Add to W2K as for Patronage W2G. X . Literature & the arts W2L . . Protection of art heritage * For general works on the subject and for the * See also care & preservation of art objects W3B S influence of literature on the arts; for the W2M . . Collecting influence of the arts on literature, see Class X * Nearly all the literature on this relates to the visual Literature. arts; the detailed schedule for this is at WC2 M and may be applied here if applicable.

17 W2N W3GI The Arts

The Arts W The Arts W Operations Operations Encouragement of arts W2E . Practice of the arts W3 . Collecting W2M

W3C . . Materials as constituents W2N . . Exhibiting * Usually special to a given medium; eg, see * Applicable almost entirely to visual arts; see details at WC3 for visual arts. WC2 N. * Add to W2 letters N/V following WC2 if applicable. Products W2P . Exhibitions, galleries, museums * Classes W3E/WA take only works which deal with * See Visual arts WC2 P. the arts in general (ie works covering not only visual W3 Practice of the arts, production of artworks arts but also performing arts and perhaps literature as * Includes works on techniques, tools and materials well). together. * Add to W numbers & letters 3E/6Y following WC; * For theory of art, see W3F C. eg . Common properties & processes W33 B . . Occupational health & safety precautions * Add to W33 letters B/D following WC3 D if W3E . Works of art, art products, art objects applicable. * The term Art object itself usually implies visual . Agents arts. W34 . . Tools, instruments, equipment 27 . . History * These vary considerably according to the medium. * For history of the arts, use W3F. Only truly general ones go here; tools for a particular W3F . . History of the arts operation, etc, go with the latter. * Completely general works only, covering all * Most of the literature implies visual arts and a media. For comprehensive world histories detailed schedule is given at WC3 4. organized by place and period, see W6X. * Add to W numbers 34/35 following WC where . . Relations to other subjects applicable; eg, Workplace of the artist W34 6. A . . . Philosophy of art C . . . Computers (instruments of art) * Add to W3F A letters A/L following AA; eg * For computers as specifiers (ie, defining kinds of AHP . . . . Aesthetics of art art, as in computer art or computer-aided design) AHP L . . . . . Beauty see the operation or process acted on (eg, CAD at * See also W3H Properties of artworks W37 C). AHP N . . . . . Ugliness W35 P . . Materials as agents AHP P . . . . . Taste, perception of beauty * Eg, accelerators and acids in sculpture. C . . Theory of the arts, principles of art . Operations * Include here general works on theory and W37 . . Techniques in the arts criticism together. * Many of these relate to the visual arts and a detailed CN . . . Art for art’s sake schedule is given at WC3 7. Techniques applied in a * Artistic activity which is its own justification, particular artform go under the latter. having no need for social, moral or other * Add to W3 numbers & letters 7/D following WC; eg justification. 9 . . . Preliminary operations CP . . . Gesamtkunstwerke, total works of art A . . . . Design (preliminary operations) W3G . . Criticism in the arts * Use this position only when it refers to the initial * For the critical works themselves about art or any determination of the form and mode of particular aspect of art, use W3G H to qualify functioning of an object. In all other contexts them. equate with composition (W3J). If in doubt, use 24A . . . Critics latter. 24B . . . . Individual critics, A/Z C . . . . . Computer aided design, CAD F . . . Art historical viewpoints D . . . . Drafting * Add to W3G F letters B/F following AAB. . . Operations on the finished product GG . . . . From viewpoint of a particular school or * Most of the these concepts relate to the visual arts movement WC3 9 and details from there may be added here if * Criticism within a particular field goes with needed the latter; eg Winckelmann on the visual * Add to W3 numbers & letters 9/B following WC3; arts. eg H . . . Description of artworks, analysis of artworks W39 R . . . Copying, reproduction, recording I . . . . Interpretation (criticism), hermeneutics W3B H . . . Care & preservation

18 W3GJ Works of art W3JC

The Arts W The Arts W Products Products Works of art W3E Works of art W3E Criticism in the arts W3G Properties, attributes of artworks . Description of artworks W3G H

W3H LP . Pastiche W3G J . . Evaluation M . Originality, individuality, independence, non- * Including judgments on the nature of a conventionality, innovation, creativity masterpiece, the artist as genius, etc. NP . . Imagination K . . . Connoisseurship NT . . Fantasy P Appreciation of the arts NV . . Avant-garde * See also Encouragement of the arts W2E P . Kinaesthesia P24 A . Art lovers * Stimulating physical sensations other than visual Properties, attributes of artworks ones. * Reflecting psychological processes, reactions, etc * See also Aleatory elements W3J MV associated with the production or appreciation of PS . Synaesthesia works of art. Q . Emotions, feeling * For kinds of art defined by any of the properties below (eg, derivative art) see W3O/P. R . . Sentiment, sentimentality * For the more objective attributes which are usually S . . Shock, horror, outrage regarded as elements in composition and design, see * See also Taboos (subject of art) WC6 PYN B W3J. T . . Tragedy * For representation and figuration, see W6F; for V . . Comedy concepts like , , etc, see W3P VI . . . Irony Universal stylistic characteristics; for Beauty, see VS . . . Satire W3F AHP L. W . Truth W3H E . Content, meaning X . Other abstract concepts, A/Z * For subjects of art as iconography, see WBF. XAL . . Allusion * For , signs, etc, see W3J N; for quotation, see W3J NW XAT . . Attribution * See also Interpretation (criticism) W3G I XDE . . Decorum EI . . content XDI . . Distortion EJ . . . Idealization, The Ideal in art * See also WCI HMB * Abstracting ideal from actual form. XPI . . Picturesque ES . . . Stylization XSP . . Sprezzatura F . . . Ideas in art, concepts in art XSU . . Sublime * For , see WM9 CNQ; for W3I L Elements of the art product allegory, see W3J N Symbolism. * Many of these are peculiar to particular media; eg FS . . Spiritual content foreground and background in . The concepts * See also Emotions W3H R; Religion as a subject below are general and may apply to all or many of the arts W6P different media. Always subordinate to the specific G . . Social comment in the arts context when there is one. Most of the literature relates * For , see W3P Movements, styles, to the visual arts and the detailed schedule is given at etc. WC3 IL. * Add to W3 letters IL/KV following WC3; GK . . . Didacticism W3J . Composition, design, ordonnance H . . . Commodification, decommodification, anti-art * For design in the narrow sense of the preliminary I . Norms setting out and drafting of a work, see W37 A. J . Conventionality B . . Form, structure, organization K . Derivativity * For musical form, see Class WP/WR ; for literary KI . . Imitation, borrowing, copying (imitative art) form, see Class X. * "Those who do not imitate, produce nothing" BD . . . Scale, magnitude, dimensions, size (Dali). BW . . . . Large * For copying as physical reproduction, see BX . . . . Medium, lifesize W39 F. C . . . . Small, miniature KM . . . Mimesis KP . Appropriation KR . Parody L . Eclecticism

19 W3JD W3R The Arts

The Arts W The Arts W Products Works of art W3E Elements of the art product W3I L Composition W3J Kinds of art . Form W3J B * Only truly general works go in W3L/WB, covering visual arts, performing arts and literary arts. For arts in a particular medium, always see the medium; in particular, all works on visual arts should go in W3J D . . Spatial relations, space WC/WM and not here. DP . . . Proportion . Kinds specified by concepts from preceding facets DX . . . One-dimensional form * Most of these are found only or mainly in the visual E . . . . Line, linearity arts and the main enumeration of them, together with EL . . . . . Alignment an explanatory note, is given at WC3 L. EX . . . Two-dimensional form W3O . Kinds of art by art properties * Add W3O letters E/V following W3H, with the F . . . . Planform, plan adjustments indicated below; eg, FP . . . Three-dimensional form GK . . Didactic art FQ . . . . Elevation J . . Conventional art, , ideal art GB . . . Position * Reflecting established conventions of the time. GH . . . . Boundaries K . . Derivative art GJ . . . . Front * For revivals, see W3R. GK . . . . Back KM . . . Imitative art, pastiche art, plagiarist art GS . . . . Surface * For Copies as art, copying as art, replicas, see HD . . . . Orientation Visual arts WC3 MKN. HH . . . . Arrangement of elements KP . . . Appropriative art I . Other compositional elements * Direct copying or incorporation of an image J Optical effects (from a painting, photograph, literary work, etc) K . Colour in another artist’s work by an artist who re-presents it in another context which may KN . . Tone, tonal values change its meaning or comment on it. LC . . Hue KR . . Parodies MB . Perspective L . . Eclectic art MI . Illusion N . . Original art, innovatory art MS . Light & shade NV . . . Avant-garde, experimental art NC Contingent effects, accidental effects, aleatory * Thought to be ahead of its time and more elements ’advanced’ in technique, subject, etc. O Symbolism, allegory P . . Kinaesthetic art R Motifs T . . Tragic art * For iconography, see WBD. V . . Comic art Elements by literary analogies W3P . Kinds of art by element SP . Vocabulary * Add to W3P letters IL/KV following W3; eg, SQ . Metaphor, simile JBD . . By dimension SR . Quotation * For Two-dimensional art, see WIV; for Three- SX . Other, A/Z dimensional art, see WKY. SXM . . Metonymy JMV . . Aleatory art SXS . . Synecdoche W3R . Kinds by movements & schools & styles together T Social relations * For an explanation of why the above three TF . Fetish characteristics are conflated, see Introduction, Section TG . Gender 12.37. For an explanation of their application, see Appendix 2. TR . Ritual * This class (W3R/W5) is for completely general works U . Other, A/Z only on the movements and styles given, covering UGA . . Gaze their appearance in the visual arts, music, the X Incorporated elements performing arts and literature. The detailed * As a general concept, eg, objets trouves, combines (in enumeration of some categories of style (eg historical printing). revivals) is given under the visual arts (WC3 R) W3K Decoration, ornamentation where they are most prominent and this is indicated by the notes below. All the details given under the visual arts are available here, if applicable.

20 W3R Style W4BWR

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Kinds by movements & schools & styles together W3R Kinds by movements & schools & styles together W3R Style W3R S Universal stylistic characteristics W3R Y . Realism W3S RE * An alternative (not recommended) is to locate classes W3R/W5 at WB3 R/WB5, where they would be cited before Place and Period. See Appendix 1 for details. W3R E . Movements * See also realism in literature (Class X/Y) in which the * General works on the nature of movements if these are meaning is significantly different. distinguished from the concepts of schools and styles. W3S RO . J . Schools (movements) * Usually defined as opposite of classical, emphasizing * General works only on the nature of schools in the feeling and emotions and freedom from convention. narrow sense of the followers or pupils of a particular S . (universal styles) artist. For art schools, see W26 AT. W3T E . Vernacular styles S . Style * Styles defined by the work of persons long settled in a * Manner of execution, as distinct from organization (ie place. form), representational factor (ie subject, etc), time * General studies only. Most of the literature relates to and place of production, etc. How content or meaning visual arts (WC3 SV). is expressed, not what is expressed. * For vernacular styles as revivals, see W3U E. * General works only on this concept if it is G . Colonial styles distinguished from schools or movements. * Developed in or imposed upon a subject culture by an Y . . Universal stylistic characteristics occupying power. * Tendencies not attributable to any particular O Original styles medium, period or place and to be distinguished * As distinct from derived ones (revivals, etc). General from the same terms when these do relate to a style works on the concept; specific original styles go under originating in a specific medium, period or place. the place /period in which they originated. see Appendix Do not use terms from this class when they are 2 for details. clearly being used with reference to particular W3V Historical styles, influences (styles), revivals (styles) movements, etc, specified by time and place. In * Styles associated originally with one particular time and cases of doubt, use this provision. place or medium which are then adopted or emulated in * Add to W3S names of the styles A/Z; eg, another place or period or medium. This may be either W3S C . . . as an influence or as an explicit revival; eg, Chinoiserie * Reflecting established conventions of order, as a late 17th century European revival of Chinese or acceptance. other Oriental forms and designs (mainly in the applied E . . . (universal styles) arts). * Relative abandonment of naturalism, seeking * See Appendix 2 for a full explanation and display of this heightened expression of feeling by class. The following is an extract of its major features. simplification, exaggeration and subjectivity in Note that the places and periods given below represent representation. the origins of the styles being revived; eg, W47 7 * See also W5S C; WBE. Western art revivals means revivals of styles originating F . . . Formalism in the West, not revivals occurring in the West H . . . (although, of course, the revivals may occur, as they * To make out something as historic or historically usually do, in the West). significant. E . Vernacular styles (revivals) I . . . Impressionism (universal styles) G . Colonial styles (revivals) * Suggesting more than it shows; tempering realism W47 6 . Revivals by period alone with atmospheric qualities, especially of light. * Not restricted either to Western or non-Western arts. K . . . Kitsch 7 . . Ancient MA . . . Mannerism (general) W48 . . Post-ancient * Any affectation of style aiming at discord rather . Revivals by place/period than harmony. But usually refers to Italian visual W4A . . Western styles revived art preceding the . 7 . . . By ancient period MI . . . (universal styles) W4B . . . By ancient country/culture N . . . Neo-classicism * Of SW Asia, Mediterranean & Europe; for * Usually a bridge between classicism and ancient non-Western revivals, see W5M/W5Z. romanticism. N . . . . Egyptian style revivals RE . . . Realism, naturalism Q . . . . Classical style revivals * Attempting to show fidelity to nature. WR . . . . Celtic revivals

21 W4C W72 The Arts

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Kinds by movements & schools & styles together W3R Kinds of art by special categories of artists . . . . Western styles revived W4A . By persons defined by cultural characteristics . . Ethnic groups’ arts W6B E

. . . . . Post-ancient Western revivals * Classmarks for these consist of Period of * Add to W6B F letters G/Y in Auxiliary Schedule origin alone (a century + decade in nearly all 3A; eg, cases) and omit the specific place of origin. W6B EL . . . Negriform arts, Black peoples’ arts They are added directly to the subject, place or FNT . . . Hebrew arts, Jewish arts period being influenced. FPX . . . Slav arts This term is sometimes used narrowly W4C ...... Revivals by period alone for the Slav tribes in the post-Roman ...... Revivals by place & period period (see W7W). * Add to -4 letters D/Z following w9; eg, G . . By religious faith W4D ...... European influences * See explanatory notes at WC6 BG. * Eg, Gothic revivals -4DA G. * The term Religious art is often regarded as W4F ...... French styles revived synonymous with the representation of religious W4X ...... American influences subjects, for which see W6E. W5M . . . . Non-Western styles revived * Add to W6B letters G/V following P in Class P 7 . . . . . By period alone Religion; eg, . . . . . By place & period I . . . Hinduism W5R ...... Chinese revivals, Chinoiserie J . . . Buddhism W5V ...... African styles (influences) N . . . Christianity Kinds of art by special categories of artists V . . . Islam * Locate here only works which consider the arts produced W6C . By persons defined by personal characteristics by these groups qua groups. Individual artists are not * Characteristics which are not determined by cultural subordinated to them (ie, are not characterized by their factors of place and time, social status, etc, although age, sex, disadvantage, class, ethnicity, religion, etc). they may be influenced by them; eg, Children’s art . By persons defined by cultural characteristics W6C M; Disadvantaged persons’ art W6D A. * An alternative (not recommended) is provided for these * This is an alternative (not recommended) to locating categories at WBA, where they would be cited before them at WBC, where they would be cited before Place and Period. See Appendix 1 for details. Place and Period. See Appendix 3 or details. * Most of the literature relates to the visual arts and the W6E By representational factor detailed schedule for this class is given there (at WC6). * An alternative (not recommended) to locating at WBE, * Add to W6 letters A/B following WC6; eg, where it would be cited before Place and Period. See W6A B . . Elite arts Appendix 1 for details. * By professional artists, as distinct from untrained and Kinds of arts by place & period amateur artists and aimed at relatively educated * See Appendix 1 for an explanation of how these two persons; defined primarily as art styles other than facets interact and are applied. popular and folk arts. W6X . World arts * General works on the concept only; do not use this * For general works only, covering all or several media, classmark to qualify particular kinds of art. Western and non-Western place and both ancient and * For Applied arts, see WF; for Fine arts, see WI. modern periods, and organized by places and periods. E . . Naive art, Primitives * For histories of art concerned with theories, etc, F . . Folk arts rather than descriptions of the arts of places and I . . Immigrants’ arts periods, see W3F. K . . Migrants’ arts, nomadic arts W72 . Localities & regions within a specific period * Including art of refugees. * Within the broad periods (Ancient or Post-Ancient) place (a country or culture) is cited before period N . . Indigenous arts, aboriginal arts, native arts (although an exception is made for Western arts in the * See explanatory notes at WC6 AN. Ancient period at W7A/W7W). W6B C . . Language groups * But within a country, the citation order is always: * Add to W6B C letters A/V following H in Schedule Country - Specific period - Local place (eg, 3 Languages. Britain - Georgian period- -London). E . . Ethnic groups’ arts * See Appendix 1, Section B2 for an explanation of this * For groups not co-extensive (or largely co-extensive) and a full list of local divisions to be used (eg, Sites with nation states. W72; Cities W74). * Add to W6B E letters F/Y following B in Auxiliary Schedule 3A;

22 W72 The Arts W9C8LM

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Kinds of arts by place & period Kinds of arts by period . Localities & regions within a specific period W72 . Post-ancient period W8A Y

* Note that, within a country, localities file before the W8L M . . Modern period specific periods order to maintain a general-before- * c.1850s to date. special filing order. W8P . . . 21st century Kinds of arts by period Kinds of arts by place * Only truly general works on the arts of these periods * Only truly general works on the arts of a given place go (dealing with the performing arts, music and literature as here (in W9/WA), embracing its visual and performing well as visual arts) should go here (W7/W8). arts, music and literature. * See Appendix 1 for full details of periods. . Kinds by scale of treatment W77 . Ancient period W93 . . International * Nearly all the literature on the Ancient period relates to W95 . . National the visual arts or literature itself, since the evidence of the other media is of necessity scanty in the case of W97 . . Regional most of the cultures concerned. So a detailed * Regional and local are usually subordinated to a enumeration of examples of ancient periods is given particular country or continent, within which a under visual arts in WC and WD. All the detail there is region is cited after a specific period. Classes available here if applicable. W97/99 take only general works on the concepts of * Add to W7 numbers 2/6 following W. regional or local art. 72 . . Localities & regions within the Ancient period W99 . . Local * See note at W72 above. . Kinds of arts by country or continent . . Specific periods in the ancient period * Division by Schedule 2 is modified here in order to * Add to W7 numbers & letters 7/78M from Appendix keep all Western art together (at W9C/Z) and distinct 1; eg, from Eastern and other non-Western arts at WAN/WAZ. See Appendix 1, Section 3 for details. W78 . . . Prehistory * Virtually all the literature relates to the visual arts W9C . . Western arts and will go at WC7 8 (where a detailed * Western arts are usually held to embrace European enumeration is given). arts and (since c.1500 AD) the arts of those countries originally colonized by Europeans and W79 . . . Early history where the indigenous arts have been entirely or * From Fifth millennium BC to c.5th century AD largely replaced by what were (originally, at least) (the end of the ancient period): eg, European standards. D . . . . Fifth millennium BC * Note that under Visual Arts in general (WC) the MK . . . . 5th century AD notation for Western art begins at WCC (not . . Places in the Ancient period WC9 C) and for Eastern and other non-Western art W7B . . . Ancient Western world at WDN (not WCA N). * South-West Asia, Mediterranean and Europe. . . . Western arts by period * Usually, period is cited after place in art history. 77 . . . . Ancient period But an exception is made for the ancient period in * Alternative (not recommended) to locating this S-W Asia, the Mediterranean and Europe. See under Ancient arts at W77. See Appendix 3 for Appendix 1 for explanation. details. W7C . . . . South-western Asia 8B . . . . Medieval period W7N . . . . Egyptian ancient arts 8E . . . . period W7Q . . . . Classical antiquity, Greece & 8LM . . . . Modern period W7W M . . . . Western cultures in post-Roman period . . . Western arts by place N . . . . . Early Christian arts * Add to W9 those letters for countries from D/Z P . . . . . Byzantine arts in Schedule 2 which are applicable to Western R . . . . . Euro-Asian tribal cultures arts. W8A Y . Post-ancient period, Medieval period & modern * The addition of the letters D/Z from Schedule 2 periods is limited to those standing for the countries’ * A few of the terms used below (eg, Renaissance), classmarks only, since Period divisions are originated in the context of Western art; but the added directly to a country’s classmark; eg, periods they cover are common to all art. W9E B British art - Medieval; (where W9E is Britain). W8B . . Medieval period W8E . . Renaissance period

23 W9D WBP The Arts

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Kinds of arts by place Kinds of arts by place Kinds of arts by country or continent . . . By place Western arts W9C . Western arts by place

WAU 86X E . . . . Australasia * The arts of its indigenous peoples, aboriginal * Localities within the country (which are cited after art. the specific period) are introduced by -72/76; eg, * An alternative (not recommended) is to W9E B76 E British art - Medieval - England. locate at W9U 8, under Western art. See * See Appendix 1, Section 3 and 3.5 for full details, Appendix 3 for details. including alternatives for such quasi-independent WAV . . . . Africa regions as England in the above example. WAX 6BE . . . . Americas W9D . . European arts * The arts of their indigenous peoples. W9U A . . Australasian arts in the Western tradition * An alternative (not recommended) is to * The preferred location for Australasian indigenous locate at W9W, under Western arts. See art is at WDU. Appendix 3 for details. W9V . . African arts in the Western tradition Kinds of arts by special categories of artists W9X . . American arts in the Western tradition * See explanatory note at W6A. * The preferred location for American indigenous art WBA . Categories defined by cultural characteristics is at WDX. * Classes WBA/WBB are an alternative (not C . . . Canada recommended) to locating at W6A, where they are W9Y . . . cited after Place and Period. See Appendix 3 for W9Z B . . . details; eg, Popular arts WBA C; WBA F Folk P . . . Brazil arts; Ethnic arts WBB E. WAM Non-Western arts WBC . Categories defined by personal characteristics . By period * Nearly all of the literature related to the visual arts and the full schedule for this class is given at WEC. 77 . . Ancient period All the details there re available for use here. * Note that under specific countries, A is used for * Add to WB letters C/D following WE; eg, (post-Prehistory) and the period B . . Art Brut, raw art, classmarks are added directly to the country classmark. M . . Children’s arts 78 . . . Prehistory W . . Women’s arts A . . . Early period WBD A . . Disadvantaged persons’ arts, handicapped * Add to WAN A letters A/M following W79. persons’ arts AY . . Post-ancient, Medieval & modern periods CV . . Drug addicts’ arts N . . . 20th century D . . Prisoners’ arts . By place WH . . Persons under therapy * Add to WA letters O/Z from Schedule 2 (other than WI . . Psychiatric patients’ arts for those countries following the Western art X . Animals as artists tradition). Kinds of arts by representation factor WAN . . Asian arts, Eastern arts, Oriental arts * Iconography, abstract art and (subjects . . . By period represented). 77 . . . . Ancient period * Only truly general works, covering the visual arts, * The preferred location for Ancient SW Asia is performing arts and literature, go here. Most of the W7C. This provides an alternative for it (not literature relates to the visual arts and the detailed recommended). See Appendix 5 for details. schedule is given there, at WED X. a * An 78 . . . . . Prehistory alternative (not recommended) is to locate at W6E and cite after Place & Period; see Appendix 3 for A . . . . . Early period details. AY . . . . Medieval & modern periods * Add to WB letters DX/X following WE; eg, . . . By place Y . Iconology, iconography WAQ . . . . India WBE . Abstract art, non-figurative arts WAR . . . . China WBF . Figurative art, subjects in art WAS T . . . . South-eastern Asia WBG . . WAT S . . Pacific islands, Oceania WBH . . Human person WBP . . Religion as subject of art

24 WC Visual arts WC2PQ

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Arts by medium Visual arts WC Arts by medium

Operations WC . Visual arts WC2 E . Encouragement of visual arts * Much of the literature on the visual arts treats them as though they were synonymous with art in F . . Patronage, sponsorship general. Eg, a work entitled Modern H . . Promotion of arts may be found in fact to be restricted to the visual I . . . Competitions arts, or even to a limited part of these (painting, L . Protection of art heritage say); a truly general work on French arts would * In the general sense; for physical care of art go at W9F. objects, protection against vandalism, etc, see WC2 2H . . Pictorial matter WC3 CC. * Use -22H to signify works which consist LS . . Law entirely, or almost entirely, of reproductions or LT . . Economics pictures of art products. For illustrations as art LTN NJ . . . Artworks in lieu of estate duties products, see WFO N Book . LTO OL . . . Export licenses 9TQ . . Art industry, organization & management M . Collecting 9TW . . . Marketing of artworks, selling artworks * See also Antiques WC2 9UV * For private galleries for promoting and M23 MR . . Collectors’ guides selling artworks, see WC2 NY. N . Exhibiting 9TW D . . . . Art dealers * For exhibitions in the form of permanent 9TW HP . . . . Prices, pricing, valuation collections, see WC2 P. 9TW L . . . . Advertising & publicity . . Exhibitions for promotion & selling 9TX E . . . . Public relations, publicity NY . . . Private galleries, private exhibitions 9TX R . . . . . Ratings * For exhibitions, galleries, exhibitions, etc 9UA . . . . Auctions, art sales devoted solely to the display of objects and 9UD . . . . Identification of art objects not for their sale, see WC2 P. 9UF . . . . . Marks (identification) O . . . . Galleries by place * Marks on particular categories of art * Add to WC2 O country letters D/Z from objects go with the latter (eg pottery). Schedule 2 and add to each country as 9UH ...... Hallmarks, platemarks instructed at W2G; eg 9UI ...... Insignia, monograms, ownership OE . . . . . England marks OED ...... London 9UM ...... Makers’ marks OED DO ...... Gallery d’Orfay 9UN ...... Colophons . . Collections 9UV . . . . Antiques P . . . Art galleries, art museums, art exhibitions * General works on the concept. Most of the * For permanent display of art objects; for literature deals with objets d’art in the galleries as marketing agencies, see widest sense; see WF2 9UV ? WC2 NY. 9W . . Relations with other arts * Exhibitions on particular artists, schools, etc go with the latter. P2F . . . . Patronage P33 B . . . . Safety & security measures * Add to WC2 P33 letters B/D following WC3 3. . . . . Permanent collections * Individual galleries, etc are subordinated to the town in which they are located. See instructions at WC2 T. PQ . . . . . Organization & management * Add to W2P letters Q/Y following T in TQ/TY. * Add to W2Q letters A/Y following 9M Museum studies (notation provisional until publication of Classes 2/9); eg

25 WC2QE WC34 Visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Arts by medium Exhibiting WC2 N Visual arts WC Art galleries WC2 P Operations . Permanent collections Exhibiting WC2 N . . Organization & management WC2 PQ . . Collection & exhibitions by place WC2 T

WC2 QE . . . & equipment (art galleries) WC2 TE . . . England QG . . . Services to public (art galleries) TEI . . . . Counties A/Z QGH . . . . Admission, charges TEJ . . . . London QGO . . . . Opening hours TEJ NA . . . . . National Gallery QJ . . . Acquisition of materials TEJ NAR F ...... Catalogues * For Maintenance & preservation of materials see TEJ NAT ...... Temporary exhibitions, loan WC3 BH. collections QN . . . Cataloguing & classification TEJ WA . . . . . Wallace Collection * For public catalogues of particular galleries, TEL LI . . . . exhibitions, etc see gallery or exhibition. TEL LIW . . . . . Walker Art Gallery QP . . . Display of materials R . Temporary exhibitions, loan exhibitions * Loan exhibitions go under the borrowing (host) WC3 Practice of art, production of artworks institution. Exhibitions on particular artists, schools, * Includes works on techniques, tools and etc, go with the latter. materials together. RS . . Specific exhibitions * For theory of art, see WC3 GE. * Not associated with a specific institution. . Common operations . . . By place & period 3B . . Health & safety precautions * Add to WC2 RS letters C/Z in Schedule 2 and * This class is consistent with the general qualify as instructed at WC2 I below; eg class for industrial & occupational health Armoury Exhibition, New York, 1920s and safety at UXH in Technology. WCN E2R SNE. 3BD . . . Devices to counter hazards S Other media for display * Protective devices against a particular SP . Art parks hazard are subordinated to the hazard (eg * For example, WL2 SP Sculpture parks. fire, flood). T Collection & exhibitions by place . . . Hazards guarded against * Add to WC2 T letters C/Z in Auxiliary Schedule 2 for 3C . . . . Environmental hazards, natural hazards the different countries (but not their local divisions). 3CD . . . . . Pollution * Add to each country’s classmark as follows (where the 3CF . . . . . Pathogens hyphen represents the country classmark): * Substances and organisms. * Add to -G letters A/Z for major regions: 3CK . . . . . Geophysical hazards * Add to -H letters A/Z for states (in countries with a 3CM ...... Fire federal structure); 3CP ...... Weather * Add to -I letters for counties, departments, etc; * Add to -J the name of the capital city; 3CR ...... Flood * Add to -K the name of the major city other than the 3CT . . . . Human hazards, accidents capital, when the latter is not the main centre of 3CV . . . . . Ergonomic hazards cultural life or population; 3D . . . . . Security * Add to -L other towns, A/Z. * Against theft, offensive behaviour, * Under each town in -J/-L individual galleries, etc are etc. arranged A/Z and each may be qualified as follows 3E . . . . . Defacement of art objects (where x represents the classmark of the institution: 4 . . . Tools, instruments, equipment * Add to x letters P/Q following WC2 ; * Only general works on those relatively * Add to xRD Reports published by the institution; few tools which are applicable to several * Add to xRF Catalogues published by the institution; different media are given below. Tools * Add to xS names of special divisions, collections, etc which are special to a particular operation held by the institution, arranged A/Z; (eg, brushes to brushwork in calligraphy) * Add to xT names of loan collections held by the go under that operation. See provision at institution; eg WC3 4J.

26 WC34 Visual arts WC37L35P

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Kinds of art Operations Arts by medium Practice of art WC3 Visual arts WC Common operations Operations . . Tools WC3 4 Practice of art WC3

* The two major kinds of operations are those WC3 7 Techniques relating to two-dimensional products (marks on 79 . Preliminary operations surfaces, as in drawing, painting, etc) and three 7A . . Design & layout dimensional products in which the surface is cut * Use only for the initial determination of the into, resulting in different depths as in sculpture. shape and mode of functioning of an object. In Note that in the graphic arts the cutting in the all other contexts prefer WC3 JC Composition relief and intaglio processes is a 3-dimensional and design.. operation, but the product is 2-dimensional. * For pattern making in textile arts, see WC3 45 . . . Clothing, dress WGT 37A. 46 . . . Workplace of the artist, studios 7AH . . . House style 47 . . . Hand tools * Usually implies applied arts (eg, print design). 48 . . . Powered tools 7AP . . . Conceptualization 4C . . . . Computers 7C . . . Computer-aided design 4F . . . Industrial plant 7D . . Drafting 4HB . . . Benches 7E . . Draughtsmanship, sketching (draughtsmanship) 4HE . . . Easels * See also technical drawings U; freehand drawing 4HG . . . Drawing boards WJ3 7EB 4HH . . . Stretchers, stretching frames 7F . . Model (pattern) making, pattern (model) 4HJ . . . Rulers makimg 4HJ S . . . . Straight-edged rulers * For modelling as shaping or moulding, see 4HK . . . . Curve rulers WC3 8M, * For human models in life studies (painting, etc), 4HL . . . . . French curves, irregular curve rulers see WC3 3PM. 4HM . . . . . Other curve rulers, A/Z 7G . . Enlarging & reduction * Arrange A/Z; eg ellipse guides, spline. * Adjusting preparatory work to the size envisaged 4J . . . Tools, etc special to a given application for the finished work. * See the application; for example, mahlsticks 7G3 4 . . . Pantographs and palettes in painting. A detailed enumeration of tools for marking 2-dimensional materials is 7GQ . . . Squaring-up, scaling given at WC3 834 and for 3-dimensional 7H . . Transferring materials at WC3 8C/S. 7HK . . . Perforating wheel operations 5P . . Materials as agents 7HP . . . Pouncing * For example, accelerators, acids in sculpture. 7J . . Preparation of particular components 6 Operations special to practices in particular arts * See, for example, preparing fibres in textile arts. * This classmark is reserved for use under the practice concerned; see for example, the special organizational . Production operations proper operations in Architecture and Environmental * These may be divided approximately into the planning WHS/WHV. imaging, forming and decorating techniques which constitute the essentially aesthetic features sought and the manufacturing processes which may be necessitated in dealing with a material (eg melting, forging, welding). 7K . . Manufacturing processes, manufacturing operations . . . Common to two or more arts 7L . . . . Casting, moulding (casting) * Running liquid material into a mould. * See also Metal arts WGF; Ceramics WGJ: WLH Metal sculpture...... Materials as agents 7L3 5P ...... Parting agents, release agents

27 WC37L35S WC38FL Imaging

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Aesthetic operations WC3 7R Manufacturing processes WC3 7K Imaging WC3 7S . Common to two or more arts Two-dimensional imaging WC3 7Y . . Casting WC3 7L . Marking a surface WC3 8 . . . Materials as agents . . . Pencils WC3 834 K

WC3 7L3 5S . . . . Scrim WC3 834 KS . . . . Stumps, tortillons . . . Operations 834 L . . . Pens 7M . . . . Mould making 834 LL . . . . Ruling pens 7MC . . . . . Waste moulding 834 LN . . . . Felt pens 7ME . . . . . Piece moulding 834 LP . . . . Silverpoints 7MG . . . . . Gelatin moulding 834 Q . . . . Quills 7MJ . . . . . Ciment fondu 834 R . . . Brushes, quills (brushes) 7MM . . . . Pouring, spruing 834 S . . . . Kinds of brushes, A/Z . . . Kinds of casting 834 T . . . Sprayers, spray guns 7MP . . . . Centrifugal casting 834 TR . . . . Airbrushes 7MS . . . . Sand casting 835 . . . Tools special to a particular operation or 7N . . Subsequent operations medium * See under Metals WGF 37N and WLH 37N; * Notation reserved here for special Ceramics WGJ 37N. operation or medium; eg, paint knives 7P . Manufacturing processes special to particular arts WK3 4V. * See the art; for example, calendaring in textile arts. . Special techniques 7R Aesthetic operations * Add to WC3 8A letters C/J following * Operations with major aesthetic element. WJ3 8A (Drawing) where applicable; eg, * Truly general works only on these. Most of the 8AB . Outlining literature implies the major art techniques found in * For silhouettes, see Kinds of drawings WJ the applied arts (metalworking, ceramics, etc) and the 8AH . Rubbing, frottage fine arts (drawing, painting, sculpture, etc). 8AS . Spraying 7S . Imaging, shaping, forming, modelling (imaging) 8AS 34T . . Sprayers * The operations central to the realization of the 8AS 34T G . . . Spray guns aesthetic properties of the art object. 8AS 34T R . . . . Airbrushes 7SP . . Optical techniques (imaging) 8B Three-dimensional imaging 7SQ . . . Camera obscura * Removing or adding material at the surface, or 7SR . . . Camera lucida moulding the material. 7SW . . . Photography (aids in imaging) 8B3 4 . Tools * For photography in reproduction generally, see . Operations WC3 A; in Applied arts, see WF3 A (where . Acting on non-plastic materials the full details are enumerated); as an artform, see WJW. 8C . . Carving, incising 7U . . . Projection 8D . . Cutting 7Y . . Two-dimensional imaging 8D3 5 . . . Knives * For perspective, see WC3 JGR. * For paint knives, see WK3 4U. 8 . . . Marking a surface 8DS . . Sawing * Works dealing exclusively with a particular 8E . . Chiselling application go with that applications; eg, 8E3 5 . . . Chisels drawing or painting. 8E3 5S . . . . Straight chisels * Add to WC3 8A letters following WJ3 8A if 8E3 5T . . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z necessary; 8E3 5U . . . . Curved chisels, gouges * Add to WC3 8B letters following WK3 8A if 8E3 5V . . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z necessary. 8E3 5W . . . . Other kinds of chisels, A/Z 834 . . . . Tools 8F . . Drilling 834 K . . . . . Pencils 8F3 5A . . . Drills * Now used for any casing enclosing pigmented matter. Pencils were 8F3 5AH . . . . Hand-drills synonymous with brushes until c.1790. 8F3 5AP . . . . Power-drills * For different kinds of encased matter, see 8FL . . Filing Drawing WJ3 8.

28 WC38G Visual arts WC3BR

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Practice of art WC3 Practice of art WC3 Techniques WC3 7 Techniques WC3 7 Aesthetic operations WC3 7R Production operations proper . . . Acting on non-plastic materials . Finishing operations WC3 9A

WC3 8G . . . . , inscribing WC3 9L . . Finishing operations special to a particular artform 8G3 5B . . . . . Gravers, engravers * #see, for example, Presswork () 8G3 5C . . . . . Burins WJL 39L; Printing of textiles WGT 39C; Setting 8G3 5D . . . . . Styluses, styles of jewellery WGE 39N. 8GS . . . . Chasing Operations on finished art-object 8H . . . . 9R . Copying, reproducing, recording, multiplying * Using a chemical mordant to effect the (copying) incision. * For casting, see WC3 7L. 8J . . . . Other removing operations, A/Z * See also Multiples WFJ YB . . . Acting on plastic materials 9S . . Originals, prototypes * When compared with copies of any kind. 8L . . . . Modelling (moulding), moulding A . . Photographing, visual recording (modelling) * As an operation applied to many arts. For 8M . . . . Hammering photography as an aid in imaging techniques, see 8M3 5H . . . . . Hammers WC3 7SW ; as an artform, see WJW. 8M3 5J ...... Bushhammers, bouchards * Add to WF3 A numbers & letters 34/R following 8N . . . . Embossing, stamping WJW so far as applicable. * For repousse, see Metal arts WGF 38R. AX . . Holography 8O . . . . Other moulding operations, A/Z . . Products of copying 8S . . . Techniques special to 3-d imaging materials BA . . . Facsimiles * See the material; eg, glass blowing; sgraffito BAF . . . . Replicas, ectypes in ceramics; lathework in metal arts. * Exact copies or duplicates of a work, usually 8V Mixed techniques done by the artist or under his or her 8X Automatism supervision. * Techniques which create unconsciously, without BAL . . . Enlargements exercise of thought or will. BD . Display, presentation * See also Surrealism * Of the individual art-object; for display as an 8XD . Doodling operation in exhibiting in galleries, etc, see 9A Finishing operations BDE . . Titles, captions, signatures * See also decoration as an Element WC3 K BF . . Framing 9B . Correcting BFM . . Mounting 9C . Joining BFP . . Base pedestals (display) * For welding and soldering, see WGF 39D. BH . Care & preservation (of art objects) 9E . . Assemblage, assembly * For safety precautions in general, see WC3 3B. * The technique of joining up parts to make a BJ . . Degeneration (of art objects), ageing, damage (to whole. For assemblage as a kind of product, see art objects) Collage sculpture WLF 9E; Multimedia WML. BK . . Restoration, repair 9F . Patination * Natural or artificial induction of a surface patina. BM . . Maintenance, preservation 9FO . . Oxidizing BN . . . Cleaning 9G . Glazing BP . . Conservation 9H . . Enamelling BR . . Moving (art objects), transporting (art objects) * See also Metal arts WGF 3JP; Ceramics WGJ 39H 9J . Gilding, plating 9JO . . Ormolu 9K . Polishing

29 WC3BV WC3HF Visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Arts by medium Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Materials as constituents WC3 BV . Support materials WC3 CAX

WC3 BV Materials as constituents * As distinct from materials acting as agents (WC3 5PL) and materials defining a specific WC3 CQ . . Leather medium of art (WFG/WM). CQP . . Parchment * The materials significant in different artforms vary CR . . Synthetics, plastic widely and it is not practicable to maintain one CT . . Textiles common facet to qualify them all. Major examples of CV . . Grounds special to a class these variables will be found at WGD/WGT * For example, scraperboard under drawing (WJ). , at WHS/WHV Architecture & Landscape planning, at WFK Print design and at WJ CX . Mixed media, mixed materials Drawing. * For mixed media in the sense of multimedia being . By role in surface treatment used in , etc, see WM. CYD . Industrial artefacts (as materials) CAF . . Finishes * For example, mobiles using light on metal sheets. * This class is amplified under some specific arts eg interior decoration. CYM . Special materials serving multiple purposes, A/Z CAG . . . Natural finishes CYM B . . Beeswax CAH . . . . Waxed finishes, polished finishes D . Marking materials * Applicable particularly in the 2-dimensional CAL . . . Lacquer finishes pictorial arts (WIV). CAM . . . . Chinese lacquer finishes * See different arrays at WJ3 C Drawing & CAN . . . Figured finishes WK3 D Painting, from which further details may CAQ . . . Other materials applied, A/Z be taken. CAQ P . . . . Paints (finishes) DG . . Inks CAQ V . . . . Varnishes (finishes) DL . . Graphite, lead CAS . By objects used as substrates DN . . Charcoal * When these are clearly subordinate to the marking DP . . Crayon materials carried; eg, on vases DT . . Paint subordinated to painting. When the object itself is DU . . Mixed media (marking materials) the central interest (eg, an illustrated manuscript) class under the object. * Add to WC3 CC letters G/Y following WGC; eg, E Works of art, art products, art objects WC3 CCH V Vases as substrates. E22 H . Pictorial matter, reproductions CAX . Support materials, ground, substrate * Use for works which consist entirely or almost * Usually, these are cited after marking materials entirely of pictures of artworks. If relating to a (WC3 D) but not always; see eg, WJ Drawing. particular subject (eg the works of a given artist) * Add to WC3 C letters C/T following WG, with cite that first. the modifications indicated below; eg, . History CB . . Favoured material F . . Art history (visual arts) * For use in a class where a particular material is * The term Art history nearly always means the dominant and often assumed; eg, canvas as the history of the visual arts. ground in painting. * General works only; for movements & styles, CCV . . Snow see WC3 M; for periods and places, see CCW . . Earth WC7/WCD W. CCX . . Sand FC . . Theory of visual arts CD . . Stone G . . . Criticism CF . . Metal . Properties, attributes of visual artworks CFO . . . Copper HE . . Content, meaning CFS . . . Steel HF . . Concepts, ideas CJ . . Ceramic CL . . Glass CM . . Ivory CN . . Wood CP . . Paper

30 WC3IL Spatial relations WC3JGH

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Works of art WC3 E Visual arts WC Elements of the art product WC3 IL Works of art WC3 E Composition WC3 J Visual design elements WC3 JAS

WC3 IL Elements of the art product IR . Rudiments WC3 JD Spatial relations, space IT . Time dimension JDJ . Axes, planes JDL . Layout JDM . . Pattern J . Composition, design (composition), ordonnance * Regular and repetitive layout. * Organization of forms in art, fundamental to the * For patterns as elements in decorative arts, see provision of order in their elements. WC3 KN; as models, see WC7 F; as moulds, * For design in the narrower sense of the preliminary see WC3 7L. setting out and drafting of a work, see WC3 7A. JDP . Proportion . . Theory JDP L . . Balance J3G J . . . Designo * See also Poussinisme in painting JDQ . . Harmony, harmonic proportions (WK9 FKP P) JDQ G . . . Golden mean, golden section JDQ S . . Symmetry JDQ T . . . Dynamic symmetry JAS . . Visual design elements * Usually relates to symmetry in living things. JB . . . Form, structure, organization (form) JDQ U . . Asymmetry * See also Styles WC3 R ; Abstract & figurative JDR . . Rhythm art WED Y * For musical form, see WQ; for literary form, JDS . . Order see Class X. . By number of dimensions JBB X . . . . Complexity JDX . . One-dimensional form JBD . . . . Scale, magnitude, dimensions (magnitude), JE . . . Line, linearity size * In drawing and painting, means reliance on * See also Linearity W3J E line for effect, rather than on tone or colour. * For 2-dimensional art, see WIV; for JEF . . . . Straight, curved, bent 3-dimensional art, see WKY. JEL . . . . . Alignment JBE . . . . . Modular dimensions JEX . . Two-dimensional form . . . . . Parameters of size JF . . . Planform, plan JBG ...... Length JFG . . . . Triangular JBJ ...... Width, breadth JFH . . . . Rectangular JBL ...... Height, elevation JFL . . . . Circular form JBN ...... Area * For radial as an arrangement, see WC3 JHL. JBP ...... Volume JFP . . Three-dimensional form JBS ...... Mass, solidity, weight JFQ . . . Elevation * In design and painting in particular this JFR . . . Pyramidal describes any part of a work sufficiently JFS . . . Conical large and important as to constitute a JFT . . . Cylindrical, spherical significant element in the work. JGB . Position JBT ...... Hollow . . Relations between elements of the object . . . . . Kinds of magnitude JGD . . . Left, right JBW ...... Large size, monumental size JGE . . . Upper, lower JBX ...... Medium size, lifesize JGF . . . Inside, outside JC ...... Small size, miniature size JGG . . . Separated, joined . . . . Kinds of form JGH . . . Boundaries JCK . . . . . Abstract form JCM ...... Geometric JCP . . . . . Biomorphic forms

31 WC3JGJ WC3JO Visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Kinds of art Elements of the art product WC3 IL Arts by medium Composition WC3 J Visual arts WC Visual design elements WC3 JAS Works of art WC3 E . . . Relations between elements of the object Elements of the art product WC3 IL

. . . . Parts defined by position WC3 JJ Optical effects WC3 JGJ . . . . . Front JK . Colour JGK . . . . . Rear, back, end . . Properties JGL . . . . . Top JKN . . . Tone, tonal values JGM . . . . . Bottom JKP . . . . Saturation, vividness JGN . . . . . Side JKQ . . . . Brightness JGP . . . . . Corner * For Lightness, see WC3 JLG JGQ . . . . . Edge JKR . . . . Warmth, coolness JGS . . . . . Surface JKS . . . . Undertone JGT ...... Texture, tactile properties of surfaces JKT . . . . Mass tone, mass colour, top tone JGU ...... Rough JKV . . . Other colour properties, A/Z JGV ...... Smooth JKV I . . . . Intensity JGW ...... Patina JLC . . Hue * Film or incrustation, usually naturally * The colour itself. developing, giving special surface JLD . . . Colour notation texture. JLD M . . . . Munsell system * See also WC3 9B Finishing JLD O . . . . Ostwald system operations JLF . . . Greyness scale, value, lightness JGX ...... Visual qualities of surface, A/Z JLG . . . . Light (greyness scale) JGX L ...... Lustre JLH . . . . Highlight (greyness scale) JGX R ...... Reflecting JLJ . . . . Halftone (colour hue) JGY ...... Other surface properties, A/Z JLK . . . Red green blue factor, RGB . . . Relations to other objects or environment . . Kinds of colours JHC . . . . Site JLM . . . Chromatic colours JHD . . . . Orientation, direction * All except neutral. JHE . . . . . Solar orientation JLN . . . Neutral colour JHF ...... Daylight factor JLP . . Particular colours, A/Z JHG . . . . . Points of the compass . Optical effects sought JHH . . . . Arrangement of elements, grouping of JMB . . Perspective elements JMC . . . Zones of recession JHJ . . . . . Open, closed JMD . . . . Foreground JHL . . . . . Radial JME . . . . Middleground JHN . . . . . Diagonal JMF . . . . Background JHP . . . . . Transverse, crossing JMG . . . Aerial perspective JHR . . . . . Parallel, staggered JMI . . Illusion JI Other compositional elements, A/Z JMJ . . . Camouflage * For The Picturesque, see WC6 KPP; for the Sublime JMK . . . Trompe l’oeil (heroic art), see WC6 KPS. JML . . . After-image JIM . Massing JMM . . . Moire effect JIN . Negative space JMS . . Light & shade JMT . Texture JNC Contingent effects, accidental effects, aleatory effects JNT Fantasy JO Symbolism, allegory * For the representation of non-aesthetic symbols (eg, of the Buddhist/Hindu symbols in Indian art) treat as subjects of art (from WED).

32 WC3JO Visual arts WC3LLN

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Works of art WC3 E Works of art WC3 E Elements of the art product WC3 IL Elements of the art product WC3 IL Decoration WC3 K Symbolism WC3 JO Specific artforms featuring as decorative elements WC3 L

* For the representation of subjects (eg, love) WC3 LL Sculptures (decorative elements) symbolically, treat as the subject (in WE) and qualify LLN . Relief sculpture (decorative elements) by WC3 JO. WC3 JOK . Symbols JOM . Signs, simulacra JOQ . Allegory * If distinguished from symbolism WC3 jO. JOS . Particular symbolic elements, A/Z JOS R . . Rose (as symbol) JP Other form elements, A/Z JPA L . Allusion JPI M . Imagery JPP E . Personification JQM . Mimesis JQP . Parody JR Motifs * For iconography, see WED X. Elements by literary analogies JSP . Vocabulary JSQ . Metaphor, simile JSQ T . Figures of speech, imagery JSQ U . Hyperbole, exaggeration JSR . Quotation JSV . Narrative JSX . Other elements, A/Z JSX M . . Metonymy JT Social relations (elements of artworks) JTF . Fetish JTG . Gender JTR . Ritual JU . Other, A/Z JUG A . . Gaze JX Incorporated elements * Eg, objets trouves in painting. K Decoration, ornamentation * See also Design WC3 J and the note there. * Add to WC3 KJ letters A/P following WC3 J so far as applicable; eg KJK . Colour in decoration KN . Patterns in decoration * For pattern as overall composition or layout, see WC3 JDB. L . Specific artforms featuring as decorative elements * Add to WC3 L letters F/N following W; eg, LFI . . Lettering (decorative elements) LG . . Illustrations (decorative elements) * Usually implies graphic design; see WFG. LK . . Paintings (decorative elements)

33 WC3OK WC6AN Visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Arts by medium Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts Kinds by movements, influences, styles WC3 R . . . Non-Western styles revived WC5 M Kinds of visual arts . Kinds defined by properties, etc from earlier facets * Add to WC3 O letters E/V following W3H; WC5 V . . . . African * Add to WC3 P letters J/L following W3; eg, * Eg, WCF LT5 V French art- -1890s- WC3 OK . . Derivative art -African influences. PJB W . . Large, monumental Kinds of art by special categories of artists PJB X . . Medium, lifesize * See note at W6A B re groups and individuals. PJC . . Small, miniature . By persons defined by cultural characteristics * An alternative (not recommended) is provided for PJM V . . Aleatory art these categories at WEA/B, where they would be cited R . Kinds by movements, influences, styles before Place and Period. See Appendix 1 for details. * Details of the application of these is given in WC6 AB . . Elite arts Appendix 1. * By professional artists, as distinct from untrained * Add to WC numbers/letters 3R/5 following W; eg, and amateur artists and aimed at relatively educated . . By style narrowly persons; defined primarily as art styles other than RY . . . Universal stylistic characteristics popular and folk arts. SRO . . . . Romanticism * General works only; do not use this classmark to * For Picturesque, see Representational art qualify particular kinds of art. WEK KP. * For Applied arts, see WF; for Fine arts, see WI. TE . . . Vernacular styles AC . . . Popular arts * In the visual arts the term Vernacular art is AE . . . Naive arts, Primitives sometimes used for figurative art dealing with AF . . . Folk arts everyday life (see WEM G). AH . . . Occupational groups’ arts TG . . . Colonial styles * Arrange A/Z. TO . . . Original styles AI . . . Immigrants’ arts * General works on the concept only; original AIC . . . . From Western countries styles go under the place and time of their * Add to W6A I letters C/Z following W9; origin; eg, Visual arts - European - 18th century - WCD KHR. AJ . . . . From Non-Western countries * Add to W6A J letters N/Z following WA. V . . . Historical styles, influences, revivals * Eg, WHS 9ZB K4K BA Rococo architecture AK . . . Migrants’ arts, nomadic arts in 18th century Mexico. * Including art of refugees. VE . . . . Vernacular revivals AL . . . Cavedwellers’ arts, rock arts * See also Prehistoric visual arts WC7 7 W7 . . . . By period alone * For political cartoons, see Graphic arts W . . . . . By place & period AN . . . Indigeneous arts, aboriginal arts, native arts WC4 . . . . . Western styles revived * The arts of peoples conquered by more 77 . . . . . Ancient Western styles revived technically powerful peoples who colonize their 7Q ...... Classical antiquity styles revived land and either radically restrict their culture or 7WR ...... Celtic revivals obliterate it...... Medieval & modern Western styles * In some cases the colonized people continue to revived practice their original culture and art, albeit in a * Most originate in Europe; they are limited and altered fashion, and the preferred therefore given in detail at WCD arrangement in such cases is to continue to locate (European visual arts). But all the detail them in their native country and to indicate the there is available here if it is needed. nature of their art by adding to the classmark of C ...... By specific period only the country the indicator -6XE...... By place & period * Note that in the case of those modern countries which are treated as Western in their art culture D ...... European styles revived (eg, those in America) this treatment is not DI ...... Italian influences feasible and the art of their indigenous peoples is WC5 M . . . . Non-Western styles revived located quite separately (eg, at WDX/WDY The M7 . . . . . By period only Americas). O . . . . . Eastern, Oriental * Some alternatives are provided (see Appendix 3).

34 WC6BC Visual arts WC78U

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Kinds of art Kinds of visual arts Arts by medium Kinds of art by special categories of artists Visual arts WC By persons defined by cultural characteristics Kinds of visual arts Elite arts WC6 AB Kinds of art by special categories of artists

WC6 BC Language groups WC6 C . By persons defined by personal characteristics * In some contexts (eg, American indigenous arts) * Characteristics which are not determined by cultural these differ from the ethnic groups bearing the same factors of place and time, social status, etc, although name. Use this class when this distinction is made. they may be influenced by them; eg, Children’s art * Add to WC6 BC letters A/V following H in W6C M; Disadvantaged persons’ art W6D A. Auxiliary Schedule 3 Languages. * This is an alternative (not recommended) to locating BE Ethnic groups’ arts them at WEC, where they would be cited before Place * For groups not co-extensive (or largely co-extensive) and Period. See Appendix 3 for details. with nation states. E By representational factor * For the art of the numerous ethnic (and mobile) * An alternative (not recommended) to locating at groups in Europe and Northern Asia which were WEE/WEX, where it would be cited before Place and highly productive in ancient times (eg the Celts), see Period. See Appendix 3 for details. WC7 WS. Visual arts by place & period * Add to W6B E letters F/Y following B in Auxiliary X . World visual arts Schedule 3A Ethnic groups; * Add to W6B F letters G/Y in Auxiliary Schedule 3A; eg, Visual arts by period BEL . Negriform arts, Black peoples’ arts * See Appendix 1 Section C for basic list of Periods and for BFN T . Hebrew arts, Jewish arts instructions on how to apply them. * Arts of Jews as an ethnic group; for Judaic WC7 2 . Localities & regions religious arts, see WBD L. * Throughout WC77/WAZ localities are subordinated to BFP X . Slav arts specific periods within a country, following one of the * The term Slav is sometimes used narrowly for the numbers -72/76; see Appendix 1 (B2) for details. Slav tribes in the post-Roman period arts (see W7W). 7 . Ancient period BG By religious faith * Any particular period in ancient history may be * For religious art treated as the representation of qualified as follows (where x represents the period religious subjects (its commonest meaning), see classmark): WEP. This class is for works on religious art treated * Add to x numbers 2/6 following W; primarily as a religious activity by particular * Add to x numbers 72/76 Localities & regions from believers. Table B1 in Appendix 1; eg, WC7 872 Stone age sites. * See also names of countries producing Islamic art . . By specific periods within the broad ancient period and subjects (eg, architecture) qualified by these. 8 . . . Prehistoric art * Add to WBD letters H/V following P in Class P * General works only; the prehistoric art of a Religion; eg particular continent or country goes with the latter. BHW . Shinto 8A . . . . Pre-50000 BC BI . Hinduism 8B . . . . Stone age art BJ . Buddhism * See also Nomadic art WBB R; Cave dwellers’ BL . Judaism art & rock art WBB S. BN . Christianity 8D . . . . . Palaeolithic art, Old stone age art * For early Christian art, see W7W N. 8E ...... 50000-40000 BC BP . . Byzantine Rite 8H ...... 40000-30000 BC BR . . Roman Catholic Church 8L ...... 30000-20000 BC BV . Islam 8P . . . . . 20000-10000 BC BVB P . . Ummayad Islam 8Q ...... Mesolithic art, Middle stone age art * c.650/730 AD. 8U . . . . . 10000-1 BC BVB V . . Abassid Islam * c.730/930 AD.

35 WC78W WC7CK Western world in antiquity

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Ancient period WC7 7 Kinds of visual arts By specific periods within the broad ancient period Visual arts by period . Prehistoric art WC7 8 Ancient period WC7 7 . . . 10000-1 BC WC7 8U By Place

WC7 8W . . . . 10000-5000 BC WC7 B Western world in antiquity 8X . . . . . Neolithic art, New stone age art * South-west Asia, the Mediterranean and Europe. * c.9000 BC. * Add to WC7 letters CE/Y following C in Schedule 8X3 SAN ...... Animal style (Neolithic art) 2, with the modifications shown. 9B . Early art (post-prehistoric) C . South-west Asia in antiquity 9C . 5001- BC * Treat this as a continent for the purposes of qualifying by localities & periods. See Appendix 9F . . Chalcolithic culture 1, Section B2 for guide to the subdivision of a * c.3-2000 BC; transitional to metal ages. continent. 9G . . Metal ages art C77 X . . Neolithic period in south-western Asia * General works only. The dates of the metal ages vary according to the different cultures CD . . Mesopotamia and the period classmark may be amended; eg, * General works covering all places in the WC7 RLH Cycladic art (a bronze age culture Tigris-Euphrates regions. in Greek art). CD7 2 . . . Sites 9GP . . . Copper age art * General works only; sites of a particular place go with the place. 9H . . . Bronze age art CDY . . . Sumer & Akkad (together) 9I . . . Iron age art CE . . . . Sumer 9K . . 1st millennium BC * c.5000-2100 BC. 9KU . . . 1st century BC * Periods are used here to define sub- 9M . 1st millennium AD cultures found largely within the period 9ME . . 1st century AD concerned. See Appendix 1, Section 38. 9MK . . 5th century AD * Period classmarks following WC78 are * End of ancient period. added directly to the classmark for a country or culture 9 (see Appendix 1, Section 61). By Place CE7 4 . . . . . Cities * For instructions on how to qualify any given place, see Appendix 2, Section 3. CE7 4ER ...... Eridu A . Ancient non-Western world CE7 4LA ...... Larsa * Places other than S-W Asia, Mediterranean and CE7 4UR ...... Ur Europe...... 5th millennium BC * This location is an alternative (not CED ...... Early Sumerian art, Pre-dynastic recommended) to keeping non-Western ancient Sumerian art art with its post-Ancient art (c.post-500 AD) at CEF . . . . . 3rd millennium BC WDO/WDZ. See Appendix 3 for details. CEF L ...... Second half of 3rd millennium CEF M ...... Semitic period (Sumerian art) * c.2500-2000 BC. * For Babylonian art, see WC7 D. CEF T ...... Later Sumerian art, neo-Sumerian art * c.2150 BC. CEJ . . . . . 2nd millennium BC CG . . . . Chaldea CGF . . . . . Chaldean Sumerian art * c.3rd millennium BC. CGF S ...... First Ur dynasty * c.2700- BC. CGK . . . . 1ST millennium BC CGK L . . . . . Neo-Babylonian art (Chaldean art) * c.620-550 BC. CK . . . Akkad, Akkadian art * c.2500 - BC

36 WC7CM South-west Asia in antiquity WC7NFB

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Ancient period WC7 7 Ancient period WC7 7 Western world in antiquity WC7 B Western world in antiquity WC7 B South-west Asia in antiquity WC7 C South-west Asia in antiquity WC7 C Mesopotamia WC7 CD . Anatolia WC7 J

WC7 CM . Elam, Elamite art WC7 LC . . Ionia * c.2025- BC. * General works, covering all periods of Ionian CS . Babylonia & Assyria (together) ancient art. D . . Babylonia, Babylonian art LC7 4 . . . Cities * c.1900-900 BC. LC7 4EP . . . . Ephesus D74 . . . Cities LC7 4MI . . . . Miletus D74 BA . . . . Babylon LC7 52 . . . Settlements by peoples of other cultures D74 SU . . . . Susa * For Greek art in Ionia, see WC7 RA7 53L C. * See also Persepolis WC7 E75 PE LG . . Lycia, Lycanonia DJ . . . 2nd millennium BC LL . Levant DJD . . . . Amorites * Eastern Mediterranean coastal regions. * c.2025- BC. LN . . Syria * See also Canaanites WC7 LS LP . . Phoenicia DJH . . . . Hammurabi era (Babylonian art) * See also Carthage WC7 OGJ * c.1800-1750 BC. LP7 4SI . . . Sidon DS . . Assyria, Assyrian art LP7 4TY . . . Tyre * c.1000-600 BC. LS . . Palestine, Judaea, Canaan DS7 4NI . . . Nineveh * See also Amorites WC7 BJD; Judaism DV Arabia WBD L E Persia, Persian ancient art, Iranian ancient art M Mediterranean E73 . Regions * Including general works on North Africa & Egypt E73 LU . . Luristan together. E73 ME . . Media * For ancient African art in general and Africa South of the Sahara, see WCD V. E73 PA . . Parthia * See also Hellenistic civilization WC7 TKP E73 SO . . Sogdiana MK . 1st millennium BC E74 . Cities MKL . . Second half of millennium E74 PE . . Persepolis N . Egypt, Egyptian art EK . 1st millennium BC N72 . . Sites EKL . . 2nd half * General works only on these; if limited to their EKM . . . Archaememian period state in a given period (eg, Luxor during the * Archaememian dynasty, c.550-330 BC. New Kingdom) see latter. EKS . . . Seleucid period N73 L . . Lower Egypt ES Sassadinea, Sassanid people N73 U . . Upper Egypt ESK S . Sassanian art N74 . . Cities * c.225 BC - 650 AD. N74 LU . . . Luxor H Hittite Kingdom, Hittite art N78 D . . Palaeolithic period * Hittite Empire, c.1600-1000 BC. NE . . 4th millennium BC J Anatolia . . . Millennium as a whole JT . Ilium, Troy NEA . . . . Pre-dynastic period KC . Cappadocia * c.3800-2900 BC. KE . Cyprus NEL . . . 2nd half of millennium KG . Galatia NEM . . . . Thinite period KL . Lydia * c.3300-2778 C. KL7 4PE . . Pergamum NF . . 3rd millennium * See also Hellenistic civilization . . . 1st half of millennium WC7 MKM NFB . . . . Early dynastic period KL7 4PE 3RJ . . . Pergamene School * c.3000-2635 BC. * See also Sculpture WL7 KL7 4P

37 WC7NFL WC7OGV Egypt

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western world in antiquity WC7 B Ancient period WC7 7 Mediterranean WC7 M Western world in antiquity WC7 B Egypt WC7 N Mediterranean WC7 M 3rd millennium WC7 NF Egypt WC7 N

WC7 NFL . Second half WC7 NK . 1st millennium BC NFM . . Old kingdom . . 1st quarter * c.2635-2155 BC. NKD . . . Third intermediate period . . 3rd quarter of millennium * c.1080-712 BC. NFN . . . Third dynasty NKD 74 . . . . Cities * c.2635-2570. NKD 74T A . . . . . Tanis NFP . . . Fourth dynasty NKE . . . Pre-Saite period * c.2570-2450 BC. NKG . . . Saite period, Persian period (Egyptian art) NFP 72G I . . . . Giza NKL . . 2nd half of millennium NFQ . Dynasties 5-6 NKM . . . Post-Empire period NFR . 1st intermediate period * c.712-332 BC. * Dynasties 7-10. NKN . . . Assyrian period (Egyptian art) NJ 2nd millennium . . . 7th century of millennium, 4th century . 1st half of millennium BC NJC . . Middle kingdom NKS . . . . Graeco-Roman period * Dynasties 11-13, c.2134-1715 BC. NKS 72 . . . . . Sites NJC 74T H . . . Thebes NKS 72E D ...... Edfu * See also Luxor WC7 NJM 75L U . . . 4th quarter of millennium . . 2nd quarter of millennium NLS . . . . Ptolemaic period NJH . . . Second intermediate period * c.332-30 BC. * c.1715-1554 BC. NLS 74A L . . . . . Alexandria NJL . 2nd half of millennium * Founded 323 BC. NJM . . New kingdom * See also WC7 MKM Hellenistic * c.1554-1000 BC. civilization NJM 72 . . . Sites NM . 1st millennium AD NJM 72A B . . . . Abu Simbel . . 1st half NJM 72V A . . . . Valley of the Kings NMB . . . Roman period (Egyptian art) NJM 74 . . . Cities * c.30-324 AD. NJM 74K A . . . . Karnak . . 2nd quarter NJM 74L U . . . . Luxor NMH . . . Coptic art * See also Thebes WC7 NJC 72T H * c.4th-7th cents. AD. . . . 3rd quarter of millennium O North African ancient art other than Egyptian NJN . . . . Eighteenth dynasty OGJ . Carthage * c.1554-1305 BC. * See also Phoenicia WC7 LP NJN 73 . . . . . Regions OGN . Cyrenaica NJN 73A M ...... Amarna, Tel-el-Amarna OGP . Libya, Tripolitania * c.1375- BC. OGP 74 . . Cities NJP . . . . . Amenhotep III OGP 74L E . . . Leptis Magna * 1411-1372. OGV . Mauretania NJQ . . . . . Aknetaten, Ikhnaten, Amenhotep IV * 1372-1354. NJR . . . . . Tutankhamun * 1354- . . . 9th century of 2nd millennium NJT . . . . Nineteenth dynasty * c.1305-1196 BC. NJU . . . . . Ramesses II * c.1290-1224 BC.

38 WC7P Western world in antiquity WC7RLH

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Visual arts by period Ancient period WC7 7 Ancient period WC7 7 Western world in antiquity WC7 B By Place Europe WC7 P Western world in antiquity WC7 B . . 5001-1 BC WC7 P79 C

WC7 P Europe (ancient period), Ancient Western art WC7 P79 G . . . Metal ages art * For Euro-Asian tribal cultures in the * General works only. The dates of the post-Roman period, see WC7 W. metal ages vary according to the different * An alternative (not recommended) is to locate cultures and the notation varies the ancient period of particular European accordingly. countries under the latter, in WCE/WCN. P78 . Prehistoric art (Europe) Q Classical antiquity P78 AP . . Pre-Chellean RA . Greek art P78 AR . . Chellean * In the most general sense, as the art of the P78 AU . . Acheulian culture Greek-speaking peoples. For Greek art in the * c.200,000 BC. narrower sense of Hellenic art, see P78 B . . Stone age art WC7 TKA. * See also Nomadic art WBB R; Cave RA7 53 . . Settlements abroad dwellers’ art & rock art WBB S. RA7 53L C . . . Ionia P78 D . . . Palaeolithic art, Old stone age art RA7 53U V . . . , Magna Graecia P78 E . . . . 50000-40000 BC RA7 53U X . . . Sicily P78 F . . . . . Mousterian culture, Neanderthal man RA7 8H . . Bronze Age P78 H . . . . 40000-30000 BC * See also Minoan art WC7 RF P78 J . . . . . Aurignacian culture RE . Cretan art * For Capsian culture, see WDV-7K RE7 4K . . Knossos (African stone age). RE7 4KP . . . Palace of Minos P78 KA . . . . . Abbevillian REF . . 3rd millennium BC P78 KC . . . . . Clactonian REF L . . . 2nd half of millennium P78 KL . . . . . Levalloisian * For Minoan culture, use WC7 RF. P78 KT . . . . . Tayacuan RF . . Minoan art P78 L . . . . 30000-20000 BC * c.2300-1100 BC. P78 M . . . . . Gravettion culture RFF L . . . Early period P78 M72 W ...... Willendorf site RFJ A . . . Middle period P78 NE . . . . . Perigordian * c.2000-1000 BC. P78 NG . . . . . Magdalenian culture RFJ M . . . Late period P78 NL . . . . . Azilian * c.1600-1100 BC. P78 P . . . . 20000-10000 BC RH . Aegean art P78 Q . . . Mesolithic art, Middle stone age art * Art of the early cultures of the region, c.3000- P78 S . . . . Solutrian culture 1400 BC. P78 T . . . . Asturian * For classical Mycenaean art, see WC7 SEC M. P78 U . . . . 10000-1 BC RH7 8X . . Neolithic P78 W . . . . 10000-5000 BC RH7 8XS . . . Sesklo period P78 X . . . Neolithic art, New stone age art * c.9000 BC. RL . . Cyclades * See also Helladic culture WC7 TFH P78 X3S AN . . . . Animal style (Neolithic art) RLF . . . 3rd millennium P78 X3T AL . . . . Almero . . . . Bronze age P78 X3T VI . . . . Vica RLH . . . . . Cycladic art P79 B . Early art (post-prehistoric) * Bronze age art of the Cyclades P79 C . . 5001-1 BC archipelago, c.2500-1000 BC. P79 F . . . Chalcolithic culture * c.3-2000 BC; transitional to metal ages.

39 WC7SA WC7UV752 Greek mainland

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western world in antiquity WC7 B Ancient period WC7 7 Classical antiquity WC7 Q By Place Greek mainland WC7 SA Western world in antiquity WC7 B . . By period Classical antiquity WC7 Q . . . . Hellenic art WC7 TKA

WC7 SA Greek mainland WC7 TKF . . . . . Geometric period (Greek art) * Including Greek Ionian Islands and Macedonia. * c.900-700 BC. * For Greek settlements outside Greece, see TKG . . . . . Orientalization period (Greek art) WC7 RA7 53. * c.8th century BC. SB . Peloponnesus TKJ . . . . . Daedalic Greek art * Large southern region, almost an island, with a * c.660-620 BC. significantly separate history in terms of its * Includes early Archaic art. cultures. TKK . . . . . Archaic period (Greek art) SE . . Mycenaea * c.600-500 BC. SE7 4 . . . Cities * See also Etruscan art WC7 UE SE7 4MY . . . . Mycenaea (city) TKM . . . . . Classical Greek art SE7 4TH . . . . Thebes (Mycenaea) * c.500-323 BC. SEJ C . . . 2nd millennium BC TKM 74A ...... Athens (classical period) SEJ CL . . . . 2nd half of millennium TKP . . . . Hellenistic art SEJ CM . . . . . Mycenaean civilization * Post Alexander the Great, c.325 BC-100 * c.1600-1200 BC. AD. * See also Minoan art WC7 RF * See also Pergamum WC7 KL7 4PE; SJ . . Achaea, Achaean art, Pre-Hellenic Greek art Alexandria WC7 NLS 74A * Art of the Achaean peoples, c.2000-500 BC. TKV . . . . . Neo-Attic period T . Greek mainland other than Peloponnesus * c.1st century BC. . . Cities UG . . Ionian Islands T74 A . . . Athens US . . Macedonia * For Athens in the classical period, see UT . . Thracia WC7 TKM 74A. UV Italy (Ancient art) * See also Hellenic art WC7 TKA * For general works on the places and periods of . . By period Italy in the ancient period. TF . . . 3rd millennium BC . By place TFH . . . . Helladic art * Division is by Appendix 1, Section B2, except * c.2nd quarter of 3rd millennium. for the special cultures enumerated at WC7 U/V; eg, TFL . . . . 2nd half of millennium . . By orientation TFM . . . . . Early Helladic art * c.2600-2000 BC. UV7 34C . . . Northern Italy TH ...... Bronze age Greek art UV7 34L . . . Southern Italy * c.2600-1100 BC. . . Regions TI . . . . . Iron age Greek art * For Etruria, see WC7 UW. TJ . . . 2nd millennium BC UV7 3CL . . . Calabria TJB . . . . 1st half of millennium UV7 3CM . . . Campania TJC . . . . . Middle Helladic period UV7 3LA . . . Latium * c.2000-1500 BC. * For Rome, see WC7 V. TJL . . . . 2nd half UV7 3LI . . . Liguria TJM . . . . . Late Helladic period UV7 4 . . Cities, towns * c.1500-1100 BC. * For Rome, see WC7 V TK . . . 1st millennium BC . Quasi-autonomous regions * See explanation in Appendix 1, Section 2. TKA . . . . Hellenic art * For Etruscan art, see WC7 UW; Sicilian art * c.1200-300 BC. WC7 UX. * For Greek art in its widest sense, see WC7 R. UV7 52 . . Settlements by other cultures * For Magna Graecia, see WC7 RA7 53U V. TKE . . . . . Protogeometric period * c.1100-900 BC. . By period * Of ancient Italy as a whole.

40 WC7UV78 Euro-Asian tribes WC7WRN

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Visual arts by period Kinds of visual arts Ancient period WC7 7 Visual arts by period By Place Ancient period WC7 7 . . . . By period Post-Roman ancient art WC7 WE

* Add to WC7 UV numbers & letters 77 WC7 WR Euro-Asian tribes, Barbarian art and A/W from Table C1 in Appendix 1. * Reflecting extensive migrations of tribes and WC7 UV7 8 . . . . . Prehistory cultures, often from Russia and northern Asia, UV7 8V ...... Villanovan period and the development of bronze and iron artefacts. UV7 9H ...... Bronze age * This class includes general works on the ancient . . . . By place, special culture art history of the European countries, which in that period were characterized by the shifting UW . . . . . Etruscan art, Etruria, Tuscany (ancient boundaries implicit in the migratory tribes art) defining this class. * c.600/200 BC. * Some of these cultures extended well into the * See also Archaic period of Greek art post-Roman period and many modern countries WC7 TKK regard those elements which operated within their UX . . . . . Sicily geographical compass as an integral part of their UX7 4 ...... Cities own early art. UX7 4SY ...... Syracuse * So an alternative (not recommended) is to locate UX7 52 ...... Settlements in Sicily here only general works on the migrant * For Greek art in Sicily, see WC7 cultures/tribes below and to subordinate to the RA7 53U X modern country works which consider their art as V . . . . . Rome, an integral part of that country’s history; eg, * c.200 BC/400 AD. Celtic art in Britain WCE AWS. V47 R ...... Greek revivals in Roman art WR3 R . Movements, styles ...... Cities WR3 SAN . . Animal style (Barbarian art) V74 ...... Rome . By period V74 HE ...... Herculaneum WR7 8X . . Neolithic period V74 PO ...... Pompeii WR7 9H . . Bronze age ...... By period WR7 9I . . Iron age VK ...... 1st millennium BC . By place, culture, tribe, ethnic group VKB ...... 1st half of millennium * An alternative (not recommended) is to subordinate these cultures to the modern VKC ...... Pre-Republican Roman art countries in which they settled. See Appendix 1 VKL ...... 2nd half for details. VKM ...... Republican Roman art * The arrangement below is by the approximate * c.509-31 BC. place of origin, using Auxiliary Schedule 2 for VM ...... 1st millennium AD the broad regions. VMB ...... 1st half * Add to WC7 WR letters D/N from Schedule 2, VMC ...... Roman Empire art with the modifications shown. * c.31 BC - 330 AD. WRE . . Britain WE Post-Roman ancient art WRF . . Gaul WN . Early Christian art WRG . . Iberia * c.2nd-6th centuries AD. WRJ . . Central European cultures WN7 36C . . Catacombs art WRK . . . Germanic tribes WP . Byzantium, , Eastern Roman . . . . Bronze age Empire art WRK 79H . . . . . Hallstatt culture * c.4th/15th centuries AD. WRL D . . . Pannonia (Hungary) WPJ . . Early period WRL F . . Illyria (Yugoslavia) WPJ T . . . Theodosius WRL P . . Thracia (Northern Greece) WPM J . . . Justinian WRL U . . Dacia (Romania) WPP . . Middle period WRM B . . Scandinavian cultures, Moesia WPQ . . . Commenian period * For , see WCM. WPS . . Late period WRN . . Russian & North Asiatic cultures, Slavic art

41 WC7WRND WCCNFP Visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Kinds of visual arts Visual arts WC Visual arts by period Kinds of visual arts . . . . By place, culture, tribe, ethnic group

Kinds of visual arts by place & period WC7 WRN D . . . . . Central Asia (barbarian art), Steppes (barbarian art) WCC . Western visual art * For Central Asia in the pre-Russian * Normal retroactive notation (using -9C for period, when its art is best regarded as Western and -AN for Non-Western) is amended non-Western (particularly in its Islamic here to give shorter classmarks for the individual art), see WDN. countries (see Appendix 1, Section C). WRN EC ...... Cimmerians * Add to WC letters C/Z from Schedule 2 for those WRN ES ...... Sarmathians countries whose art is in the Western tradition. WRN ET ...... Scythians 3R . . Movements, influences, styles WRN G . . . . . South-west * See Appendix 2 for explanation and rules. * Black & , Caucasus. 3RY . . . Kinds by universal style characteristics WRN HK ...... Kapame 3SK . . . . Kitsch WRN HN ...... Koban 3TE . . . Vernacular WRN R . . . . . Eastern & Central 3TG . . . Colonial styles WRN SA ...... Andronovo * Influences found in the ex-colonial territories * c.1700-1200 BC. of mainly Western countries. WRN SH ...... Huns 3V . . . Influences, revivals WRN SK ...... Karasuk 3VE . . . . Vernacular revivals * c.1200-700 BC. 4 . . . . Western art styles revived WRN ST ...... Tagar * Works on particular movements and styles WRN T ...... Siberia (barbarian art) go here only when they deal with the impact WRN U ...... Individual tribes, A/Z of the movement on the whole of Western WS . . . . . Celts visual art. * c.450 BC/650 AD...... From ancient Western art ...... 4th century BC 47Q ...... Classical antiquity revivals WS7 9KR ...... La Tene period 47W R ...... Celtic art revivals ...... 1st century BC 48 . . . . . From Medieval & modern periods WS7 9KX ...... Waldalgesheim period 4CA R ...... Romanesque revivals Visual arts by period 4DA G ...... Gothic revivals WC8 AY . Visual arts in Medieval & modern periods 4EA R ...... Renaissance styles revived * Much of the literature on Medieval and 4J ...... 17th century styles revived relates particularly to Europe; 4JA B ...... Baroque revivals care should be taken to locate material restricted 5M . . . . . Non-Western styles revivals to Western or European art in WCC/WCZ and 5O ...... Oriental styles (influences, revivals) not here at WC8, which is part of visual arts in 5R ...... Chinese art styles (influences, general. * For details of periods, see Appendix 1, Section revivals) C. 5TS ...... Oceanic art styles (influences, revivals) B . . Medieval period 5V ...... African art styles (influences, revivals) LM . . Modern period . . Western visual arts by period 77 . . . Ancient period * Alternative (not recommended) to locating at WC7 7. See Appendix 1 for details. 8AY . . . Medieval & modern periods * For medieval Western art, see Europe WCD B. LPR . . . . Realism LTA . . . . NED . . . . NFP . . . . Post-

42 WCD European visual arts WCDLL

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western visual art WCC Kinds of visual arts European visual arts WCD Kinds of visual arts by place & period Medieval & modern periods WCD AY Western visual art WCC Medieval period WCD B

Western visual arts by place WCD CX . 12th century D . Gothic period * c.1150-1500. WCD . European visual arts DAG . . Gothic style 3V . . Historical movements, styles, influences, DD . Early Gothic period, Primary Gothic period revivals DDA G . . Early Gothic style 47Q . . . Classical antiquity influence, revivals * For Neo-classicism, see 18th century revivals DM . Middle Gothic period, Secondary Gothic period, WCD KS4 7Q. period 4DA G . . . Gothic revivals DS . 13th century 5O . . . Oriental style influences * c.1200-1400. 5V . . . African style influences E Renaissance period . . By period & place * c.1300-1600. E6Y . By regions & localities 72 . . . Localities & regions in Europe * Nearly all the literature goes under the E6Y BC . . Northern Europe (Renaissance art) particular countries. EF . 14th century * Within a place, Period is cited before its EN . Transitional Gothic physical and geographical regions. See * Transitional to Renaissance. Appendix 1 for details. * For Late Gothic, see WCD FH. 734 C . . . . Northern Europe . 15th century 77 . . . Ancient Europe F . . , Early Renaissance * For the Ancient period of European art, see FD . period WC7 7. An alternative (not recommended) is * c.1400-1425. to locate it here, at WCD 77. See Appendix 1. FH . Late Gothic period, Tertiary Gothic period AY . . . Medieval & modern periods * For style, see French art WCF FK. * These periods are given in full in Appendix 1. . 16th century The detailed enumeration below of periods up H . . , to c.1500 AD is because these are largely HHM . . . Mannerism confined to the history of European art and HM . Late Renaissance are not applicable to the rest of Western art. See Appendix 1, Section C. HT Post-Renaissance period * c.1600-1750. B . . . . Medieval period * The dates for some of the named periods J 17th century below vary from country to country; dates JAB . Baroque style given below are those of the approximate * c.1600-1750. earliest appearance of the name. K 18th century BR . . . . . Pre-Romanesque period . Revivals BS . . . . . Merovingian period K5R . . Chinoiserie * c.400-750. KHR . Rococo style BX . . . . . Carolingian period KS . 4th quarter * c.750-990. . . Classical revival C . . . . . Romanesque period KS4 7Q . . . Neo-classicism * c.800-1180. KS4 7R . . . . Greek styles revival, Neo-Greek CAR ...... Romanesque style KS4 7V . . . . Roman styles revival CB . . . . . Early Romanesque period KSR . Romanticism CP . . . . . 10th century * c.1780-1840 CR . . . . . Ottonian period, Holy Roman Empire L 19th century period LL . Second half of 19th century * c.960-1025. CT . . . . . 11th century CV . . . . . Late Romanesque period

43 WCDLM WCELDR British art

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western visual art WCC Western visual art WCC European visual arts WCD European visual arts WCD By period & place British art WCE . Medieval & modern periods WCD AY British visual art by period

WCD LM . . WCE CT 11th century * Alternative (not recommended) is to locate CTK . Anglo-Norman period this more arbitrarily at WCN. CTK CN . . Norman style LP . . . 1850s CX 12th century LPR . . . . Realism D Gothic period N . . 20th century DCD . Early English style NF . . . 1910s * c.1175-1275. * See also Abstract art movements WEE EF 14th century NFD . . . . DADA (European) EFB . Middle Gothic period European visual arts by country EFB D . . Decorated style (English Gothic) * Within each country, the usual citation order of EFB H . High Gothic period Place - Period is reversed and localities within F 15th century the country are cited after the specific period, using 72/76 to introduce them. See Appendix 1, FHP . Perpendicular style (English Gothic) Section A3. FQ . Tudor period FQA T . . Tudor style H 16th century WCE British art HK Elizabethan period 72 . Localities, regional art HT Post-Renaissance 74 . . Cities, towns, etc J 17th century 74L . . . London J4J AB . Baroque influence 74S T . . . St Ives * See also Queen Anne period WCE KD . . Quasi-autonomous regions JC . Jacobean period * The four major regions below constitute the JG . Stuart period historically separate nations which make up the British Isles. JQ . Restoration period * An alternative to this location (not JU . William & Mary period recommended) is to locate them at K 18th century WCE T/W below, where they would be K4K HR . Rococo influence cited before a specific period. See KC . Queen Anne period Appendix 1, Section B24. . 2nd quarter 76T . . . KH . . Georgian period 76U . . . Welsh art KHA D . . . 76V . . . Scottish art KR . 1770s 76W . . . Irish art KRR . . Romanticism . British visual art by period KS . 4th quarter 77 . . Ancient . . Classical revival * Alternative (not recommended) to locating KS4 7Q . . . Neo-classicism at WCR E. * See also Palladianism (architecture) WHS B . . Medieval period KS4 9I . . Italianate styles revival BM . . Anglo-Saxon period KSR . . Romanticism BV . . . 8th century KT . 8th decade BV6 BN . . . . Christian art L 19th century BV6 BN3 R . . . . . Hiberno-Saxon styles, insular styles L47 N . Egyptian revival * See also Celtic art W7W S; L47 Q . Neo-classicism Religious illuminated manuscripts WFJ KG L4D AG . Gothic revival, Medievalism CM . . 9th century L5O . Oriental revival CP . . 10th century LD . 1st quarter CQ . . Viking period (Britain), Norse art (Britain) LDR . . Regency style * c.900-1000 AD.

44 WCELG French art WCFKUD

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC European visual arts WCD Kinds of visual arts by place & period British art WCE Western visual art WCC British visual art by period Western visual arts by place . 19th century WCE L European visual arts WCD

WCE LG . . Second quarter WCF French art LH . . . Victorian period . By locality LJ . . . 4th decade 73P . . Provence LJP . . . . Pre-Raphaelites 74P . . * c.1840s-1850s. . By period LL . . Second half of 19th century C . . Romanesque LR . . 1870s C73 B . . . Burgundian Romanesque LRA . . . Aesthetic movement, English symbolism C73 C . . . Cluniac Romanesque (1870s) C73 N . . . Norman Romanesque LT . . 1880s D . . Gothic LTA . . . Art nouveau (1880s) DM . . . High Gothic LTD . . . (1880s) DMA R . . . . Rayyonant style LU . . 1890s * See also French abstract art WEE LUG . . . Glasgow School E . . Renaissance N . 20th century FH . . Late Gothic NF . . 1910s FHF . . . Flamboyant style NFL . . . London Group H . . 16th century * 1910s/1950s. HH . . . 2nd quarter * For Camden Town groups, see WK Painting. HHF . . . . Fontainebleau School NFV . . . * c.1530-1560. NFW . . . War artists (WW1) HHM . . . Mannerism NH . . 2nd quarter HM . . . Late Renaissance * See also British abstract art WEE 9E HT . . Post-Renaissance NHN . . . Neo-Romanticism (1930-1940s) HTJ AB . . . Baroque NP . . 1950s J . . 17th century NPI . . . Independent Group * See also Les Peintres de la Realite WK9 FJ5 J NPP . . . (British) JAC . . . Classical French art, Bourbon art * See also WCY NPP Pop art (American) . . . 2nd half NQ . . 1960s JM . . . Louis XIV period NQS . . . Situationism * c.1650-1715. NT . . 1980s JS . . . 4th quarter NTY . . . , YBA * For Rubenisme and Poussinisme, see Quasi-autonomous regions Painting WK9 FKP P * Alternative (not recommended) to locating at K . . 18th century WCE 9E. KFR . . . Regence art T . English art * c.1715-1730. U . Welsh art KH . . . Louis XV period V . Scottish art * c.1720-1770. W . Irish art KHR . . . . Rococo, KS4 Q . . . Neo-classicism * c.1770-1815. KT . . . Louis XVI period * c.1770-1790s. KUD . . . Directoire style * c.1795-1800.

45 WCFL WCGP European visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western visual art WCC Western visual art WCC European visual arts WCD European visual arts WCD French art WCF French art WCF By period . . . 1950s WCF NP

WCF L 19th century * See also LEE . WK9 YNK A * c.1805-. WCF NQ . . . 1960s LJL . Louis Philippe style NQG . . . . Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel, GRAV * c.1830-1850. NQN F . . . . Nouvelle figuration LP . 1850s NQN R . . . . Nouveau realisme LPR . . Realism NQS . . . . Supports Surface LR . 1870s Z Iberian art LRI . . Impressionism WCG . Spanish art * c.1860-. 73 . . Regions LT . 1880s 73A N . . . Andalucia LTA . . Art nouveau (French), Modern style (French art- 73A S . . . Asturias nouveau) 73C A . . . Catalonia * c.1880-. . . Cities LTD . . Decadent movement, Fin de siecle art 74C . . . Cordoba * c.1880-1890s. 74G . . . Granada LTP . . Pointillisme, , Neo-impressionism 74M . . . Madrid * c.1884-. 74S . . . Seville LTP R . . (c.1880s/1890s) . . By period LTS . . Symbolism (French art) AX . . . Visigothic art in Spain * c.1885-1910. * c.400/700. LU . 1890s B . . . Medieval period LUN . . Nabis * Notation is adjusted slightly here to LUP . . Post-impressionism accommodate the period of Islamic conquest. LUR . . Rose-Croix, Salon de la BM . . . . Moorish art in Spain, Islamic Spanish art N 20th century * c.700/1500. NA . 1st half BN . . . . Mozarabic art, Mudejar art * For School of Paris, see Painting WK9 F9N N. * Art of Christian artists working under and NE . 1900s for the Moorish rulers. NEC . Cubism C . . . . Romanesque NEF . CX . . . . 12th century NF . 1910s D . . . . Gothic * For Collage, see WK Painting; for , see E . . . Renaissance WK; for Post-impressionism, see WCF LUP. HT . . . Post-Renaissance NFP . . L . . . 19th century * c.1918-. LSA . . . . (Spanish art) NG . 1920s * c.1870s; Spanish term for Art nouveau (see NGA . . WCL TH). * c.1925-. N . . . 20th century * See also Art nouveau WCF LTC * See also School of Paris WK9 FN9 9 NGF . . Found objects, Readymades, objets trouves NK . . . . 1940s * c.1920-. NKD . . . . . Dau al Set NGS . . Surrealism P . Portuguese art * c.1920-. NK . 1940s * See also Art informel WEE 9FN K NKC . . COBRA NKL . . Lettrisme NP . 1950s * For , see WK9 F

46 WCI European visual arts WCKLUS

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts by place & period Western visual art WCC Western visual art WCC European visual arts WCD Western visual arts by place Italian art WCI European visual arts WCD . 20th century WCI N

WCI Italian art WCI NQ . . 1960s 72 . Regional & local art NQC . . . Continuita 73L . . Lombardy NR . . 1970s 74F . . Florence NRA . . . Arte Cifre 74R . . Rome NT . . 1980s 74S . . Sienna NTT . . . Transavanguarda 74V . . WCJ F Belgian art BM . 6th century FLT . 1880s BQB . Ostrogothic period (Italy) FLT V . . Les Vingt * c.490-560 AD. * c.1883-189Os. C . Romanesque FNG . 1920s CB . . Early Romanesque FNG S . . Surrealism CB7 3L . . . Lombardic * See also Belgian painting WK9 CJF NG . 13th century U art, DF . . UN . 20th century E . Renaissance UNF . . 1910s . 15th century UNF D . . . , Neoplasticism F . . Quattrocento UNG . . 1920s F73 L . . . Lombardic Renaissance art UNG C . . . Concrete art F74 F . . . Florentine Renaissance art UNG E . . . Elementarism FD . International Gothic (Italian) UNK . . 1960s . 16th century UNK N . . . Nul H . . Quinquecento WCK German art H74 R . . . Roman School (Renaissance art) BM . Merovingian period H74 V . . . Venetian School BR . Pre-Romanesque HHM . . . Mannerism D . Gothic period HL . . . 2nd half of quinquecento EF . 14th century HM . . . Late Renaissance EFL . . 2nd half L . 19th century EFL S . . . LN . . Third quarter H . 16th century LNM . . . group * For (16th/17th century), see German * c.1855-1865. painting WK9 KG5 H. N . 20th century L . 19th century NF . . 1910s LFN . . Nazarenes NFF . . . * c.1810-. * c.1909-1930. LGB . . NFM . . . Metaphysical art, Pittura metafisica * c.1820-. * c.1910-1920. LT . . 1880s * See also Magic realism [Am painting] LTJ . . . NG . . 1920s * c.1880-1890s. NGN . . . Novecento * See also Art Nouveau WCF LTA * c.1920s. LU . . 1890s NK . . 1940s LUS . . . Sezession, Neue Sezession, NKP . . . Arte Povera * c.1890s. * See also Conceptual art WEE QC NKS . . . Spatialism NP . . 1950s NPS . . . Situationism

47 WCKN WCVQ European visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Western visual art WCC Western visual art WCC Western visual arts by place Western visual arts by place European visual arts WCD European visual arts WCD German art WCK . Scandinavian art WCM A

WCK N . 20th century WCM ACM . . Viking period NE . . 1900s * c.9th-11th centuries. NEB . . . Die Brucke ACM AV . . . Viking style * c.1905-1913. B . . Denmark NED . . . Deutscher Werkbund J . . Norway * See also WCK NGB O . . Sweden NEE . . . Expressionism ONK . . . 1940s . . . . Periodicals ONK I . . . . Imaginistgruppen NEE 23G . . . . . Der Sturm WCN . Russia NF . . 1910s L . . 19th century NFB . . . LR . . . 1870s * c.1911-1914. LRW . . . . Wanderers movement NFN . . . Novembergruppe N . . 20th century NG . . 1920s NE . . . 1900s NGA . . . Autodestructive art NEB . . . . Blue Rose Group NGB . . . Bauhaus movement * See also Russian abstract art * c.1920-1930s. WEE 9NN F * For Bauhaus as an institution, see WB2 NEM . . . . , World of art * See also Functionalist theory NEP . . . . Primitivism, Neo-primitivism NGN . . . Neue Sachlichkeit, , Magic * c.1905-1920. realism NF . . . 1910s * c.1923-. NFC O . . . . , machine art NGV . . . Verism * c.1910s-1930. NJ . . 1930s NFC U . . . . Cubofuturism NJN . . . National Socialist art, Nazi art NFJ . . . . Jack of Diamonds, Knave of Diamonds NP . . 1950s NFR . . . . , Rayism NPG . . . Group Zero NFS . . . . , Non-objectivism NPS . . . Spur NG . . . . Soviet period NQ . . 1960s NGA . . . . . Agit prop NQZ . . . Zebra NHS . . . . . NR . . 1970s * c.1925- NRU . . . Ugly realism WCU A Australian art (Western art) * See also Neue Sachlichkeit WGK NGN * For aborigines’ art, use WDU A. NRW . . . Neue Wilde ANG . 1920s W Austria ANG C . . Contemporary group WNE . 1910s ANQ . 1960s WNE W . . Wiener Werkstatte ANQ A . . Antipodean group WNK . 1940s V New Zealand art (Western art) WNK F . . Fantastic realism . * For Maori (aborigines’ art), see WDU_V. WNQ . 1960s WCV Q African Western art WNQ V . . Vienna Action art * Art in the Western tradition produced by Western WCL D Hungary settlers in Africa. DF . 1910s DFH . . Hungarian activists WCM A Scandinavian art AC . Romanesque period ACL . 9th century

48 WCX American art WCYNQ6BEL

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts Western visual art WCC Kinds of visual arts by place & period Americas WCX Western visual art WCC North American WCX B Western visual arts by place American art WCY

WCX Americas (Western visual arts) By period . Kinds of art by special categories of persons WCY J . 17th century * See also WEA for categories of persons cited K . 18th century before Place and Period. K3T G . . Colonial styles 6AF . . Folk art K3T GPE . . . Pennsylvanian Dutch 6AI . . Immigrant art K3T GSP . . . Spanish colonial 6AN . . Indigenous persons KP . . 8th decade * Alternative (not recommended) to locating * For Chicago School, see Architecture WHR. separately at WDX; see Appendix 3 for details. KPF . . . First national style, Post-colonial style 6BE . . Ethnic art (USA), Federal style . Kinds of American Western arts by period KPS . . . Second National style 8 . . Art of the Americas in the post-conquest L . 19th century period. N . 20th century * The art in the pre-conquest (pre-Columbian) NE . . 1900s period is preferred at WDX/WDY, but alternatives are provided (see Appendix 3 for NEA . . . , Social realism (American details). art), The Eight . Kinds of American Western art by place NF . . 1910s * Add to WC letters X/Z from Schedule 2; eg * For Simultaneism (synchronous art), see B . . North American WEE Abstract art B7 . . . Pre-conquest period NF2 RS . . . Special exhibitions * Alternative (not recommended) to locating at * For the , see WDX. See Appendix 1 for details. WCN E2R SNE C . . . Canadian art NG . . 1920s C3T G . . . . Colonial styles NGA . . . Art Deco (USA) C3T GE . . . . . British colonial styles (Canada) NGC . . . Cubist realism C3T GF . . . . . French colonial styles (Canada) NGM . . . Magic realism C6B CV . . . . French Canadian art NGP . . . C6B E . . . . Ethnic groups NH . . Second quarter * For American Gothic, see American scene CN . . . . 20th century art painting; WCY . . . American art (USA) NJ . . 1930s 6BE . . . . Ethnic groups NJB . . . Biomorphic art * For art of indigenous peoples of America, see WDX. NJR . . . movement 6BE L . . . . . Black Americans NJS . . . Social realism (USA, 1930s) * See also Black expressionism NK . . 1940s WCY NQ6 BEL * For , see Painting- 6BF N . . . . . Jewish Americans -Abstract art WKE E9Y NKA. 72 . . . . Regions, localities NKB . . . Beat art 74N E . . . . . NP . . 1950s . . . Revivals NP4 NED . . . . Neo-Dada (USA) NPF . . . Funk art (1950s) NPP . . . Pop art (USA) * See also Pop art (British) WCE NPP NQ . . 1960s * For see WEE 9YN QA: For Minimal art, see WEE 9YN QB; for Conceptual art, see WM NQ6 BEL . . . Black expressionism

49 WCYNQE WDOHF Non-Western visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Arts by medium Kinds of visual arts by place & period Visual arts WC Western visual art WCC Kinds of visual arts . . . . North American WCX B Kinds of visual arts by place & period ...... 1960s WCY NQ Non-Western visual arts WDM

WCY NQE ...... Ecological art (1968-) By place NQP ...... (1960s) * Each country is divided as follows (where x NR ...... 1970s represents its classmark): NRS ...... Superrealism, hyperrealism * Add to x numbers/letters 2/6X following W; * Add to x numbers/letters 72/76 for Localities & NT ...... 1980s regions as given in Appendix 1, Table B1; NTN ...... Neo-pop (USA) * Add to x numbers & letters 77/P for periods as WCZ A . . . . Central American Western art shown under (By period) above; B . . . . . Mexican art (Western art) * Period classmarks A/P are added directly to the BK ...... 18th century country classmark (see Appendix 1, Section C). BKH R ...... Rococo style Within each country, specific periods are cited BNG ...... 1920s before its regions or localities; BNG M ...... Mexican muralists * Add to WD letters N/Z from Schedule 2, with the modifications shown: eg, BNG S ...... Social realism (Mexico, 1920s) WDN . Eastern visual arts, Oriental visual arts, Asian J . . . . South American Western art visual arts P . . . . . Brazilian art * This modification of Schedule 2 (in which Asia is O) is in order to allow the incorporation of a WDM Non-Western visual arts class for the Central Asian cultures prior to 3R . Movements, schools, styles their incorporation as provinces of Russia . By special categories of persons, groups (c.1500). Their art of that period is usually regarded as part of non-Western art, especially 6BJ . . Buddhist in its Islamic nature. 6BV . . Islamic * Add to WDN letters S/Y following N in . By period Schedule 2; eg, * The provision for period division under general S . . Central Asia and Western arts is slightly modified under non- T . . . Siberia (pre-Russian) Western art in order to get shorter classmarks for the very early periods (which are more prominent XD . . . Turkestan in the art history of non-Western countries). XD6 BV . . . . Islamic art * Add to WDM numbers 77/78 following W in XD7 4BO . . . . Bokhara 77/W78; Add to WDM A letters B/MK following XD7 4SA . . . . Samarkand W79; eg, XE . . . Kirghizia 77 . . Ancient period Y . . . Uzbekistan 78 . . . Prehistoric art YT . . . Turkmenistan AB . . . Early post-prehistoric art WDO . Middle East, South-western Asia (post-Ancient AE . . . . 4th millennium BC, 5000-4000 BC period) AG . . . . Metal ages F77 . . Ancient AY . . Medieval & modern periods * This is an alternative (not recommended) to B . . . Medieval period locating this class with the ancient art of SW P . . . 21st century Asia & the Mediterranean, at WC7. See Appendix 3 for details. FAY . . Post ancient, medieval & modern periods H . Turkish visual arts H6B V . . Islamic * General works only; Islamic art of a given period goes under the period. HCS D . . Seljuk period * c.1000-1300 AD. HE . . Ottoman period . . . * c.1300-1922. HF . . . Selim I period

50 WDOHHC Indian visual arts WDQAKU

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Non-Western visual arts WDM Non-Western visual arts WDM By place Indian visual arts WDQ Turkish visual arts WDO H Regions & localities WDQ 72 . Ottoman period WDO HE . Historical/administrative regions

WDO HHC . . Suleyman I period WDQ 73P U . . Punjab P Palestinian visual arts 73U T . . Uttar Pradesh WDP A Iranian visual arts, Persian visual arts 74 . Cities, towns, etc A6B V . Islamic 74B O . . Bombay R Afghanistani visual arts 74D E . . Delhi R6B J . Buddhist 76 . Quasi-autonomous regions 76C E . . Ceylon * For modern Sri Lanka, see WDQ Indian visual arts WDQ WW. * WDQ/WDQ T takes the visual arts of the * See also Appendix 1, Section B26 on Indian sub- continent treated as one country, the treatment of quasi-independent from the earliest times to the mid-20th century. regions or their successors. For the visual arts of the separate nation states since 1947, see WDQ W. 3R . Movements, schools, styles By period 6BE . Ethnic art 77 . Ancient 6BE JP . . Dravidian visual arts 78 . . Prehistoric 6BG . Religious art A . Early period, post-prehistory * For particular religions, see period when its . . 3000-2000 BC art first appeared. AF . . . Indus Valley civilization 6BG 3JN . . Symbols * c.3000-1350 BC. 6BG 3JN M . . . Tantric symbols AFB . . . . Harrap culture 72 . Regions & localities * c.3000 BC . . By orientation AFC . . . . Mohenjo-jaro culture 734 C . . . North India * c.3000 BC 734 E . . . Northeast India AJ . . c.1500- BC 734 G . . . Northwest India AJ6 BIJ . . . Vedic visual arts 734 J . . . Central India AJ6 BIK . . . Brahmanic arts, Hindu arts 734 K . . . Deccan AK . . 1000-1 BC 734 L . . . South India AKD . . . Saisunaga-Nanda culture 734 N . . . South-eastern India . . . 4th century BC 734 P . . . South-western India AKN . . . . Mauryan period . . By physiography * c.300 BC. 735 BR . . . Brahma-Putra region AKN 756 C . . . . . North India 735 GA . . . Ganges region AKN 75B I . . . . . Bihar 735 HI . . . Himalayan regions AKN 75B I72 ...... Sites . . Historical/administrative regions AKN 75B I72 M ...... Maghdha (Bihar) 73A M . . . Amaravati AKN 75B I72 P ...... Pataliputra (Bihar) 73B I . . . Bihar AKN 75G A . . . . . Gandhara 73G A . . . Gandhara AKN 75G A72 ...... Sites 73G O . . . Goa . . . 3rd century BC, 4th quarter . . . . Colonial styles AKS . . . . Asoka period 73G O3T G . . . . . Portuguese Goan style * c.272-32 BC. 73J A . . . Jammu . . . 2nd century BC 73K A . . . Kashmir AKT . . . . Sungadya dynasty * c.200-100 BC. 73K E . . . Kerala . . . 1st century BC 73M A . . . Maharashtra AKU . . . . Andhras dynasty 73M Y . . . Mysore * c.100- BC. 73O R . . . Orissa

51 WDQAM WDQWW Indian visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Non-Western visual arts WDM Non-Western visual arts WDM Indian visual arts WDQ By place By period Indian visual arts WDQ Early period WDQ A . By period

WDQ AM . 1st millennium AD WDQ DF . . 13th century AM6 BIV . . Jain art DF7 5KO . . . Konarak AM6 BJ . . Buddhist art in India DF7 5OR . . . Orissa AMC . . Kushan dynasties DG . . 14th century * c.100-500 AD. DG6 BV . . . Islamic art AMC 3SE . . . Classical style (Indian art) DGC . . . Khalji dynasty AMC 75G A . . . Gandhara province DGP . . . Tughlat dynasty AME . . 1st century AD . . 1500-to date AME 75A M . . . Amaravati region G . . . Mughal Empire * c.1-200 AD. * c.1520-1800. AMF . . 2nd century AD G72 . . . . Sites . . . Special styles G74 AG . . . . Agra AMF 3SX . . . . Graeco-Buddhist styles H . . 16th century . . 3rd century AD HL . . . Akbar period AMG . . . Pre-Gupta period * c.1556-1605. * c.200-300 AD. J . . 17th century AMG 75M A . . . . Madura region J75 RA . . . Rajput Princes . . 4th century AD JD . . Jahanga period AMJ . . . Gupta dynasty * 1605-1627. * c.328-550 AD. JM . . Pahavi period AMJ 72 . . . . Sites * c.1650-1820. AMJ 72A J . . . . . Ajanta caves K . . 18th century . . 5th century AD K3T G . . . Colonial styles AMK . . . Brahmanic period K3T GC . . . . Company style BM . . 6th century AD KD . . . Kangra period BN . . Post-Gupta period KE . . . Muhammed Shah period BO . . Chalukya dynasty * c.1720-1750. * c.550-750 AD. Modern nation states of the Indian subcontinent BO7 2 . . . Sites . * Add to WDQ_W letters B/Y following Q in BO7 2BA . . . . Badani caves Schedule 2; eg BP . . 7th century WA . Pakistan BQ . . Pallava dynasty WE . India BQ6 AQP . . . Dravidian art (7th century AD) * See note at WDQ. This is an alternative (not BQ7 2MA . . . Mamallpuran site recommended) to treating WDQ 2/Q as one BQ7 56K . . . Deccan class (for ancient, modern and post- independence India). See Appendix 3 for BR Early Islamic period details. BT Pala dynasty WP . Bangladesh * c.700-1100. WW . Sri Lanka, Ceylon BV 8th century BV6 BIK . Hindu art BV7 4BO . Bombay BV7 4BO 72E . . Elephanta caves CT 11th century CV . Chola dynasty CV6 AJP . . Dravidian art (11th century AD) CX 12th century CY Senas period

52 WDR Chinese visual arts WDRDFB

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts Non-Western visual arts WDM Kinds of visual arts by place & period By place Non-Western visual arts WDM Chinese visual arts WDR By place By period

WDR Chinese visual arts WDR AJT Chou dynasty, Shou dynasty, Zhou dynasty 3R . Movements, styles * c.1122-249 BC. 6BG . Religious groups AK 1st millennium BC . By region, locality AK6 BJ . Buddhist visual arts (China) . . By orientation AKS Ch’in dynasty, Qin dynasty 734 C . . . North China * c.221-206 BC. 734 E . . . Northeast China AL Han dynasty 734 G . . . Northwest China * c.206 BC-220 AD. 734 J . . . Central China ALD . Western Han dynasty * c.206 BC-8 AD. 734 L . . . South China AM 1st millennium AD 734 N . . . South-eastern China AMD . Eastern Han dynasty 734 P . . . South-western China * c.25-220 AD. 735 YA . . Yangtzekiang river AMG 3rd century AD 736 GR . . Great Wall of China AMG C . Three Kingdoms period . . Administrative regions * c.220-280. 73H O . . . Honon AMH Six dynasties 73H P . . . Hopei * c.220-589 AD. 73H U . . . Hupei AMJ Jin dynasty 73K A . . . Kansu * c.317-479 AD. 73M A . . . Manchuria AMJ C . Western Jin 73M O . . . Mongolia * c.317-420 73S I . . . Sinkiang AMK . Eastern Jin 73S Z . . . Szechuan * c.420-479 73Y U . . . Yunnan AMK C Liu Song dynasty 74 . . Cities * c.420-479 74B . . . Beijing, Pekin AMK S Southern Qi dynasty 74S H . . . Shangtun * c.479-502 76 . . Quasi-autonomous regions BMC Liang dynasty * c.502-557 76T . . . Tibet * Alternative (not recommended) to locating at BMM Chen dynasty WDR T. See Appendix 3 for details. * c.557-589 . By period BMU Sui dynasty * c.589-618 78X . . Neolithic * c.3300-2250 BC BP T’ang dynasty * c.618-906 78Y LI . . . Liangzhu culture BP6 AHC . Court art 78Y LO . . . Longshan culture * c.3000-1700 BC CP 10th century . . 3rd millennium BC CPC . Five dynasties * c.907-960. AF . . . Pre-Shang-Yin CQ Sung dynasty, Song dynasty AFS . . . . Hsia dynasty, Xia dynasty * c.960-1279. * c.2205-1766 BC. CR . Northern Sung AJ . . 2nd millennium BC * c.960-1127. AJH . . . Shang-Yin dynasty CR6 AHC . . Court art * c.1766-1122 BC. CS . Southern Sung AJM . . . Bronze age * 1127-1279. * c.1500- BC. DF 13th century AJR . . . Anyang period * c.1300-1000 BC. DFB Yuan dynasty * c.1200-1368.

53 WDREF WDSLM Japanese visual arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Non-Western visual arts WDM Kinds of visual arts by place & period By place Non-Western visual arts WDM Chinese visual arts WDR By place . By period Japanese visual arts WDS

WDR EF . . 14th century By period EM . . Ming dynasty WDS 77 . Ancient * c.1368-1644. 78 . . Prehistory J . . 17th century 78W . . . Pre-Jomon JM . . Ch’ing dynasty, Qing dynasty, Manchu dynasty 78X . . . Neolithic * c.1644-1912. AD . . 5th millennium BC JP . . . First Ch’ing period ADL . . . Joman period JQ . . . Second Ch’ing period * c.4500-250 BC JS . . K’Ang Hsi period AK . . 1st millennium BC * c.1662-1723. AK6 BJ . . . Buddist art in K . . Yung Cheng period * c.550 BC-. KJ . . Chien Lung period AKL . . . Yaoi period * 1736-1796. * c.600-400 BC. N . . 20th century AKS . . . Yamato period NC . . . Republican period (Chinese art) * c.400 BC-500 AD. * c.1912-1949. AKT . . . Metal age in Japan NM . . . People’s Republic of China, Communist China * c.200 BC -. art BN . Asuka period * 1949-. * c.552- AD. NT . . . 1980s BP . 7th century NTS . . . . China avant-garde exhibition (1989) BR . Nara period T . Tibet * c.646-794. * Alternative (not recommended) is to treat as BV . Jogan period, Konin period quasi-autonomous region and locate at WDR 76T. CN . Heian period, Fujiwara period See Appendix 3 for details. * c.794-1155. U Korean visual arts CX . 12th century UAK . Early period D . Kamakara period * c.1000 BC-935 AD. * c.1155-1600. UBP . Silla Kingdom D6A HS . . Samurai arts * c.668-918 AD. D6B J . . Zen Buddhist art (Japan) UCP . Koryo period DM . Muromachi period * c.918-1392. F . Ashikaga period UF . Yi (I) dynasty H . 16th century * c.1392-1918. H3R . . Movements, schools UN . 20th century HAK . . Kano school WDS Japanese visual arts * See also WKA S 6BG . Religious groups HB . . Toyotomi period . Regions, localities HJ . . Momoyama period . . Administrative regions * c.1568-1600. 73H K . . . Hokkaido I . Tokugawa period, Yedo period, Edo-Tokugawa 73H N . . . Honshu period 73N A . . . Nara * c.1600-1898. 74 . . Cities IBT . . Tosa school 74T O . . Tokyo J . 17th century L . 19th century LM . . Meiji restoration period * 1868-1912.

54 WDSN Visual arts WDV8AY

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts by place & period Kinds of visual arts Non-Western visual arts WDM Kinds of visual arts by place & period . . Japanese visual arts WDS Australasian indigenous visual arts WDU 8 . . . By period . Australian aboriginal visual arts WDU A

WDS N . . . . 20th century . . By broad region NP . . . . . 1950s * Add to WDU letters AV/T following U in NPG ...... Gutai group, Concrete group Schedule 2; eg, T . . South-East Asian visual arts WDU B . . . Tasmania WDT B . . . Indo-China (visual arts) V . New Zealand aboriginal visual arts, Maori visual D . . . . Vietnam arts G . . . . Cambodia, Kampuchea GB . . . . . Kmer Empire WDV Africa visual arts * c.500-1500. * The term African art usually means the art of Africa GCP ...... Angkor period south of the Sahara (Black Africa); see WDV E. * c.889-1434. * For the art of ancient Egypt and the ancient North HB . . . Thailand, Siam African and Mediterranean cultures, see WC7. HL . . . Burma . By special categories of persons & groups JB . . . Malaysia 6BC . . Linguistic groups K . . . Indonesia * For groups south of the Sahara, see note at R . . . Papua New Guinea WDV E9. S Oceanic visual arts, Pacific Islands visual arts 6BE . . Ethnic groups * For ethnic groups in Africa south of the Sahara, SG . Melanesian visual arts see note at WDV E9. * See also WDT R Papua New Guinea 6BJ . . Religious groups SL . . Solomon Island 6BV . . . Islamic SY . . New Caledonia . By period T . . Fiji Islands 77 . . Ancient period TY . . Other Melanesian islands, A/Z * The ancient art of Egypt and North Africa is UB . Micronesian visual arts preferred at WC7 N. See Appendix 1 for details. * For Samoa, see WDT YU; for Tonga, see 78 . . . Prehistory WDT YX. 78C . . . . Oldowan period UG . . Gilbert Islands 78D . . . . Palaeolithic period UK . . Marshall Islands 78J . . . . . Capsian culture UM . . Caroline Islands * c.30,000 BC. UY . . Other Micronesian islands, A/Z 78M . . . . . Alterian YB . Polynesian art 78N . . . . . Keremian YC . . Hawaiian Islands 79 . . . Early art (post-prehistory) YK . . Marquesas Islands 79G . . . Metal ages YN . . Society Islands 79K . . . 1000-1 BC YU . . Samoa 8AY . . Medieval & modern periods YX . . Tonga YYE . . Easter Island YZ . . Other Polynesian islands, A/Z WDU 8 Australasian indigenous visual arts * For Australasian art post-colonial period, see WCU 8. * An alternative (not recommended) is to locate at WCU 8, under Western art. For details, see Appendix 3. A . Australian aboriginal visual arts A9 . . By linguistically defined tribes * Add to WDU A9 letters F/V following F in Schedule 3; eg, A9P . . . Arunta art, Aranda art

55 WDV9X WDVEQ Africa south of the Sahara

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Africa visual arts WDV Kinds of visual arts Africa south of the Sahara WDV E Kinds of visual arts by place & period Kinds of African art by period Africa visual arts WDV . Medieval & modern art WDV E8A Y

By place WDV E8N K . . Post colonial period in African art WDV 9X . North of the Sahara Kinds of art by ethnic groups, tribes * Add to WDV letters A/D following V in E9 . Tribes in African art, ethnic groups in African art Schedule 2 with the modifications shown below; * See note at WDV E6A. eg * All tribes in a particular country go with the A . . Egypt country. A number of ethnic groups which appear A7 . . . Ancient Egyptian art in more than one country are given in WDV E9 * Alternative (not recommended) to locating at and WDV ED/EP below; these will file first under WC7 N. See Appendix 3 for details. any country and tribes special to that country will AS . . Sudan follow them. The letters Q/W are reserved for the * See also Soudan WDV EY main special tribes and X is reserved M12 for any D . . Algeria others special to the country (see eg, WDV HX). * When naming tribes it should be remembered that DY . . Morocco the prefix Ba- ("many") is often used before the DZ . . Sahara name proper; usage varies widely, so that (eg) the DZT . . . Tassili region Kota may also be referred to as the Bakota. * For Bushmen, see WDV OAP; for Hottentots, see E . Africa south of the Sahara, Black Africa WDV OAQ; for Negritos, pygmies, see WDV IP. E6A . . Kinds by special categories of persons E9A . . Tribes defined linguistically * Here, the tribal groups define the cultures under * Add to WDV E9 letters AM/V following H in each country and are therefore cited before Schedule 3; eg, Kordofanian-speaking tribes Period. Most of them are treated as ethnic WDV E9F K. groups but provision is made also for those * Note following WDV EA below also applies defined linguistically. here. * Few effective archives exist and the EA . . Tribes or people(s) associated with several classification of the cultures and societies countries involved is still relatively undeveloped. * General works only on these; when considered E6B C . . . Linguistic groups in relation to a particular country or region, a * Use WDV E9 and see note there. tribe goes with that country. E6B E . . . Ethnic groups ED . . . Hamitic-African peoples * Use letters D/X following WDV E below EE . . . Negroes and see note at WDV EA. EF . . . . Bantus E6B G . . . Religious groups EG . . . . Fulani E6B V . . . . Islamic art in Black Africa EH . . . . Bangwa E72 . . Localities within a culture EJ . . . . Dan * These are cited after specific periods. EK . . . . Senufi . . Kinds of African art by period EL . . . . Ewe E77 . . . Ancient art of Africa south of the Sahara EM . . . . . Fon E78 . . . . Prehistoric art EN . . . . Gola E78 D . . . . Old Stone age EO . . . . Yoruba E78 E . . . . . Pre-Chellean EP . . . Other tribes, A/Z E78 K . . . . . Kafuan EQ . . Tribes special to a place E78 O . . . . . Oldowen * Letters Q/X are reserved for these under each E78 Q . . . . Middle Stone age country for tribes generally restricted to that one E78 X . . . . Late Stone age particular place; eg the Wolof in Senegal E78 XR . . . . Rock art period WDV FLQ. E79 . . . Early art, post-prehistory E79 G . . . . Metal ages art E8A Y . . . Medieval & modern art E8H . . . . Colonial period in African art

56 WDVEY West Africa WDVHX

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts by place & period Africa visual arts WDV Africa visual arts WDV Africa south of the Sahara WDV E By place West Africa WDV FB Africa south of the Sahara WDV E Ivory Coast WDV GK

Kinds of African art by country or larger region WDV GKQ . Bande * Individual tribes are arranged within a framework of GKR . Guro the countries of modern Africa as a matter of GM Mali convenience, since this is most frequently the basis for GMQ . Bambara their consideration in the literature. GMR . Bozo * Add to WDV letters F/XP following V in Schedule 2, with the minor modifications shown below. GMS . Dogon * Each country is divided by Table B2 in Appendix 1 GR Upper Volta for Place, but modified as follows (where x represents GRK . Senufi (Upper Volta) its classmark): GRQ . Bobo * Add to x numbers 2/6 following W in W2/W6 and GT Ghana, Gold Coast numbers & letters 7/9, A/P following WDV E; eg, GTP . Ashanti WDV RR7 2GR for Zimbabwe - Sites - Great GTP 8JY . . Ashanti kingdom Zimbabwe; WDV KCH Cameroun- -Bangwa. * c.1700/1900 AD. * Each region larger than a country may be qualified in GTQ . Fanti the same way; eg, WDV FBH West Africa- -Bangwa. GY Dahomey WDV EY . Soudan region, Sudan south of the Sahara GYL . Ewe * Ill-defined region which, in its widest interpretation GYM . . Fon stretches from the Sudanese Republic (ancient GYO . Yoruba Nubia) in the East to Mali and Mauretania in the GYQ . Ahomey West. GYQ 8G . . Ahomey kingdom FB . West Africa * c.1550/1900 AD. FBD . . Tribes H Nigeria * General works only on these tribes (found in more H79 KM . Nok culture than one part of West Africa). Works on these * c.400/- BC. tribes in a particular country go with the country. H8D . Ife culture FBG . . . Fulani * c.1100-1350 AD. FBH . . . Bangwa * See also Yoruba WDV HO FBJ . . . Dan, Gio H8E . Benin culture FBM . . . Fon * c.1200/1850 AD) FBN . . . Gola . Ethnic groups, tribes FBO . . . Yoruba HO . . Yoruba FBP . . . Others, A/Z * See also Ife culture WDV H8D FH . . Mauretania HQ . . Igbo FL . . Senegal HR . . Ekoi FLQ . . . Wolof HS . . Hausa GA . . Guinea Coast region HT . . Ibibio GAP . . . Kran, Gere HU . . Ibo GE . . Guinea HV . . Ijaw GEG . . . Fulani HX . . Other, A/Z GEP . . . Baga GG . . Sierra Leone GGP . . . Mendi GGQ . . . Temne GK . . Ivory Coast GKJ . . . Dan GKK . . . Senufi (Ivory Coast) GKP . . . Baula * See also Ashanti WDV GTP

57 WDVI WDVXP Africa south of the Sahara

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Africa visual arts WDV Africa visual arts WDV By place By place Africa south of the Sahara WDV E Africa south of the Sahara WDV E Kinds of African art by country or larger region Kinds of African art by country or larger region

WDV I Central Africa WDV PB Namibia, South-west Africa IP . Negritos, Pygmies PO Botswana JC . Chad Q South Africa . . Medieval period QBL . Colonial period JC8 B . . . Sao culture QF . Bantu * c.9th-16th centuries. QP . Zulu . . Tribes by language QQ . Ndebele JC9 CJ . . . Bura QR . Xhosa JS . Central African Republic QX Lesotho KC . Cameroun QY Swaziland KC6 YL . . Sites RA East Africa KC6 YMF . . . Fadi granary RC . Mozambique KC6 YMK . . . Kotoko palace RR . Zimbabwe KCH . . Bangwa RR6 YL . . Sites KCH 8L . . . Bangwa Kingdom RR6 YMG R . . . Great Zimbabwe * c.1800- AD. RR8 BG . . Earlier periods KCQ . . Bamilike * c.500/1150 AD. KCR . . Bamum RRQ . . Matabele KCS . . Ekoi RRS . . Shona, Mashona KP . Equatorial Guinea SB . Zambia LB . Gabon SM . Malawi LBQ . . Fang TB . Tanzania LBR . . Bakota, Kota TBQ . . Swahili LBS . . Pangwe TBR . . Masai LP . Congo TBS . . Makonde LP8 J . . Congo Ancient kingdoms TBT . . Sukuma * c.1600/1900 AD. TU . Zanzibar LPF . . Bantus TX . Burundi LPQ . . Loanga TY . Rwanda LPR . . Luba UB . Uganda LPS . . Lunda UK . Kenya LPT . . Bakongo UKQ . . Akamba, Kamba LPT 8G . . . Bakongo kingdom UKR . . Kikuyu * c.400- AD. UKS . . Chagga LPU . . Bakuba, Bushongo UKT . . Kavirondo LPV . . Baluba VE . Ethiopia LPW . . Bapende VS . Somalia LPX BS . . Basonge X . Malagasy Republic, Madagascar LPX BT . . Bateke XP . . Mijikendo LPX BY . . Bayake LPX MA . . Mangbetu LPX WA . . Wanega M . Democratic Republic of the Congo, Zaire N . Angola NP . . Batshioko, Badjokwe O Southern Africa OAP . Bushman art OAQ . Hottentots

58 WDX American indigenous art WDXA

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Kinds of visual arts Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts by place & period Kinds of visual arts American indigenous art WDX Kinds of visual arts by place & period Kinds of indigenous American art by place/culture

WDX American indigenous art, Pre-Columbian American * As a matter of convenience, they are arranged in art, Pre-Hispanic American art WDX /WDZ within the broad national divisions of the * Art of the Americas prior to the conquest of the present day, within which much of the literature is indigenous peoples by European invaders. The written. Within these countries a few broad cultural pre-Columbian period for Central and South America regions are sometimes added (eg, the Great Plains of ended c.1550 AD. The pre-conquest period for the North America, the central region of the North American Indians ended much later and is less in the case of Mexico). Within these very broad regions precise, being sometime in the 19th century. (of country and special cultural region) the main * An alternative (not recommended) is to subordinate enumeration is of individual (ethnic) tribes or cultures, the pre-conquest period to the individual modern but with an additional provision for tribes defined by countries now making up America (under Western language. art, at WCX). See Appendix 3 for details. * These tribes may be qualified by smaller regions or * Add to WDX numbers 2/8 following W; eg, localities by using -72/76; eg, USA - Plains Indians - 6BC . Linguistic groups in indigenous American art Texas WYG - 75TE. * Note under WDX 6BE below applies here also. WDX 9 Tribes, cultures defined by language 6BE . Ethnic groups in indigenous American art * Although the classmarks for American Aboriginals are * General works only on this subject. When a the same in Schedules 3 and 3A (Languages and Ethnic particular tribe or culture is considered in relation groups respectively) the exact connotation of a term will to a particular place or period, class under that, not always be the same; eg, the class Tribes speaking using 9 or A to introduce it (see examples below). Algonkin (Algonquian) does not have the same connotation as the class for the tribes Algonkins 72 . Localities & regions within a country (Algonquins). 758 . Tribes defined by social characteristics * This class (WDX 9) takes only general works on the 758 F . . Farmers tribes, etc defined by language. 758 H . . Hunters * Add to any country or cultural region number 9 followed 758 N . . Nomadic tribes by letters following G in Schedule 3A; eg, Macro - * Eg, Blackfoot, Cheyenne. Algonquin speaking tribes of the Great Plains 758 S . . Sedentary tribes WDY G9D B. * Eg, Pawnee. A American indigenous art by tribe or other culture . Kinds of indigenous American art by period * These are enumerated under the relevant place (country 77 . . Ancient period or special cultural region) and arranged A/Z; see 78 . . . Prehistoric art of the Americas examples below. . . . Early art, post-prehistoric * The letter A is used to introduce tribes found in several different regions. 79G . . . . Metal ages 79K . . . . 1st millennium BC 8AY . . . Medieval & modern periods By country or broad region 8F . . . . 15th century AD * Add to WD letters XB/Z from Schedule 2. * Any country &/or special region may be qualified as 8FQ . . . . . 4th quarter follows (where x represents the country/region): * For the art of the indigenous peoples after * Add to x numbers 2/8 following W; the conquest an alternative (not * Add to x9 Tribes defined by language recommended) is to locate them at * Add to xA Tribes found in more than one region. WCX/WCZ, with the modern countries of America. See Appendix 3 for details. . Kinds of indigenous American art by place/culture * The specific civilizations, cultures or tribes of re-Columbian America are regarded as the primary subject of attention.

59 WDXB WDYDMI North American Indians

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC American indigenous art WDX Kinds of visual arts North American indigenous art WDX B Kinds of visual arts by place & period North American Indians WDX BX American indigenous art WDX Canadian indigenous art WDX C By country or broad region . Tribes within original regions

WDX B North American indigenous art, North American WDX CB . . Northern region Indians CB7 58H . . . Subarctic hunters * Use this class for works which include Eskimos . . . Tribes by language (who are not Indians) in their subject. For general CB9 C . . . . Nadene speaking works which do distinguish them and exclude CB9 DB . . . . Algonquin speaking Eskimos, use WDX BY. CB9 PW . . . . Wakashan speaking, Wabaskam speaking B78 . Palaeolithic period . . . Particular tribes, A/Z B79 J . . Sandid CBB E . . . . Beaver * c.2000-1500 BC. CBC A . . . . Carrer B79 JS . . Clovis * c.1200-1000 BC. CBC H . . . . Chippewa B79 KH . . Folsom CBC R . . . . Cree (Northern region) * c.1000-800 BC. CBK A . . . . Kalchin BC . Arctic North American indigenous art CBN A . . . . Nakapi BC7 5 . . Regions, localities CBS H . . . . Shushwap * Add to WDX BC7 5 letters BG/BK * See also Plateau Indians WDY K following BC in Schedule 2. . . Tribes, cultures WDY USA American indigenous Indians BCA . . . Aleuts B . North-eastern woodland peoples BCE . . . Eskimos B75 . . Regions, localities BG . . Greenland indigenous art * Add to WDY A75 letters AE/GH following Y in Schedule 2; eg, Indians of New England WDY A75 AJ. BX . North American Indians * Indigenous tribes of North America south of the . . Individual tribes, A/Z Arctic. CAL . . . Algonkins (NE woodlands) * For works which exclude Eskimos (see note at CCR . . . Cree (NE woodlands) WDX B above) * See also Plains Cree WCW JC BXA . . Tribes appearing in several regions, A/Z CDE . . . Delaware * General works on these only; a work on any CFO . . . Fox of these tribes appearing in a particular region CGR . . Great Lakes Indians goes under the region; eg, Plains Cree CHO . . . Hopewell WDY HCR * c.1000 BC - 1300 AD. BXA AL . . . Algonkins CHU . . Huron BXA CO . . . Colvill CI . . Iroquois BXA CR . . . Cree CIN . . . Five nations, six nations BXA OJ . . . Ojibwa, Chippewa CJC A . . . . Cayuga BXA OK . . . Okanoga CJM O . . . . Mohawk C . . Canadian indigenous art CJO E . . . . Oneida C75 . . . Regions, localities CJO N . . . . Onondaga * Add to WDX C75 letters D/V following CJS E . . . . Seneca XC in Schedule 2; eg. CJT U . . . . Tuscarora C75 Q . . . . British Columbia * The sixth nation (a latecomer to the . . . By language League), from the British Columbia C9 . . . . Salishan speaking tribes region. . . . Tribes within original regions DKI . . Kickapoo DME . . Menominee DMI . . Micmac

60 WDYDOH USA American indigenous Indians WDYNFL

Visual arts WC American indigenous art WDX American indigenous art WDX North American indigenous art WDX B North American indigenous art WDX B North American Indians WDX BX North American Indians WDX BX USA American indigenous Indians WDY USA American indigenous Indians WDY Plains Indians WDY G North-eastern woodland peoples WDY B . Particular tribes

WDY DOH . Ohio Valley Indians WDY HCR . . Cree (Plains Indians), Plains Cree DOH M . . Mound builder culture HCW . . Crow * For Hopewell, see WDY HO. HIO . . Iowa Indians DPO . Potawatomi HMA . . Mandan DSH . Shawnee HOS . . Osage DWI . Winnebago HPA . . Pawne E South-eastern woodlands HSI . . Sioux E75 . Regions, localities J Western North America * Add to WDY E75 letters GJ/HO and JT/MH J75 . Regions, localities following Y in Schedule 2; eg, WDY E75 KH J75 SR . . Great Basin Ohio. J75 TS . . Pacific coast (North America) . Tribes by language J9 . Tribes by language E9D B . . Algonquin speaking tribes (SE Woodlands) J9K X . . Tsimshian speaking tribes E9F J . . Siouan speaking tribes J9P T . . Nadene speaking tribes (North-west) E9H . . Hokan speaking tribes J9P W . . Wakashan speaking tribes (North-west) E9P W . . Wakashan speaking tribes K . North-west America . Individual tribes, A/Z * Add to WDY K75 letters QM/QX and V/VX FAD . . Adena following Y in Schedule 2; eg, FAP . . Apalachee WDY K75 QM Montana. FCA . . Catawba L . . Particular tribes, A/Z FCH E . . Cherokee LCH . . . Chinook FCH I . . Chickasaw LFL . . . Flathead, Salish FCH O . . Choctaw * See also Plateau Indians WDY LPL FCR . . Creek LHA . . . Haida FMI . . Mississippian Indians LKO . . . Kootenai FNA . . Natchez * See also Plateau Indians WDY LPL FQU . . Quapaw LMA . . . Maidu FSE . . Seminole LNO . . . Nootka FTU . . Tuskagora LPL . . . Plateau Indians G Plains Indians * Columbia River region. G75 . Regions, localities * See also Flathead WDY LFL * Add to WDY G75, etc letters HL/JO and LSE . . . Serrano MN/NY following Y in Schedule 2: eg, Kansas LTL . . . Tlingit Plains Indians WDY G75 NK; Apaches in LTS . . . Tsimshian Texas WDY HAP 75H T. LWA . . . Wasco . Tribes by language LYO . . . Yokuts G9D B . . Algonquin speaking tribes (Plains Indians) M . South-west G9F J . . Siouan M75 8HO . . Horseman tribes (S-W regions) G9H . . Hokan * See also Flatheads, Nez Perce, Shoshoni. G9M . . Aztec-Tanoan M75 A . . . Regions G9P W . . Wakashan * Add to WDY M letters R/T and W . Particular tribes, A/Z following Y in Schedule 2; eg, HAP . . Apache (Plains indians) WDY M75 TS Pacific Coast. HAR . . Arapaho . . Tribes by language HBL . . Blackfoot M9M . . . Aztec-Tanoan HCA . . Caddo . . Particular tribes, A/Z HCH . . Cheyenne NAN . . Anasazi HCO . . Comanche NAP . . Apache (S-W regions) NFL . . Flathead (S-W regions)

61 WDYNHO WDZIDC Central America

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC American indigenous art WDX American indigenous art WDX North American indigenous art WDX B Central & South American indigenous art WDZ . . . Western North America WDY J Central America WDZ A . . . . South-west WDY M . Mexico WDZ B

WDY NHO . . . . . Hohokam WDZ DL . . South-western Mexico NHP . . . . . Hopi DM . . . Mixtec NMO G . . . . . Mogollan * c.100-1400 AD. NMO H . . . . . Mohave DP . . . Mixteca-Puebla NNA . . . . . Navajo * c.800-1520 AD. NNE ...... Nez Perce DP7 2 . . . . Sites NPA I . . . . . Paiute DP7 2CO . . . . . Colima NPA T . . . . . Patayan DP7 2JA . . . . . Jalisco NPI . . . . . Pima DP7 2OA . . . . . Oaxaca NPU . . . . . Pueblo art DT . . . Zapotec NSH . . . . . Shoshoni * c.1000 BC - 1520 AD.. NTA . . . . . Tano DT7 2 . . . . Sites NYU . . . . . Yuma DT7 2MI . . . . . Mitla NZU . . . . . Zuni DT7 2MO . . . . . Monte Alban P . . . Indian Reservations, Indian Territory DX . . South-eastern Mexico WDZ Central & South American indigenous art E . . . Olmec . By period * c.500 BC - 1150 AD. F . . . Maya 78 . . Prehistoric art F72 . . . . Sites 7G . . Metal ages * For Tikal, see WDZ HG7 2TI. 8AY . . Post-5th century AD F72 BO . . . . . Bonempak . By culture, tribe F72 CH . . . . . Chichen-Itza * Arranged, for convenience, within the boundaries of the modern countries in Schedule 2. F72 CO . . . . . Copan A . . Central America, MesoAmerica F72 PE . . . . . Peten * Add to WDZ letters AG/H following Z in F72 QU . . . . . Quirigua Schedule 2. F72 TE . . . . . Teotihuacan * Country classmarks only; each country is F72 UA . . . . . Uaxactum divided if necessary by very broad cultural F72 UX . . . . . Uxmal regions. Within each region, local divisions . . . . By period may be introduced by 72/76. F79 J . . . . . Pre-classical Maya B . . . Mexico * c.1500 BC - 300 AD. BN . . . . Northern Mexico F79 M . . . . . Classic Maya, Old Empire Maya BX . . . . Central Mexico, Valley of Mexico * c.320-890 AD. C . . . . . Toltec F8C P . . . . . Post-classic Maya, New Empire Maya * c.800-1300 AD. * c.900-1697. ? * See also Maya-Toltec WDZ FT FT . . . Maya-Toltec C72 ...... Sites GH . . . Huastec * For Teotihuacan, see Maya GT . . . Totonac WDZ F72 TE. H Central American cultures other than Mexico C72 C ...... Cholula * Add to WDZ H letters D/W following ZC; C72 T ...... Tula * Add to WDZ I letters D/H following Z; eg, CM . . . . . Chichimec HG . Guatemalan pre-Columbian art D . . . . . Aztec * See also Maya WDZ F * c.1200-1520. HG7 2TI . . Tikal D72 ...... Sites IDC . Caribbean pre-Columbian art * See also Monte Alban WDZ G28 LM D72 TE ...... ()

62 WDZJ Visual arts WEE3R

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Kinds of visual arts Kinds of visual arts Kinds of visual arts by place & period Visual arts by special categories of artists WE . . . . By culture, tribe . Categories defined by personal characteristics WEC

WDZ J . . . . . South American pre-Columbian art WED CR . . Addicts’ arts * Add to WDZ letters K/X following Z in CV . . . Drug addicts’ arts Schedule 2; eg, D . . Convicted persons’ arts, prisoners’ arts JN ...... Andes W . . Persons pursuing special purposes K ...... Colombia * Art produced by persons to serve purposes other KC ...... Chibcha culture than aesthetic ones (eg, painting practised as V ...... Bolivia therapy). VH ...... Tiahuanaco * The main class for these is the sphere of operations * c.100-1300 AD. which defines the function; eg, art work as a form VH7 2H ...... Huari of therapy goes under therapy in Class H, not here. This class takes only those works in which the W ...... Peru products of the operations are regarded WC ...... Chavin Huantar art aesthetically, as art-products. In cases of doubt, * c.700-200 BC. prefer the original (non-art) class. WE ...... Paracas art * Add to WED W letters A/Z from the whole * c.200- BC. classification; eg WG ...... Chomica art, Chimu art WH . . . Persons under therapy * c.100 BC - 1000 AD. WI . . . Psychiatric patients WH ...... Nazca art WR . . . Political arts * c.100-1000 AD. * Art practised as a political act; eg art as WI ...... Inca art propaganda. * c.1200-1540 AD. * For political cartoons, see Graphic arts WI7 2 ...... Sites WFP FNP . WI7 2M ...... Machu Picchu X . . Animals as artists ...... Cities WI7 4 ...... Cuzco Visual arts by representational factor WE Visual arts by special categories of artists * An alternative (not recommended) is to locate at * Locate here only works which consider the arts WC6 E, where it would cite after Place/Period (at produced by these groups qua groups. Individual WCC/WDZ). See Appendix 3 for details. artists are not subordinated to them (ie, are not * Most of the literature relates to the fine arts and will be characterized by their age, sex, disadvantage, class, subordinated to the particular medium (drawing, ethnicity, religion, etc). See explanatory note at painting, sculpture, etc). W6A. Y . Iconology, iconography WEA . Categories defined by cultural characteristics * Investigation of the general meaning of works of art * Classes WEA/WEB are an alternative (not in their historical contexts; investigating content as recommended) to locating at WC6 A/B (where distinct from style. they are cited after Place and Period). See * See also Meaning in art W3H E; Symbolism W3J N Appendix 3 for details; eg, Folk art WEA F; WEE . Abstract art, non-figurative art Religious art WEB G. * Art which does not imitate or represent external WEC . Categories defined by personal characteristics reality but seeks to convey its intention purely in B . . Art Brut, raw art terms of form and colour and other non-figurative * Art by non-professionals, especially children, elements. psychotics, etc, in which the artist’s input is * Most of the literature relates to particular movements, ’raw’. the great majority of which arose in 20th century M . . Children’s arts Western visual arts. There is little agreement, W . . Women’s arts conceptual or terminological, as to what constitutes X . . Men’s arts the boundaries between quasi-abstract styles such as WED A . . Disadvantaged persons’ arts, handicapped cubism, surrealism, etc and purely abstract art. For the persons’ arts problems posed by the close relationship between this class and Movements & styles, see the Introduction, C . . Deviants’ arts 3R . . Movements, schools, styles * For Conceptual art, see WM Multimedia

63 WEE7 WEEP Abstract art

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Abstract art WEE Kinds of visual arts Kinds of abstract art by place Visual arts by representational factor . Western abstract art WEE 9C Abstract art WEE . . American abstract art WEE 9Y

WEE 7 Kinds of abstract art by period WEE 9YN K . . . 1940s Kinds of abstract art by place * For Abstract expressionism, see Painting 9C . Western abstract art WKE E9Y NKA. 9E . . British abstract art * See also Post-painterly abstraction WKE EE9 YNQ M 9EN Q . . . 1960s 9YN Q . . . 1960s 9EN QA . . . . Art & Language Group 9YN QA . . . . Op art (USA), optical art (USA) 9EN QB . . . . Situationists 9YN QB . . . . Minimalism, ABC art, primary structure 9EN QC . . . . Op art (British), optical art (British) art 9F . . French abstract art * See also Conceptual art WM9 CNQ C 9FN F . . . 1910s AO . Eastern abstract art 9FN FO . . . . Orphism, Orphic cubism AS . . Japanese abstract art * See also Synchronism WEE 9YN EA ASN QB . . . Minimalism 9FN G . . . 1920s Kinds of abstract art by form 9FN GB . . . . Neoplasticism D . Pure abstract art, concrete art (pure abstraction) 9FN GC . . . . Cercle et Carre * See also WEE 9JU NJA for concrete art as a 9FN J . . . 1930s movement. 9FN JB . . . . Abstraction creation E . Semi-abstract art 9FN K . . . 1940s * An object, feature, etc in the natural world is 9FN KA . . . . Art Informel, interpreted by the artist in such a way that * For Tachisme, see Painting WK9 FNM. spectators find difficulty in recognizing the 9FN Q . . . 1960s original. 9FN QD . . . . Nouvelle tendence * General works only; semi-abstract works and 9I . . Italian abstract art movements are usually treated as kinds of 9IN K . . . 1940s figurative art. * See also Cubism WCF M5M B; Surrealism 9IN KP . . . . Arte Povera WCF MF5 MF 9JU . . Netherlands abstract art G . Classical abstraction 9JU NF . . . 1910s H . Iconic abstraction 9JU NFD . . . . De Stijl * Dominated by central forms (eg, as in the works 9JU NFN . . . . Neoplasticism of Rothko and others). 9JU NJ . . . 1930s J . Geometric abstract art, concrete art (geometric 9JU NJA . . . . Concrete art abstraction) * For Pure abstractions, see WEE D; for * See also Suprematism WEE 9NN FB; De Stijl Geometric abstraction, see WEE J. WEE 9JUN FB; Concrete art WEE 9JU NHJ 9K . . German abstract art L . . Systemic abstract art 9KP . . . 1950s * Using systematic repetition and variation. 9KP D . . . . Zen ’49 * See also serial art 9N . . Russian abstract art N . Calligraphic abstraction, accidental abstraction 9NN F . . . 1910s * For example, freely scribbled forms (as in action 9NN FC . . . . Constructivism painting) 9NN FS . . . . Suprematism P . Organic abstract art 9Y . . American abstract art * Using geometric forms based on living forms. * See also Biomorphism WEE 9YN HB 9YN F . . . 1910s 9YN FB . . . . Synchronism, synchronous art * See also Orphisme WEE 9FN FA 9YN J . . . 1930s 9YN JB . . . . Biomorphism

64 WEF Figurative art WEGPY

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Figurative art WEF Visual arts WC Kinds of figurative art by thing represented Kinds of visual arts Nature WEF D Visual arts by representational factor . . WEG

WEF Figurative art, representational art, subjects in art WEG G . . . By physiographic features * Portrayal, in however altered or distorted a form, of * Add to WEG G letters A/Z following A in things perceived in the sensible world. Schedule 2; * Until the 20th century, virtually all Western and most * Add to WEG H letters A/X following B in non-Western visual art (except much Islamic art) has Schedule 2, with the modification shown been figurative; so for the in classes below; eg WCC/WDZ, figurative art is assumed. Only works GBV . . . . Mountains which deal solely with figurative art and exclude GDL . . . . Coasts abstract art go here. GDM . . . . . Seaside . Elements GE . . . . Bodies of water, . . Abstract forms in figurative art * For representations of ships per se, see 3JI M . . . Geometric forms WEV DI. * See also Islamic art WC6 YV; Geometric GED . . . . . Underwater abstract art WEE J GEG . . . . . Oceans, 3JM . . Symbolism in figurative art GPD . . . . . Lakes 3LR . Miniature representations GPH . . . . Riverscapes GT . . . . Polar regions . Kinds of figurative art by thing represented GV . . . . Tropical regions * Most of the literature relates to the graphic fine arts GWD . . . . Forests WJ GWP . . . . Deserts D . . Nature, natural world HB . . . Rural landscape, countryside DB . . . Physical phenomena, A/Z HC . . . Urban landscapes, towns, cities * For colour, etc. see Elements WCF 3JK. HD . . . . DBF . . . . Fire * Complete town landscape. DBL . . . . Light HDI . . . . . Veduta ideata DBM . . . . Motion, simultaneity * Embodying imaginary elements. * See also Futurism WCI NCB; Cubism J Objects, WCF NDB K Grotesques E . . . Substances KP . Capriccio F . . . . Specific substances, A/Z * Fantastic elements used as decoration in a work FM . . . . . Minerals (usually sculpture). H . . . Outdoor world J . . . Space, stars L Living things, life representation K . . . Sun, solar system LP . Plants M . . . Moon LR . . Flowers N . . . Earth LT . . Trees P . . . . Day LV . . Other, A/Z Q . . . . Night, nocturnes M . Animals S . . . . Seasons . . Parts T . . . . Sky * Add to WEG M letters J/P following WEH. WEG . . . . Landscapes N . . Wholes F . . . . . By geographical/historical place * This is to allow the distinction to be made represented between, say, full statues and busts of persons. * Add to WEG F letters C/Z from Schedule PQ . . Wildlife 2; PR . . Invertebrates PT . . Fish PV . . Reptiles PX . . Birds PY . . Mammals

65 WEGQ WEIVBG Human person

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Figurative art WEF Figurative art WEF Kinds of figurative art by thing represented Kinds of figurative art by thing represented Living things WEG L Living things WEG L Animals WEG M Human person WEH B

WEG Q . Domesticated animals By physical characteristics of persons QP . Pets WEH P . Females R . Cattle PHN . . Nudes S . Horses, equestrian art Q . Males T . Other, A/Z R . Children S . Aged persons, old age WEH B Human person, figure, human body By physical stage or condition . By part of body T . Birth C . . Anatomy TM . Life masks * Usually implies sculpture; see WL6 JMP. D . . Bones V . Death DT . . Teeth, dentistry VM . . Death masks E . . Muscles * Usually implies sculpture; see WL6 JMD. ER . . Regions of the body W . . Funerary representation ET . . . Limbs X . Sexuality EX . . . . Extremities XK . . Sexual relations G . . . . . Hands & fingers XP . . . Homosexuality, gay relationships GP . . . . . Feet & toes XR . . Erotic art, sexuality in art GT . . . Torso XT . . Pornographic art H . . . Head & face, portraits * If distinguished from erotic. * Representation, especially of the face, of an WEI B . Psychological states, psychiatric states actual person; it may be full length, head and torso, or head or face only. E . . Emotions . . . . Techniques * Arrange A/Z; eg joy, love, sorrow. G . . Mental disorders, madness, insanity H37 . . . . . Portraiture By particular physical or mental states H3L R . . . . Miniature portraits J . Handicapped persons HP . . . . By position represented * Frontal depiction, in profile, half profile. L . Invalids, illness, sickness, disease, starvation HQ . . . . . Silhouette M . Criminals, outlaws HS . . . . Self portraits By social status . By number of persons N . Castes J . . Groups of persons O . Elites, nobles * Other than hereditary heads of state (monarchs); see JN . . . Conversational pieces WEJ RD. JP . . . Fete champetre P . Middle classes, bourgeoisie JV . . . Families Q . Workers by hand, labourers JW . . . Weddings S . Slaves K . . Individuals V By ethnic group * Named persons are arranged A/Z within the * Add to WEI V letters B/Y from Auxiliary Schedule relevant category in WEH S/WEX; eg, 3A; eg, WEJ AYH KNE Newton. * An alternative (not recommended) is to keep all VBG . American Indians portraits together at WEO. See Appendix 3 for details. L . . . Artists’ models . By covering M . . Draped figures, drapery, clothing N . . Nude figures

66 WEJ3 Human person WEPBS

The Arts W Figurative art WEF Visual arts WC Living things WEG L Figurative art WEF Human person WEH B Kinds of figurative art by thing represented Social science & humanities WEK Living things WEG L . Social communication & media WEK E Human person WEH B . . Symbols WEK EL

By occupation, discipline WEK ELS . . . Serpent (iconographic symbols) * Interpreted broadly and including representation of EP . . Media, mass media persons engaged in the occupation as well as the * See also WEW P Performing arts activities defining it; eg, the class Science includes W . Customs, folklore & mythology representations of scientific experiments as well as of WC . . Specific customs, A/Z scientists. WCF . . . Festivals * Add to WEJ numbers & letters 4/J from the whole classification; WCH . . . Holidays * Add to WE letters K/Z from whole classification, with WG . . Folklore the modifications indicated; eg WH . . Myths WEJ 3 . Communication arts & technologies * See also gods WEP E 4 . Computer technology X . . Specific subjects of folklore & myth, A/Z 7 . Libraries, librarians XF . . . Fables AA . Philosophy XH . . . Heroes AM . Mathematics, numbers XL . . . Legends AY . Science XM . . . Magic H . Medicine & psychology WEL B History art J . Education, teachers, pupils, students * Usually large scale or epic in theme. * Usually in the form of (see WEK . Social science & humanities WK6 LB). AS . . Rural environment, bucolic art BL . Grand Manner * See also art WEK S * Usually implies history painting. AT . . Urban environment, town life, city life BP . The Picturesque B . . Social life, social behaviour, thematic art BS . The Sublime C . . . Genre (subjects of art), vernacular () E . Historical events * Originally referred to subjects of artistic * For battles and warfare, see WEV HG. representation in general. Now usually implies subjects of everyday life and usually in the WEM . . By period visual arts. 7 . . . Ancient history (subjects of art) * For vernacular in its more common usage, see WEN . . By place WC3 PV. * Add to WEN letters C/Z from Schedule 2. CH . . . Anecdotal art WEO . . Biographies CI . . . Narrative art, descriptive art * Alternative (not recommended) for locating here CJ . . . Allegorical art all portraits together. * For specific images used in allegory (eg Greek WEP Religion as subject of art gods, rulers, virtue, liberty) see the thing * Representation in art of religious persons & events. personified where possible. For all others, * A great deal of art has been inspired by religious arrange A/Z under WEK CJ; eg belief and theoretically could be characterized as art CJD . . . . of death produced by a special category of persons (which would locate it at WC6 BG). The ubiquity of religious CK . . . Didactic art (iconography) expression in art makes this interpretation difficult and * The representation of the behaviour strongly this class is therefore taken to cover both the things implies particular attitudes, etc towards that depicted and the inspiration behind them. behaviour (eg towards war, persecution, cruelty). * For general works on visual art produced by followers * For didacticism aimed at questioning art norms, of particular religions, see WCB G/V. see W3O J. 3JN . Symbolism CM . . . Comedy, humour, satire * See also cartoons, caricature WFN B . Religious artefacts, A/Z CP . . . Tragedy BA . . Altarpieces E . . Social communication & media BI . Icons (as subjects represented) * See also Monuments WEU UQ EL . . . Symbols (iconography) BS . Shrines ELR . . . . Rose (iconographic symbols)

67 WEPC WERML Human person

The Arts W Figurative art WEF Visual arts WC Living things WEG L Figurative art WEF Human person WEH B Living things WEG L Religion as subject of art WEP Human person WEH B . . Christianity WEP N Religion as subject of art WEP . . . Special subjects in Christian iconography WEP O

WEP C Religious rituals WEP PE . . . . Eastern Church * See second note at WEP above. This class takes PF3 JN . . . . . Symbols, images representations of the rituals. PFB I ...... Icons D . Worship, prayer QI . . . . . Orthodox Church, Byzantine rite E Deities, gods * See also Byzantine art WC7 W F . Specific deities, A/Z QW . . . . Western Church FZ . . Zeus R . . . . . Roman Catholic Church G . Special concepts, A/Z T . . . . . Protestant church, Non-conformist church GS . . Sacrifice V . . Islam (subjects of art) Kinds of subjects by religious systems W Mysticism I . Hinduism (subjects of art) X The Occult J . Buddhism (subjects of art) XF . Astrology L . Judaism (subjects of art) XQ . Magic M . Scriptures, Bible XR Witchcraft & sorcery ML . . Old Testament XS Demonology MN . . New Testament XSX Necromancy N . Christianity XWB Secret societies * See also Early Christian art WC7 VV Y Morals & ethics NG . . Christology, Jesus YMP . Good & evil NGN . . . Nativity YMQ . Right & wrong NGP . . . . YNB . Taboos NGR . . . . Creches, cribs * Subjects which tend strongly to receive general NH . . . Sayings of Jesus disapprobation (eg, representation of bodily NHM . . . Miracles functions). NI . . . Last Supper, Eucharist * See also Shock, horror (Properties of art) NK . . . Trial of Jesus WC3 HS NL . . . Crucifixion YNL . Duty & interest NM . . . Holy Sepulchre YPB . Virtues & vices NN . . . Resurrection WEQ Social welfare NP . . . Ascension G . Poverty NR . . Holy Family O . Crime NS . . . Virgin Mary, Madonna P . Police NT . . Prophets & saints WER Politics (subjects of art) * Arrange A/Z; eg * For political cartoons, see WFP P; for military science and warfare, see WEV H. NTJ . . . John the Baptist AV . Politicians, statesmen, rulers NU . . Apostles, disciples * Arrange A/Z; eg BI . Political protests, revolutions NUP . . . Paul BL . Emblems, ritual, ceremonies, triumphs O . . Special subjects in Christian iconography, A/Z E . Government OA . . . Angels GV . . Representation, elections OD . . . Devil(s) K . . Administration, civil servants OHH . . . Hell, purgatory MC . . Monarchies, monarchs, royalty OHL . . . Holy Spirit MCB L . . . Coronations OL . . . Last judgement MCJ K . . . Kings ON . . . Nimbus, aureola MCJ Q . . . Queens OT . . . Trinity ML . . Dictatorships, dictators PD . . . Patriarchates

68 WES Human person WEXD

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Figurative art WEF Figurative art WEF Living things WEG L Living things WEG L Human person WEH B Human person WEH B Technology WEU By occupation, discipline . Industrial products WEU E

WES Law, lawyers WEV AI . . Transport vehicles 6E . Courts, hearings, trials BI . . . Road vehicles BR . Criminal law, crimes BIC . . . . Carriages, carts * Arrange A/Z; eg, WES BRM Murder, murderers.. CI . . . Railway trains CO . Penal law, punishments DI . . . Water transport vehicles, ships, boats COE . . Specific punishments, A/Z * See also marine art WEG GE COE E . . . Executions FI . . . Aircraft, spacecraft D . International law H . Military science, soldiers * For war crimes, see WEV HS. HG . . Warfare, battles WET Economics HH . . . Individual wars & battles, A/Z BI . Business, commerce, finance HS . . . War crimes, atrocities, massacres L . Labour relations, strikes L . Chemical industry products LP . Unemployment T . Other artefacts, A/Z WEU Technology, industry, inventors, engineers U Domestic work, housekeeping C . Industrial equipment W Recreation & sports CL . . Large equipment WL . Hobbies, pastimes, handicrafts * Arrange A/Z; eg WP . . Games, gambling CLF . . . Foundries XH . . Dancing D . . Small equipment, machinery, instruments * For dance theatre, see WEW TQ. * Arrange A/Z. . Spectator sports, A/Z . Specific production occupations, A/Z * Eg, athletics, boxing, cricket. DF . . Farming, farmers YG . Climbing, mountaineering DM . . Mining, miners YH . Horseriding, equestrian sports E . Industrial products, human artefacts YP . Field sports, hunting * See also Objects, still life WEN 3 * See also sporting prints WJL 6VY P EC . . Clocks & watches YT . Holidays, touring, travel EM . . Mirrors YX . Exploration ESC . . Scales WEW Arts (as subjects in iconography) ESP . . Spectacles, eye-glasses * For architecture as a subject, see Buildings WEU S. . . Constructions 24A . Artists (visual arts) * The main class for these as objects of art is 3 . Practice of art (subjects of art) WHO/WHV; this class takes only those works * Including studies of artists in their studios. which treat them as subjects of representation. P . Performing arts O3L W . . . Ruins Q . . Music, musicians, composers Q . . . Civil engineering structures * Arrange A/Z. QB . . . . Bridges R . . . Opera S . . . Buildings T . . Theatre itself as subject represented TJ . . . . Interiors TL . . . Individuals, A/Z * See also Interior decoration WHA ? TO . . . Dance theatre, ballet . . . . Specific kinds of buildings TOL . . . . Individuals, A/Z UA . . . . . Houses, residences TQ . . . Vaudeville UC . . . . . Civic buildings TQL . . . . Individuals, A/Z UP . . . . . Religious buildings TR . . Spectacles, A/Z UQ . . . . . Monuments TRC . . . Circus UU . . . . . Industrial & commercial buildings TRF . . . Fireworks V . . . Landscaped areas, gardens WEX Literature, writers C . Literary works, scenes from literature D . Characters in literature (iconography)

69 WEXL WF39A Individual writers

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Kinds of art Figurative art WEF Arts by medium Living things WEG L Visual arts WC Human person WEH B Literature WEX

WF Design arts, applied arts * Aesthetic aspects of activities whose products combine WEX L Individual writers, A/Z aesthetic considerations with those of some utilitarian * Representations of each writer may be qualified as function. The idea of representation will be either follows (where x is the classmark for the writer): completely absent or completely subordinated to the * xD Writer alone design. For works on activities for whose products no * xE Writer in family or other groups claim is made other than that they exist as art-products, * xF Scenes from the writer’s works (general) see Fine arts WI. * xG Character from the writer’s works (general) * For design broadly, as a fundamental operation in the * xH Particular works (including scenes and characters production of artworks, see WC3 7G; for design as a from them. concept used loosely as an element in composition, see (Elements in art production) W3J C. * For works on the design of something in which any aesthetic quality is disregarded, or if regarded is treated purely as a contribution to the efficient functioning of that thing, see Industrial design in Class U and the things designed. For works dealing primarily with the aesthetic dimension of utilitarian objects, see Industrial design (applied arts) WHH. * Add to WF numbers & letters 2/B following W with the additions indicated; eg WF2 . Common subdivisions 2FP . . Portfolios 3PT . . Trade literature 3PV . . . Samples, libraries of samples E . Encouragement of applied arts WF3 . Practice of the arts, operations & agents * For the detailed enumeration of this class, see WC3. 3B . . Health & safety precautions 4 . . Tools, equipment 47 . . . Hand tools 48 . . . Powered tools 4C . . . Computers 4F . . . Industrial plant 4H . . . Tools ancillary to several operations 5P . . Materials as agents 7 . Techniques 79 . . Preliminaries . . Production operations proper 7K . . . Manufacturing processes . . . Aesthetic production operations 7S . . . . Imaging, shaping, forming, modelling 9A . . Finishing operations

70 WF39R Design arts WFAV

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Design arts WF Visual arts WC Techniques WF3 7 Design arts WF . Copying WF3 9R Techniques WF3 7 . . Photography WF3 A

WF3 9R Copying, reproducing, recording . . . By dimensions A . Photography, visual recording WF3 ARS . . . . Stereophotography * Add to WF3 A numbers & letters 2/X following AT . . . . Cinematography, motion photography WJW; eg ATR . . . . Animated photography A34 K . . Cameras . . . By special purpose A34 L . . Lenses AW . . . . Trick photography . . Kinds of cameras BD . Display, presentation A34 Q . . . By manufacturer, A/Z BH . Care & preservation A35 E . . . Copying cameras BY Materials as constituents of the product A35 S . . Light sensitive materials CAF . Finishes A35 T . . . Film CAX . Support materials, ground A37 . . Techniques D . Marking materials A37 K . . . Focusing & exposure E Design product A38 35K . . . Dark room techniques . Properties A38 G . . . Printing HN . . Originality A39 R . . . Copying, duplication . Elements AG . . Photographic systems J . . Compositions & design * For photographic printing processes in print JD . . . Spatial design design, see WFL. JJ . . . Optical effects AH . . . Silver group photographic systems JK . . . . Colour AJ . . . Electrophotography K . . Decoration, AK . . . . Electronic photography, digital KN . . . Patterns photography LFI . . . Lettering AK3 4K . . . . . Digital cameras * As an element in any design product. AKN . . . Other physico-chemical systems * For calligraphy, see WFJ 3KQ. AKR L . . . . Collotype photography LFN . . . Illustrations (elements in decoration) AKS G . . . . Thermography * For illustrations in specific products, see latter; AKS J . . . . Dyeline photography eg book illustrations WFO N; illustrations in AKS M . . . Photomacroscopy manuscripts WFJ 3KR. AKS P . . . Photomicroscopy LFP . . . . Animations . . . By radiation other than light * For example, in flip books ALB . . . . X-ray photography LK . . . Painting . . By focus LL . . . Sculpture ALC . . . Close-up photography LR . . . Illumination . . By colour * Usually implies manuscripts; see WFJ. AM . . . Black & white photography R . Kinds by movement, style AN . . . Colour photography . Kinds by special groups, classes of persons . . By environment * See also applied arts by persons defined by personal characteristics (children, etc) WFB C/D. APB . . . Indoor WF6 AF . . Folk applied arts . . . By surface printed on BE . . Ethnic applied arts AQB . . . . Reflection prints, opaque support prints BG . . Religious applied arts AQJ . . . . Ceramics (photographs on) . Kinds by period AQL . . . . Glass (photographs on) WF7 7 . . Ancient applied art AQT . . . . Textiles (photographs on) . Kinds by place . . By subject WF9 C . . Western ARE . . . Photography of objects * For Ancient Western period, see WF7 7. ARF DB . . . Action photography WFA O . . Eastern V . . African

71 WFBCM WFG39R Design arts

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Arts by medium Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Design product WF3 E

Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays . Kinds by persons defined by personal * Any kind of applied art WFD/WHM may be qualified or characteristics specified as follows (where x represents its classmark): WFB CM . . Applied arts by children * Add to x numbers & letters 2/B following WF; DWH . . Applied art produced as therapy * Add to xE as follows for specification giving Kinds of x specified by Techniques, Properties & Elements: E . Kinds by representation factor, subject represented * Add to xED letters A/Y following WC3 7; Kinds by general field of application * Add to xEF letters A/Y following WC3 8; WFD H . Design in the home * Add to xEG letters A/Y following WC3 9; O . Design in the office * Add to xEH letters A/Y following WC3 H; * Add to xEJ letters A/Y following WC3 J; * Add to xEK letters A/Y following WC3 K; eg, WGF EFQ Embossed metals (from WGF Metal crafts, WC3 8Q Embossing (technique)). . By dimension * Distinguishing between 2- and 3-dimensional design is of limited helpfulness. Graphic designers are often skilled in modelling, a 3-dimensional art. Decorative arts are mainly 3-dimensional, but include some (like textiles) which are 2-dimensional. So the schedule below provides for the two concepts treated only at the general level and does not attempt to arrange all forms of design by them. WFE B . . Two-dimensional design (general) C . . Three-dimensional design (general), plastic design * See also specific classes; eg Craftwork WGC; Packaging WFM G; Sigillography WHK H; Industrial design WI.

WFG . Graphic design * As distinguished from WJ Graphic art (graphic fine arts); this deals with artistic activities which support or complement textual material whose primary object is the communication of information, etc, using the natural language or other visual forms of communication. It does this by imparting a highly aesthetic dimension to the characters conveying the information (including the letters of textual matter) by decoration, illustrations, etc. * This subject (which deals primarily with two-dimensional forms) developed initially in the context of printed materials and most of its vocabulary usually implies these. * For commercial art narrowly, see WFQ. 37 . . Techniques 37C . . . Computer graphics * Representation of information in graphic form using a computer. * See also Computer-aided graphics WFJ Y * Add to WFG 37C numbers 34/35 following WFJ Y; eg, WFG 37C 35N Output devices. 39R . . . Reproduction, multiplication

72 WFG3J Calligraphy WFIQP

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Graphic design WFG Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Calligraphy WFI Graphic design WFG Kinds of scripts by provenance & style

Elements WFI J . Non-Western languages/alphabets WFG 3J . Composition & design * Add to WFI J letters from Schedule 3 with the 3K . Decoration, ornament modifications indicated; eg 3KN . . Patterns JK . . Chinese 3KN N . . . Interlacing JL . . Japanese 3KN R . . . Arabesques JNL . . Arabic 3KN S . . . Scrolls JNM . . Islamic scripts 3LF I . Lettering * In general, Islamic (defined by religion) is * For Calligraphy, see WFH. distinguished from Arabic (a language). In the context of calligraphy, collocation here is more 3LF N . Illustrations helpful. 3R Movements, styles JO . . . Specific Islamic scripts, A/Z eg 4NG A . Art deco in graphic design JOD . . . . Diwani WFI Calligraphy, artistic handwriting, ornamental JOK . . . . Kufi writing, scripts (calligraphy), hands JON . . . . Naskhi (calligraphy), lettering (calligraphy) JOT . . . . Ta’liq * Writing as a fine art; in broadest sense, includes writing on any material, including epigraphy JOU . . . . Thuluth (carving on stone). JP . . Hebrew * For writing as communication, see XC; for JPX . . Slavonic palaeography & epigraphy, see LD. JPX C . . . Cyrillic * See also typography WFK 3JC JPX G . . . Glagolitic 23U . Demonstrations, specimens JQ . . Others, A/Z 34 . Tools Special forms of calligraphy 34P . . Lettering pens M . Monograms 34R . . Brushes, lettering quills N . Heraldic devices 37 . Techniques Q Kinds of lettering by specific function . Elements * The preferred arrangement is to subordinate these to 3K . . Decoration, ornament the function; eg poster lettering and heraldic lettering, 3LF I . . . Decorative lettering under poster design and heraldic design respectively. * For illumination, see Manuscripts WFJ 3KR. * An alternative (not recommended) is to collect all 3LF N . . . Illustrations kinds of lettering here. If this option is taken, arrange A/Z here. G . Kinds of scripts by style * Add to WFI G letters following LD Palaeography; QA . Architectural lettering this class in BC2 has not yet (2006) been published QD . Display lettering and notation is provisional. QF . Funerary lettering GJ . . Unjoined letters (calligraphy), discrete letters QH . Heraldic lettering (calligraphy) QI . Industrial lettering GR . . Cursive QP . Poster lettering . Kinds of scripts by provenance & style GX . . Western alphabets (calligraphy) H . . . Roman script (calligraphy) HL . . . . Carolingian (scripts), minuscule (scripts) HN . . . . . Uncial HP . . . . . Semiunical HT . . . . . Italic, copperplate I . . . Gothic script (calligraphy), black letter hand . . . . Cursive IDR . . . . . Chancery hand

73 WFJ WFJV Manuscripts

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Graphic design WFG Graphic design WFG Manuscripts WFJ

WFJ Manuscripts (decoration), illuminated manuscripts WFJ 9 Kinds by place * Manuscripts studied as vehicles for decoration. 9C . Western manuscript arts * Locate here works dealing with illuminated books Kinds by provenance as well as manuscripts. KG . Religious illuminated manuscripts . Elements * For religious themes as elements in mss decoration, 3K . . Decoration, ornament see WFJ 3KP EP. 3KJ X . . . Initials * Add to WFJ letters K/V following P; eg 3KN . . . Patterns KHY J . . Aztec 3LF I . . . Lettering KL . . Judaic * Note under WFJ 3KP above applies here L . . Christian illuminated manuscripts also. M . . . Bible (illuminated manuscripts) * Add to WFJ 3KQ letters G/Q following * Add to WFJ M letters following PM; eg WFI. MD . . . . Old Testament Psalters 3LG . . . Illustrations MK . . . . New Testament * When treated as an element distinct from MKG . . . . . Gospel books, evangeliares, evangelistaries illumination; for works dealing with illustrations, lettering and illumination MKY ...... Book of Kells together, use WFJ 3KR. N . . . Other illuminated Christian works, A/Z . . . . Kinds of illustrations by subject NBE . . . . Benedictionals * For illuminated works characterized by NBO . . . . Books of hours subject, see WFJ L NBR . . . . Breviaries * Add to WFJ 3LG letters F/X following NC . . . . Cartularies WE; eg, NM . . . . Missals 3LG G . . . . . Landscapes (decorated manuscripts) NP . . . . Prayer books 3LG GJ . . . . . Still life (decorated manuscripts) NS . . . . Sacramentaries 3LG GLP . . . . . Plants (manuscript illustration) O . . . By Christian church, sect, etc 3LG HB . . . . . Human figure (manuscript illustration) * Add to WFJ letters P/R following P; eg 3LG HP ...... Portraits (manuscript illustration) PR . . . . Roman Catholic church 3LG P . . . . . Religious themes (manuscript SV . . Islamic illustration) SY . Secular illuminated manuscripts 3LR . . . Illumination T . . Classical writers (illuminated manuscripts) * Art of decorating manuscripts, especially * Arrange A/Z by name of writer.. with gold or silver & using elaborate U . Other subjects, A/Z calligraphy. It usually entails painting V Kinds by artist ], A/Z techniques. * There are several alternatives to locating these here; * Most of the literature deals with the see Appendix 3 for details. illuminated works (manuscripts and books) rather than with the technique per se (see WFJ). Use this class only for works dealing with the technique in general. * Manuscripts are usually assumed; but some early printed books also demonstrate the feature (see WFL KP). 3LR R . . . Rubrication 3LR S . . . Engrossing 3LR T . . . Other ornamental devices, A/Z . Kinds of manuscripts by period 77 . . Ancient mss 8B . . Medieval mss * Western art is usually assumed; see WFJ C. 8M . . Modern mss

74 WFJX Print design WFLP

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Graphic design WFG Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Multiples WFJ X Graphic design WFG Print design WFK

WFJ X Multiples (graphic design) WFK 3BV Materials as constituents * Artworks designed or capable of being designed 3BW . Inks (print design) for mass production. 3CD . Printing surfaces * Sometimes used to mean works (usually 3CE . . Stone 3-dimensional) produced in limited editions. 3CF . . Metal * See also Prints (fine arts) WJF 3CG . . . Copper XR . Reprographic graphic design 3CH . . . Steel Y . . Computer graphics, computer art * Using computers to control image production. 3CN . . Wood * For computer-aided design, see WF3 7G3 5C 3CP . . Paper Y34 . . . Tools * Usually assumed. Y5K . . . . Terminals 3CP M . . . Watermarks Y5L . . . . Input-output devices 3CR . . Plastic Y5M . . . . . Input devices 3CT . . Textiles Y5N . . . . . Output devices 3CX . . Other, A/Z Y5N B ...... Bubble Composition & design Y5N I ...... Inkjet 3J . Typography * See note above at WFK. Y5N L ...... Laser Printing processes . . . Products H . By surface on which printed . . . . Kinds of products by colour * See material printed on; eg, textile printing YN . . . . Mono output (computer graphics) WGT K. YQ . . . . Coloured output (computer graphics) * Add to WFK H letters D/X following WFK 3C. YR . . . . Word processors . By method of image transfer YT . . . . Desktop publishing I . . Engraving (general) * As the general process which acts as the basis WFK . Print design (applied arts) for subsequent relief or intaglio processes. * Art of printing as mass production, especially in J . . Halftone composition (typesetting) and design. For * May apply to any of the three next categories . typography (sometimes used as synonymous M . . Relief, letterpress processes with the general class of print design) see * For letterform text, see WFM B. WFK 3J; for typography used as synonym for * Add to WFK letters HB/HQ following WJJ. letterpress, see WFM B3J C. P . . Intaglio * See also Printmaking (graphic fine arts) WJL * For photogravure, see WFL P. . . Techniques * Add to WFK letters HR/HW following WJJ. 37A . . . Design & layout PGV . . . Engraving, line engraving 37A H . . . . House styles (print design) Q . . Planographic design 37K . . . . Presswork * Add to WFK letters JA/JH following WJK. * Add to WFK 3 numbers & letters 7/9 R . . . Lithography (graphic design) following WJL 3. S . . Monotype 3A . . . Photographic techniques SS . . Stencils 3A3 9R . . . . Photocopying, photoreproduction, T . . . Serigraphy, silk screen process photoreprography WFL . . Photographic printing processes (print design) 3A3 9RN . . . . . Contact printing & copying * For simple copying and printing functions, see 3A3 9RP . . . . . Projection printing & copying WFK 3A. 3AY . . . Other techniques, special to print design * Add to WFL letters M/T following WFK; eg. M . . . Relief photoengraving . . . Intaglio P . . . . Photoengraving, photogravure, gravure

75 WFLQ WFMWC Type

Design arts WF Design arts WF Graphic design WFG Graphic design WFG Multiples WFJ X Multiples WFJ X Print design WFK Print design WFK Printing processes Letterform WFM B . . Photographic printing processes WFL . . . Type families WFM H

WFL Q . . . Planographic, photolithography . . . . Kinds by period & design SS . . . . Photographic stencil printing * Maximilien Vox system; recognized and developed by Association Typographique Internationale and British Standards Printing products Institute. WFM B . Letterform (text) WFM RJ . . . . . Roman (typefaces), Latin (typefaces), B3J . . Typography (letterform) serif typefaces BG . . Type (typographic output) RK ...... Humanist (typefaces), Venetian * The range of typographic output from any kind of (typefaces) composition system RL ...... Garalde typefaces, Old face BJ . . Type (unit of metal) RM ...... Transitional (typefaces), Reale BN . . . Nomenclature (type) (typefaces) * The parts of a letterpress unit (face, shank, nick, etc). RN ...... Didone typefaces . . . Parts RP . . . . . Slab serif, Mecane BT . . . . Typefaces S . . . . . Sans-serif, Lineale (typefaces) C . . . . . Letters & numerals (printing) SI ...... Grotesque (typefaces), Gothic CH ...... Measurement (printing types) typefaces, black letter CHP ...... Point size SJ ...... Geometric (typefaces) CHQ ...... X-height SK ...... Humanist sans-serif CHS ...... Set (printing types) SL . . . . . Glyphic (typefaces) CHT ...... Body (printing types) SM . . . . . Scripte (typefaces) D ...... Sorts (printing types) SN . . . . . Graphic (typefaces) * Characters in a fount of type; eg letters, T . . . . By name of typeface ], A/Z eg stops. TA . . . . . Ariel * For printers’ ornaments, see WFM VC. TB . . . . . Bodoni E ...... Letters TC . . . . . Courier * If considered separately from other TT . . . . . Times Roman characters. VC Printers’ ornaments F ...... Decorative letters VD . Specific ornaments, A/Z FS ...... Swash letters VDF L . . Fleuron G ...... Other characters, A/Z VF Notations (typefaces) GLI ...... Ligatures VG . Mathematical notations (typography) GLO ...... Logotypes VM . Musical notations (typography) GSE ...... Serifs Producing single copies H . . . . Type families WB . Typewriters . . . . . Kinds of type by form WC . Varitypers I ...... Italic J ...... Bold K ...... Other, A/Z KCO ...... Condensed type KLI ...... Light type . . . . . Kinds by function M ...... Text faces N ...... Display faces . . . . . Kinds by variability of width P ...... Mono spaced

76 WFN Print media WFQFK

The Arts W Design arts WF Visual arts WC Graphic design WFG Design arts WF Multiples WFJ X Graphic design WFG Print design WFK Multiples WFJ X . . . . Books WFO Print design WFK . . . . . Kinds of books

WFN Print media (graphic design) WFO R ...... Early printed books . Parts R3L R ...... Illumination I . . Imprints (graphic design) * Manuscripts are usually assumed; but K . . Textual matter some early printed books also * For Letterform, see WFM B. demonstrate the technique. L . . Illustrations T ...... Paperbacks * A picture especially executed to accompany a U ...... Picture books printed text (book, advertisement, etc). Art * Consisting entirely or largely of appearing with text but not specifically related to illustrations. it is a decoration rather than an illustration. UL ...... Flick books P . . . Caricatures, cartoons UP ...... Pop-up books Q . . . Strip cartoons V ...... Children’s books . Kinds VFN ...... Illustrations WFO . . Books (graphic design) WFP . . . . The Press (print design) 3J . . . Art elements 3J . . . . . Print design, typography 3JC S . . . . Proportions & size . . . . . Parts, features 3JD . . . . . Format FNK ...... Textual matter FG . . . . Graphic design FNL ...... Illustrations FK . . . . . Typography FNP ...... Cartoons, caricatures . . . Parts FNQ ...... Comic strips NK . . . . Text, body of book * For comics, see WFP XC. NL . . . . Book illustrations . . . . . Kinds of Press products P . . . . Binding S ...... Partworks . . . . . Operations T ...... Newspapers P38 N ...... Forwarding U ...... Magazines, periodicals P38 P ...... Sewing V ...... Kinds by categories of readers P38 R ...... Rounding & backing * Arrange A/Z. P3C . . . . . Materials VC ...... Children’s magazines P3C G ...... Gold leaf VW ...... Women’s magazines P3C H ...... Boards W ...... Kinds by subject interests . . . . . Parts * Add 2/Z from whole classification; eg PF ...... Dust jackets WAY ...... Science magazines . . . . . Kinds of bindings by material X ...... Other products, A/Z * For paperbacks, see WFO T. XC ...... Comics PG ...... Leather WFQ Commercial art (graphic arts) PH ...... Parchment * The general class for this is under Marketing TW; this class takes only material concerned with the PJ ...... Vellum aesthetic qualities of its products. PK ...... Other kinds of leather, A/Z 29T W . Specific marketing techniques PKC A ...... Calf * Add to WFQ 29 letters following TW/TY; eg PL ...... Cloth 29T X . . Product identification PM ...... Other materials, A/Z FK . Print design . . . Kinds of books * For illustrated books, see WFO N Illustrations; WFO U Picture books. Q . . . . Incunabula

77 WFQH WFVV Multiples

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Graphic design WFG Graphic design WFG Multiples WFJ X Multiples WFJ X Commercial art WFQ Other products of graphic design

. Design objects WFS TV . Signs (directional) WFQ H . . Ephemera TVG . . Road signs, signposts I . . Corporate identities, logos TVT . . Commercial signs K . . . Brand marks, trade marks TVV . . . Signboards, inn signs, shop signs L . . . Letterheads, billheads WFT By special interest field P . . Packaging * Add to WFT numbers & letters 4/9,A/X from the whole R . . . Wrapping paper classification; eg V . . . Specific products A/Z AY . Science & technology graphics * For books & press material, see WFO/P. J . Educational graphics VR . . . . Record sleeves By medium other than print WFR . . Advertising, publicity * Add to WFV letters S/V following WT; eg * See also Artwork in advertising TWL U WFV R . Cinema & television graphics 29T Q . . . Campaigns (advertising) S . . Cinema graphics FK . . . Print design T . . Broadcasting graphics FMC . . . Lettering V . . . Television graphics . . . By medium FP . . . . The press H . . . . Posters J . . . . Displays JH . . . . . Draping L . . . . Retailing (commercial art) M . . . . . Window dressing P . . . . Exhibition stands R . . . . Junk mail * Including brochures, etc. T . . . . Other advertising media, A/Z TI . . . . . Internet advertising TSK . . . . . Sky-writing Other products of graphic design * See also WBW P; fashion design, WBU; Industrial design WE. WFS B . Common physical forms of materials * Add to WFS B letters E/Y following 2 in Schedule 1 so far as applicable; eg BHV . . Diagrams, charts BJ . . Maps & plans, nautical charts . By forms of presentation of materials * Add to WFR C numbers 3/9 in Schedule 1 so far as applicable; eg C3A . . Encyclopedias (graphic design) CC . Calendars CG . Greetings cards, postcards, playing cards CP . Postage stamps CQ . . First-day covers (postage stamps) TF . Financial graphics TM . . Banknotes, money orders, credit cards, share certificates

78 WGB Decorative art WGCHGQ

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Design arts WF Visual arts WC Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Arts & crafts WGC

WGB Decorative art WGC 3R . Movements, styles * Art used to ornament or embellish an object * For the arts & crafts movement per se, see which has a practical purpose, as distinct from WGC 9CL M25. fine art. 3SV . . Vernacular styles * A traditional Western term for the arts involved * Includes concept of native crafts. in producing, usually on a relatively small scale 3SV 37 . . . Techniques & with few mechanized aids, objects which * Traditional methods in production of serve both utilitarian & aesthetic purposes, handicrafts. particularly when found in a domestic context or 7 . Kinds of arts & crafts by period contributing to interior decoration. For these 9 . Kinds of arts & crafts by place products considered primarily for their utility, see U/V; this class takes only that literature 9C . . Western arts & crafts which considers the products aesthetically. 9CL . . . 19th century * Although, in general, decorative arts include he 9CL M25 . . . . Arts & crafts movement embellishment of utilitarian objects, mass- * Largely confined to Britain and USA in produced products which are hand finished go late 19th century. under industrial design products in class U/V 9EL M . . . Britain Technology. 9XL M . . . USA 29U V . Antiques DH . Arts & crafts in the home 3R . Movements & styles Decorative arts by minor utility 3S . . Universal styles * Some craft objects are regarded, in the design 3SH I . . . Historicism context, as representing primarily a particular * To make out as historic or historically material (eg, jewellery) or technique (eg inlay) significant. rather than their function per se (eg, receptacles). 3V . . Influences & revivals * So two separate arrays are provided for utility: this 4EA R . . . Renaissance styles one (WGC H/Y Minor utility) is for objects whose utility is subordinated to the material or 4HC M . . . Mannerism technique (in WGD/WGX) and the array at 4JA B . . . Baroque WHB/WHN (Major utility) is for objects which 4KH R . . . Rococo are cited before technique or material (eg 4LE E . . . Empire style Furniture - Inlaid; Costume - Leather). Materials 9 . Kinds of decorative arts by place per se constitute a third array. 9KW . . Austria * The classes below in WGC are for general works 9KW NE . . . 1900s on these objects, covering their production in 9KW NEW . . . . Wiener Werkestatte different materials; if they are considered only in a given material they go with that; eg, gold plate WGC . Arts & crafts, craftwork, handicrafts under metals, china plates under pottery. * If these are distinguished from decorative arts in general. HB . Objets d’art * In craftwork, the designer and craftsman are HC . Ornaments one and the same person, as distinct from * Self-contained objects regarded primarily as industrial design, where the designer and the works of decorative art. For ornamental features maker of the product are separate and large- which are part of a wider whole, see the whole; scale production is usually envisaged. eg, fanlights, bosses. 34 . . Tools . . Kinds of ornament by representative factor 37 . . Techniques HF . . . Figurines, statuettes * See also products resulting from these HG . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z techniques; eg Wood carving as a craft HGM . . . . . Matryoshkas WGN K HGP . . . Ornamental portraits . . Elements HGQ . . . . Specific persons, A/Z 3K . . . Decoration 3KN . . . . Patterns

79 WGCHJ WGEGCNH Decorative art

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Decorative arts by minor utility Decorative arts by minor utility Ornaments WGC HC . Symbolic objects WGC S

WGC HJ . Other specific kinds of ornaments, A/Z WGC U . . Municipal insignia HJV . . Vases UP . . Corporate insignia * See also Pottery WGJ X UP2 8 . . . By place HK . . . Kinds of vases by shape, A/Z UP2 8EC . . . . City of London corporate insignia HX . . Wall plates, wall tablets, plaques UT . . Trophies (decorative arts), prizes (decorative IB Receptacles, containers, boxes arts) IC . Specific forms, A/Z UV . . . Specific objects, A/Z ICS . . Snuffboxes UX . Other specific objects, A/Z ID Domestic utensils * Not obviously fitting the above categories; eg, IT . Tableware Golden patera of Rennes WGF TGC UX. IU . . Eating utensils V . Other objects of minor utility, A/Z IV . . . Other specific kinds, A/Z * Eg plates, dishes. Kinds of decorative art by material * For plate, see Precious metalcraft objects * Each kind defined primarily by its material (eg, WGF P; for cutlery, see Metalcrafts WGF GK. jewels) may be divided as instructed for Kinds of JK . . Drinking utensils applied arts in the notes following WFD O, with JL . . . Specific kinds, A/Z the following additions (where x represents the * Eg goblets, decanters, jugs material): L . Cooking utensils * Add to xF letters A/Y following WF; * Usually implies metalcrafts (WGF). * Add to xG letters B/Y following WG; eg, WGE T LQ . Other domestic object, A/Z Jewellery & metal objects; WGE TGC NJ Rings; * For irons, see Metalcrafts WGG LQI. Y . Multi-media materials (decorative arts), M Domestic fittings, domestic hardware polychrome sculpture (decorative arts) * Most of these imply interior decoration (heating and YN . Snow lighting appliances, tiles, mirrors, etc); see WHL. YP . Earth N Personal adornment articles (decorative arts) YS . Sand * For costume design, see WHB; for military body WGD . Stone armour and accoutrements, see WGH A, R . . Marble NH . Bracelets, bangles S . . Artificial stone NJ . Rings T . . . Coadstone NK . Necklaces V . . . Cement, concrete NL . . Charms WGE . . Jewellery P . Religious personal objects * See also Precious metals WGF G; Metal * For ecclesiastical insignia, see WGC SP. objects with embedded jewellery WGE T Q . . Specific objects, A/Z 2MN . . . Hallmarks QCR . . . Crosses 37 . . . Techniques QCX . . . Crucifixes 38D . . . . Cutting S Symbolic objects, insignia 38E . . . . Chiselling * These are usually of metal, or jewellery and metal (see 38G . . . . Engraving, inscribing WGE and WGF). 39K . . . . Polishing SH . Symbols of authority 39N . . . . Setting (jewellery) SJ . . Specific object, A/Z 39P . . . . . Metal settings (jewellery) SJM . . . Maces . . . Kinds of jewellery by technique used SP . Ecclesiastical insignia * See also Personal objects WGC P EFG . . . . Engraved jewellery SQ . . Specific objects, A/Z . . . Kinds of jewellery by objects of minor ST . Monumental insignia utility T . Government insignia, national insignia GCN H . . . . Bracelets TH . . Royal insignia

80 WGEK Metal craft WGF3JLSM

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Stone WGD Decorative art WGB . Jewellery WGE Kinds of decorative art by material

WGE K . . Gems WGF Metal craft KN . . . Natural gemstones 37 . Techniques * See also Mineralogy Class D 37K . . Manufacturing operations L . . . . Precious stones 37L . . . Casting M . . . . Semi-precious stones, ornamental 37M . . . Mould making stones 37M M . . . Pouring, spruing N . . . Artificial gems . . . . Kinds of casting NS . . . . Fashion jewellery 37M P . . . . . Centrifugal casting * See also Dress design accessories 37M Q ...... Lost wax process, cire perdue, WHB HE investment casting P . . . Particular gems, A/Z 37M S ...... Sand casting PA . . . . Amethyst . . . Subsequent operations PD . . . . Diamond 37N D . . . Forging PE . . . . Emerald 37N F . . . Bending PJ . . . . Jade 37N H . . . Drawing PJA R . . . . . Chinese 37N J . . . Rolling PJA RAJ H ...... Shang-Yin dynasty 37N L . . . Lathework PJA REM ...... Ming dynasty 37N N . . . Joining PJA RJM ...... Ch’ing dynasty 37N S . . . . Soldering PJA UV . . . . . Maori 37N W . . . . Welding PJA X . . . . . Pre-Columbian American . . Aesthetic operations PO . . . . Opal 37S . . . Imaging PR . . . . Ruby 38C . . . . Incising, carving PS . . . . Sapphire 38G . . . . Engraving PT . . . . Topaze 38G S . . . . Chasing Q . . Jewellery of organic origin, A/Z 38H . . . . Etching QA . . . Amber 38P . . . . Hammering, beating, forging QI . . . Ivory * This produces wrought metal, under which QP . . . Pearl it will usually go (at WGF JP). T Products combining jewellery & metals 38Q . . . . . Embossing, stamping * For clocks and watches, see WHG C. 38R . . . . . Repousse TGC NJ . Rings * Decorating a surface by hammering its TGC SJM . Maces reverse side. TGC VH . Crown jewels 39A . . . . Finishing operations 39D . . . . . Welding 39D S . . . . . Soldering 39F . . . . . Patination 39F O ...... Oxidizing 39J . . . . . Gilding, plating 39J O ...... Ormolu 39K . . . . . Polishing . Elements of the art product 3JK . . Colour * See also Enamelling WGM 3JL S . . . By use of special techniques 3JL SM . . . . & inlay decoration of metals * Use only when considered as techniques for producing colour in metalcraft. In cases of doubt, prefer WGM.

81 WGF3K WGHFL Metal craft

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Metal craft WGF Kinds of decorative art by material Elements of the art product Metal craft WGF

WGF 3K . Decoration, ornament WGG Kinds of metalcraft by objects produced 3K3 7 . . Decorative metal techniques, toreutics * Add to WGG letters H/V following WGC; eg, * For repousse, see WGF 38R. ID . Household utensils 3KR . . . Filigree work K . . Cutlery Kinds of metalcraft by production technique KQ . . . Specific items, A/Z EDP . Rolled metals KQS . . . . Spoons EFP . Hammered metals L . . Cooking utensils * Including repousse and chasing together. LMK . . . Kettles EFR . . Repousse metals, wrought metals LQ . . Other metal domestic artefacts, A/Z EGD . Welded metals LQI . . . Irons EGP . Plated metals LQI W . . . . Waffle irons Kinds of metalcraft by constitution & value N . Personal adornment (metalcraft) F . Alloys NH . . Bracelets, bangles G . Precious metals, plate (precious metals) NJ . . Rings * See also Jewellery WGE 38Q S P . Religious personal objects (metalcrafts) GGC . . Kinds of plate objects by minor utility * For church plate, see WGF GGC SP. * Kinds in a particular precious metal go with PCR . . Crosses the metal; eg gold plate with gold. PCX . . Crucifixes GGC SP . . . Ecclesiastical plate, church plate V . Other artistic metal objects, A/Z GGC SQ . . . . Specific objects, A/Z VB . . Belts GGC SQC . . . . . Chalices VM . . Mortars (metal articles) GGC VM . . . Municipal plate WGH A . Armoury & weapons GGC VP . . . . Corporate plate AJ . . Body armour H . . Kinds of plate by origin & style * See also Costume WHB * Arrange A/Z; eg AK . . . Specific body armours, A/Z HS . . . Sheffield plate AKC . . . . Cuirasses I . . Goldsmithing AKH . . . . Helmets IGC W . . . Special articles in goldsmithing, A/Z AKS . . . . Shields IGC WR . . . . Golden patera of Rennes B . . Arms (weapons) J . . Silversmithing BJ . . . Sidearms JGC W . . . Special articles BK . . . . Swords JGC WT . . . . Disk of Theodosius BKR . . . . . Guards (swords) K . . Platinum metalcraft C . . . . . Named types of swords, A/Z L . . Other precious metals, A/Z CT ...... Tsubas M . Brass & copper D . . . . Other sidearms, A/Z N . . Brass DD . . . . . Daggers NGC S . . . Insignia DL . . . . . Lances NGC ST . . . . Monumental brasses . . . Propelled weapons O . . Copper E . . . . Bows & arrows P . Tin & pewter (together) F . . . . Firearms (arts), guns (arts), gunsmithing Q . . Tin (arts) R . . Pewter FH . . . . . Handguns, pistols S . Bronze FL . . . . . Artillery, fieldguns, cannon T . Iron work TH . . Wrought iron V . Other metals, A/Z VL . . Leadwork VN . . Nickel-silverwork

82 WGJ Ceramics WGJGCXS

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Ceramics WGJ Decorative art WGB Tools Kinds of decorative art by material . . Decoration WGJ 3K

WGJ Ceramics WGJ 3KM L . . . Lustre painting * See also Ceramic sculpture WLH * Iridescent metal decoration applied 2M . Collecting overglaze. 2M2 3 . . Collectors’ manuals 7 History * How to identify old china, etc. 7J . Ancient Anatolian ceramics 2OM . . Potters’ marks 7KE . . Cyptiote ceramics 2P . Exhibitions, museums 7Q . Ancient Greece . Tools, techniques & materials * For Greek vase painting, see WK7 Q. 34 . . Tools, equipment 7TK M . . Classical Greek ceramics 34F . . . Kilns APA . Iranian ceramics 35K . . . Potter’s wheel APA 6BV . . Islamic art 37 . . Techniques APA G . . Safavid period 37K . . . Manufacturing operations AR . Chinese ceramics 37L . . . . Casting ARB P . . T’ang dynasty 37M . . . . . Mould making ARC Q . . Sung dynasty 37P Q . . . . Firing ARE M . . Ming dynasty 37P RB . . . . Baking ARJ M . . Ch’ing dynasty 37P RD . . . . Drying Kinds of ceramic by techniques, elements . . . Aesthetic operations EGF . Unglazed 37S . . . . Imaging EGG . Glazed 38C . . . . Incising EGG L . . Leadless glazed 38M . . . . Modelling, shaping EGH . Enamelled 39A . . . Finishing EJK . Coloured * For enamelling as finishing, see WGJ 39H. EK . Decorated 39F Y . . . . Without glaze EKM C . . Slipware 39G . . . . Glazing EKM G . . Sgraffito, graffito 39G J . . . . . Underglazing EKM L . . Lustreware 39G L . . . . . On-glazing, overglazing, underglass G Kinds of ceramic art by object painting GC . Ornaments * For lustre painting, see WGJ 3KM L. GCG F . . Figurines, statuettes 39H . . . . Enamelling GCG FP . . Portraits in pottery * As operation; for enamels as artform, see GCH V . . Vases WGM GCH W . . Wall plates, wall tablets, plaques . . Materials as constituents GCI U . Domestic utensils 3DA . . . Potter’s clay . . Tableware 3DB . . . Clay body GCI W . . Crockery 3DC . . . Plaster of Paris GCJ K . . . Toby jugs . . Elements . Other, A/Z 3JK . . . Colour GCX S . . Shaving mugs 3K . . . Decoration 3KJ L . . . . Painting (ceramics) * For lustre painting, see Finishing WGJ 38Q L. 3KJ LT . . . . . Transfer painting 3KM C . . . . Slip tracing 3KM G . . . . Sgraffito, a stecco * See also Plasterwork W ; WGL K

83 WGJK WGLGCJLG Ceramics

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Kinds of decorative art by material Ceramics WGJ Ceramics WGJ . Kinds of ceramic by firing temperature WGJ K

WGJ K Kinds of ceramic by firing temperature WGK P . . Porcelain, pate dure X . Pottery Q . . . China, true porcelain, hard paste porcelain WGK . . Earthenware Parian ware * Fired at below 2000 C. RA . . . Artificial porcelain, soft paste porcelain * For named kinds of earthenware, see RB . . . . Bone china, bone porcelain WGK H. RL . . . . Lithophane . . . Kinds of earthenware by techniques & RS . . . . Biscuitware elements S . . . Named porcelains EGF . . . . Unglazed earthenware SM . . . . Dresden porcelain, Meissen porcelain EGG . . . . Glazed earthenware, lead glazed SS . . . . Sevres porcelain earthenware SW . . . . Worcester porcelain EGG L . . . . Leadless glazed earthenware T . . . . Other named porcelains, A/Z EGH . . . . Enamelled TBE . . . . . Berlin porcelain * Including tin and other opaque TBR . . . . . Bristol porcelain enamels. * For enamel glaze on metals, see metals TCH . . . . . Chelsea porcelain EK . . . . Decorated TCO . . . . . Copenhagen porcelain EKM C . . . . . Slip decorated earthenware TDE . . . . . Derby porcelain * See also WGK JPE Pennsylvania TLI . . . . . Limoges porcelain German ware WGL Glassware, vitreous crafts, artistic glass EKM G . . . . . Graffito decorated earthenware 37 . Techniques J . . . Named kinds of earthenware, A/Z . . Production processes JDE . . . . Dedham ware 37K . . . Manufacturing JDL . . . . 37M . . . . Mould making JH . . . . Hispano-Moresque ware . . . Aesthetic operations JJ . . . . Jugtown ware 38D . . . . Cutting JPE . . . . Pennsylvania German ware 38G . . . . Engraving JRO . . . . Robbia ware, Della Robbia ware 38H . . . . Etching * See also Terracotta WGK N 38T . . . . Moulding (glassware) JRW . . . . Rookwood ware 38V . . . . Pressing JT . . . . Talavera ware 38W . . . . Blowing JW . . . . Wedgwood enamelled ware 38X . . . . Drawing (glassware) JWJ . . . . . Jasperware (Wedgwood) 39A . . Finishing . . . By special treatments 39H . . . Coating, enamelling (glass) L . . . . Faience earthenware * For enamel as an artform, see WGM. LL . . . . . Berlin faience 39P . . . Leading (glass) M . . . . Majolica 39Q . . . Sand blasting (glass) ML . . . . . Italian majolica . . Elements MP . . . . . Other countries, A/Z 3JK . . . Colour MPE ...... English majolica * See also stained glass WGL K MPM ...... Mexican majolica 3K . . . Decoration N . . Terracotta . Kinds of glassware by technique * See also WGK JRO Robbia ware EFD . . Cut glass NAR . . . Chinese G . Kinds of glassware by object NAR AMG . . . . 3rd century AD GCH V . . Glass vases O . Stoneware GCI U . . Domestic glassware OJ . . Named stonewares, A/Z GCJ K . . . Glasses (drinking) OJD . . . Doulton ware GCJ LD . . . . Decanters GCJ LG . . . . Goblets

84 WGLH Decorative art WGNJ

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Applied arts using mixed solid materials Glassware WGL . Inlay & mosaic arts WGM L . Kinds of glassware by object WGL G . . . Constituent materials

WGL H . . Other, A/Z WGM O3C L . . . . Tiles HM . . . Mirror glass O7 . . . Kinds of mosaic by period . Kinds of glassware by other characteristics O7R . . . . Ancient Greece * For glass in mosaic, see mosaic WGM O. O7R 725 . . . . . Sites K . . Stained glass O7R 725 OL ...... Olynthus * For stained glass windows, see fine arts O7S L . . . . . Classical period P . . Crystal glass O9 . . . Kinds of mosaic by place Q . . Venetian glass . . . Kinds of mosaic by principal tessera R . . Other named types, A/Z material RED . . . Edinburgh crystal * Add to WCM O letters D/Y following WGM Enamel, vitreous enamel WG; eg, * Powdered glass bonded to metal surface. OF . . . . Metal mosaic . Kinds of enamel by special processes OJ . . . . Ceramic mosaic JB . . Painted enamel OL . . . . Glass mosaic JC . . Counter-enamelling OM . . . . Enamel mosaic JE . . Champleve Q . Lacquer work JG . . Cloisonne R . . Coromandel lacquer work JH . . Grisaille S . . Shellac work JJ . . Basse taille T . . Japanned work JL . . Filigree enamel * Western imitation of oriental lacquer. JS . . Surrey enamel TV . . . Vernis martin K . . Other forms of enamelling, A/Z W Organic materials KP . . . Plique a jour * For textiles, see WGT. KR . . . Ronde bosse XB . Bone Applied arts using mixed solid materials XH . . Horn L . Inlay & mosaic arts (together) XI . . Ivory * See also Enamelling WGM XIA R . . . Chinese M . . Inlay XIA REM . . . . Ming period MP . . . Pietra dure, Florentine mosaic XL . Shell MT . . . Niello, tula work XM . . Mother-of-pearl MW . . . Damascening XT . . Tortoiseshell N . . . Marquetry WGN . Wood crafts, artistic woodwork NL . . . . Boulle marquetry * See also Inlay & mosaic work WGM L; NN . . . . Wood marquetry Marquetry WGM N; Lacquer work NP . . . . . Intarsia, tarsia WGM Q NQ . . . . . Parquetry 37 . . Techniques O . . Mosaic 38C . . . Carving * See also 2-d fine arts * For wood carving as a craft defined by this operation, use WGN K. O38 D . . . Cutting 38D . . . Cutting O38 T . . . Indirect techniques, direct techniques GC . . Kinds of wood craft by objects, A/Z O38 U . . . Laying GCB O . . . Boxes O38 V . . . . Special techniques, A/Z GCD R . . . Drawing board figures O38 VV . . . . . Vermicutatum GCM I . . . Mirror cases . . . Constituent materials J . . Kinds of wood craft by constituent O3C A . . . . Adhesives material O3C B . . . . Bases * Arrange A/Z by name of tree. O3C E . . . . Tessera O3C F . . . . . Smalti

85 WGNK WGT39A Organic materials

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Organic materials WGM W Organic materials WGM W Wood crafts WGN . Leather work WGQ

. Kinds of wood craft by dominant technique . . Kinds of leatherwork by technique WGN K . . Wood carving (crafts) WGQ EFQ . . . Embossed leatherwork, stamped leather work * See also sculpture in wood WL; in cases of . . Kinds of leatherwork by material doubt, prefer in sculpture WL. KB . . . Buckram KJ . . . By tree, A/Z KC . . . Calf L . . Pyrography, pokerwork KM . . . Morocco M . . Fretwork KPA . . . Parchment WGO Plant decoration KPI . . . Pigskin * See also Interior decoration WHL; Found objects KS . . . Sealskin (sculpture) WM WGR . Synthetic materials crafts, plastics (craftwork) H . Floral arts * For plastics in mass production, see Industrial * If distinguished from plant decoration. design WE; for synthetic textiles, see WGT 3DQ. J . . Flower arrangement, flower composition * If distinguished from floral arts. . . . In containers, vases, etc. WGT Textile arts JL . . . . Vase & bowl display * For textile technology see V; use this class only for . . . Without containers literature concerned with the aesthetics of hand-worked textile arts and design. JQ . . . . Bouquets, posies 34 . Tools JS . . . . Wreaths, garlands * For looms, shuttles, etc, see Weaving K . Dried flowers, immortelles 347 . . Hand L . Dressing & flat displays, seeds (plant decoration) 348 . . Machine powered P . Pictures made of dried plant 34K . . Frames WGP Paper art 35N . . Needles, hooks 2OM . Watermarks 35O . . Bobbins 3C . Materials as constituents 37 . Techniques * For passe-partout, see Framing 379 . . Preliminary operations 3DA . . Crepe 37F . . . Pattern making, pattern design, cut-out 3DB . . Tissue patterns . Kinds of paper art 37K . . Manufacturing operations L . . Origami, paper folding 37P B . . . Beating N . . Collage (papercrafts) 37P S . . . Shrinking P Papier mache 37Q B . . . Brushing Q Soap (crafts) 37Q P . . . Calendering, pressing R Plasticine (crafts) 37R C . . . Cropping S Wax (crafts) 37R P . . . Proofing T Salt & flour (crafts) . . Aesthetic operations U Dough (crafts) 38Q . . . Embossing V Quill work . . Techniques special to textile arts VP . Porcupine quill work * Techniques defining a specific kind of textile art W Feather work (eg, crochet) which is also used in the production WGQ Leather work of other kinds may be specified as follows; . Elements * Add to WGT 38S letters J/S following WGT; eg, 3K . . Decoration WGT 38S VR Crochet techniques. 3KT . . . Tooling * For dyeing, see WGT 3K Decoration. 3KT T . . . . Blind tooling 38Y . . . Transfer of design 3KU . . . Gilding 39A . . Finishing 3KV . . . Thonging . . . * For printing in textile design, see WGT_K38_T.

86 WGT39Q Textile arts WGTAVNJ

Visual arts WC Textile arts WGT Design arts WF Materials as constituents Decorative art WGB . . . Animal fibres WGT 3DA Textile arts WGT . . . . Mammalian fibres WGT 3DB Techniques WGT 37 . . . . . Wool WGT 3DE . Finishing WGT 39A ...... Kinds of wool by animal WGT 3DL

WGT 39Q . . Special fabric techniques, A/Z WGT 3DL G ...... Goathair 39Q CO . . . Fabric collage 3DL GO ...... Angora, mohair Operations on the finished product 3DL L ...... Llama wool 3BH . Care & preservation of textile arts products 3DL P . . . . . Fur (textile art) Materials as constituents 3DL S . . . . . Other kinds of mammalian fibre by * Constituents and grounds for the techniques which animal characterize the different types of textile design. * Arrange A/Z; eg WGT 3DL LR For the fabrics produced from these materials and Rabbit. which form the ground, see WGT H/JX. . . . . Fibres from animals other than * The common facet for materials at WF3 C/D is mammals replaced here by one special to textile arts. 3DM . . . . . Silkworm 3C . Fibres 3DN ...... Silk 3C3 7J . . Preparation of fibres * For silk fabrics, see WGT IDN. 3C3 7JC . . . Carding, combing, drawing (fibres) 3DO ...... Wild silk 3C3 7JS . . . Spinning, twisting, doubling, cabling 3DO T ...... Cultivated silk * To draw out & twist fibres (wool, cotton, 3DP . . . . Other non-mammals, A/Z etc.) into threads. 3DQ . . . Synthetic fibres 3CG . . Threads, yarn * Lengths of spun fibre. 3DR . . . . Cellulose fibres * Arrange A/Z; eg WGT 3DR RA 3CH . . . Continuous Rayon. 3CJ . . . Twisted 3DS . . . . Non-cellulose fibres * See also Twisted thread fabrics (boucle, ratine) WGT ICJ 3DT . . . . . Polyamides, A/Z 3CJ K . . . . Slub 3DT N ...... Nylon 3CJ L . . . . Complex 3DU . . . . . Polyesters . . Kinds of textile fibres 3DW . . . . . Other non-cellulose fibres, A/Z * General works on the fibres themselves as art 3DW A ...... Acrylic fibres materials; for fabrics defined by them, see 3DX . . . Other kinds of fibres, A/Z WGT I. 3DX M . . . . Metal threads (textiles) * For coarse fibres, see Bastwork WGX E. 3CL . . . Vegetable fibres 3E Art products * For tree bark, see Barkcloth WGX H. . Elements of textile products 3CN . . . . Cotton * See also Calico WGT ICO 3JK . . Colour 3CQ . . . . Flax 3K . . Decoration * See also Linen WGT IDE 3KK . . . Dyeing 3CS . . . . Hemp 3KK C . . . . Chemical 3CV . . . . Jute Tree bark 3KL . . . . Vegetable * See barkcloth 3KL T . . . . Tie dyeing 3D . . . . Other vegetable fibres, A/Z 3KN . . . Patterns 3DA . . . Animal fibres 3LK . . . Painting 3DB . . . . Mammalian fibres * For batik, see WGT KR. 3DE . . . . . Wool 3R . Movements, styles 3DF ...... Worsted . By place & period 3DG ...... Crewel (worsted fibres) AVG T . . Ghana * For crewel work, see WGT M. AVG TK . . . 18th century 3DL ...... Kinds of wool by animal AVG TKD . . . . Asanti textiles * Arrange A/Z; eg AVN . . Angola 3DL C ...... Camelhair AVN J . . . 17th century

87 WGTAW WGTJX Textile arts

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Textile arts WGT Textile arts WGT By place & period Art products WGT 3E

WGT AW . Art of indigenous Americans Kinds of fabrics by mode of production AZ . . Pre-Columbian textiles WGT J . Woven fabrics, weaves AZW . . . Peruvian textiles (ancient arts) * Made by interlacing long threads in two AZW E . . . . Paracas textiles directions (warp & weft);it is the fundamental BE Kinds of textiles by representation factor operation in the making of fabrics. It is also * See also Tapestry pictures WGT PBF used to interlace rods, flowers, etc. to make baskets, wreaths, etc. GC Kinds of textiles by minor utility * For works dealing with their craft production; when J38 W . . Weaving considered as elements in the overall design of a J38 X . . . Hand weaving major utility (eg, clothing, carpets and rugs), see the J38 X35 L . . . . Looms, frames major utility; when considered as products of a J38 X35 M . . . . . Shuttle particular decorative technique (eg, tapestry), see the J38 X3R . . . Movements, styles technique. J38 X5S . . . . Bauhaus workshop (weaving) * See also textiles by major utility WGY T . . Kinds of woven fabric GCK . Furnishing fabrics JH . . . Plain weave * See also WHL KM Interior decoration JJ . . . . Canvas GCK S . . Upholstery fabrics JL . . . Twilled weave, twills GCL . . Special forms, A/Z JN . . . . Satin weave, satins * Eg, antimacassars, slipcovers. JP . . . . Damask GCN . Other minor utilities, A/Z * Figured twill; may be linen or silk. JQ . . . Velvet Kinds of textiles by constitution * With short, thick pile on one side. H . Fibre assemblies, fabrics, cloths, grounds (base JR . . . Plush fabrics) * Fabrics with long, soft nap (woolly . . Parts surface raised by a finishing process, not HJ . . . Surface made in the weaving). HP . . . . Pile JS . . . Brocades * With raised patterns. HPN . . . . . Nap * Raised pile, especially on velvet. JT . . . Dobby weave * See also Plush WGT JR * Using a dobby on the loom to form the . . Kinds of fabrics by fibre form design. * Add to WGT I letters CG/CJ following JV . . . Braiding WTG 3; eg, JX . Felting, felt ICG . . . Short fabrics * Fibres are matted after subjection to heat, * Made of staple fibres. steam and pressure. ICH . . . Continuous fabrics ICJ . . . Twisted thread fabrics ICJ M . . . . Boucle ICJ N . . . . Ratine . . Kinds of fabrics by constituent fibre * Add to WGT I letters CL/DV following WGT 3; eg ICN . . . Cotton fabric ICO . . . . Calico IDE . . . Linen fabric IDM . . . Woollen fabric IDN . . . Silk fabric IDN S . . . . Shantung silk IDN T . . . . Tusser, tussore, tussah

88 WGTK Needlework WGTMGCSB

The Arts W Textile arts WGT Visual arts WC Sewn fabrics WGT KY Design arts WF Needlework WGT L Decorative art WGB Special elements Textile arts WGT . Stitches WGT LM Art products WGT 3E . . General categories of stitches

Textile art products by decorative technique WGT LMV . . . Composite stitches WGT K . Printed fabrics LN . . Specific stitches, A/Z K38 T . . Printing processes LNB . . . Back stitch * For Fabric collage, see Applique LNB U . . . Buttonhole stitch * Add to WGT K38 T letters GV/T following LNC . . . Chain stitch WFK; eg, LNF . . . Florentine stitch, bargello stitch K38 TM . . . Relief LNG . . . Gobelin stitch K38 TR . . . Litho LNT . . . Tent stitch K38 TS . . . Stencilling . Special accessory elements K38 TT . . . . Screen printing LQ . . Beadwork, beads, beading K38 U . . . Stick printing LQM . . . Bead weaving K3K N . . Patterns LQN . . . Bead tambouring . . Kinds of printed fabrics LQP . . . Beaded thread * Add to WGT K letters GV/T following WFK; LQR . . . Bead jewellery eg, * See also Articles of adornment WHE KM . . . Block printed LQS . . . Sequins KR . . . Batik M16 LQT . . . Pearls KT . . . Screen printed LS . . Trimming, decorative edging, selvedge, borders KY . Sewn fabrics LT . . . Passementerie * A trimming of gold or silver, braid, beads, etc. L . . Needlework (textile design), art needlework * See also Dressmaking WHC LQ3 7 LTM . . . . Gimping . . . Operations LTN . . . . Braiding (passementerie) * For braiding in general, see WGT JV. L38 S . . . . Transfer of design LTP . . . . . Galloon L38 T . . . . Sewing, stitching, needlework (as an LTR . . . . Cords (passementerie) operation) * To fasten, join, etc. by stitching with LTS . . . . Fringes needle & thread. LTT . . . . Tassels L38 TM . . . . . Machine sewing LU . . Buttonholes L38 TN ...... Digital machine sewing . . . Special elements M Embroidery, ornamental needlework LM . . . . Stitches M34 . Equipment LMK . . . . . Samplers M34 8 . . Machines . . . . . General categories of stitches M34 H . . Frames * Particular stitches may belong to several M34 HR . . . Ring frames, tambour different categories; eg, gobelin stitches M34 HT . . . . Mounting may be straight or diagonal. The . By place & period different categories may also be combined; eg, diagonals may also be MAQ . . India crossed. If combination is required, MAQ J . . . Mughal embroidery citation order should be retroactive. . By representation factor LMN ...... Flat stitches MBD Y . . Motifs LMO ...... Cross stitches MBG . . . Landscapes LMP ...... Looped stitches MBN 4L . . . Alphabets, letters LMQ ...... Knotted stitches MBN 4M . . . Monograms LMS ...... Straight stitches . Kinds of embroidery by minor utility LMT ...... Diagonal stitches * For fabric pictures, see Tapestry WGT PBF. LMU ...... Star stitches MGC SB . . Ecclesiastical embroidery

89 WGTMHC WGTPR Embroidery

Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Textile arts WGT Textile arts WGT Sewn fabrics WGT KY Sewn fabrics WGT KY Needlework WGT L Needlework WGT L . . By special technique Embroidery WGT M . . . Applique WGT N

Kinds of embroidery by equipment used WGT NR . . . . Reverse applique WGT MHC . Machine embroidery NS . . . . Surface applique MHH . Tambour embroidery NV . . . Patchwork By element NV3 KN . . . . Patterns * Add to WGT MJ letters B/P following NV3 KOL . . . . . Log cabin patterns WGT 3J; eg, NV3 KOO . . . . . One-patch designs, geometrical MJK . Coloured embroidery patterns By fabric, ground NV3 KOS . . . . . Shell patterns * Add to WGT ML letters C/D following NX . . . Quilting, embroidery WGT I; eg, NX3 4H . . . . Frames MLD E . Linen . . Embroidery by base material MLD N . Silk OC . . . Crewelwork By special technique * Uses a special (crewel) yarn on a coarse MM . Counted thread work material. MML M . . Embroidery stitches OE . . . Berlin wool work * Add to WGY TMM L letters M/N OH . . . Canvas embroidery, needlework tapestry following WGT L; eg, OHL MO . . . . Cross stitch MML MO . . . Cross stitch OHL NT . . . . Tent stitch MML MU . . . Star stitch ON . . . . Needlepoint, petit-point, gros-point * See also Line stitch WGT MML NL ON3 9A . . . . . Finishing MML NB . . . Braid stitch ON3 9M ...... Blocking, setting MML NG . . . Gobelin stitch ON3 9Q ...... Textural effects MML NL . . . Line stitch, three-sided stitch, star stitch ON3 J . . . . . Elements (line stitch) ON3 JIC ...... Backgrounds MML NR . . . Renaissance stitch ONL M . . . . . Stitches MML NS . . . Satin stitch, raised chain stitch ONL NFL ...... Flame stitch MML NSU . . . Surface stitch ONL NFO ...... Florentine work MML NW . . . Web stitch, knot stitch ONL NG ...... Gros-point, half cross stitch MN . Drawn thread work, withdrawn thread work ONL NT ...... Tent stitch MNL M . . Stitches OR . . . Hair embroidery MNL NHM . . . Hemstitch P Tapestry MNL NHR . . . Herringbone stitch * Thick fabric in which coloured weft threads are MNO . . Open work woven to form designs or pictures. When the MNP . . Cut work latter constitute the primary interest, class under MNR . . . Richelieu work Fine arts, at WKV TP. MNS . . Hardanger work * For embroidery imitating tapestry, see MP . Pulled thread work Needlepoint WGT ON. MQ . Whitework PBD . Kinds of tapestry by representation factor MQR . . Couching, laid work PBF . . Tapestry pictures, hangings MQR LNS . . . Stem stitch * For tapestry pictures as fine art, see WK. In MQS . . Eyelet embroidery, broderie anglaise cases of doubt, prefer latter * For needlework tapestry, see Embroidery MR . Shadow work WGT OH. MS . Smocking, embroidered pleating PQ . Basse lisse N . Applique, collage embroidery, fabric pictures PR . Haute lisse (applique) * See also Fine arts WL ; in cases of doubt prefer this location. NLM . . Stitches NLN P . . . Padded satin stitch

90 WGTQ Textile arts WGTUAOJ

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Textile arts WGT Kinds of decorative art by material Sewn fabrics WGT KY Textile arts WGT

Other intermeshing & interlocking techniques Kinds of textiles by major utility WGT Q . Knitting * For textile objects of minor utility, see * Interlocking loops of thread with knitting needles. WGT GCH. R . Crochet WGT TBD . Draperies * Interlocking thread with a hooked needle. TBH . Wall hangings RT . Knot work TBJ . Bedcovers * Intertwining strings, threads, etc by twisting and TBL . Table linen drawing tight the loops thus formed. TCF . Flags, banners * For knotted carpets and rugs, see WGT URT. TCP . Ecclesiastical textile art object RU . . Macrame * Eg, church vestments, altar cloths. S . Lace work TCT . Tents * Looping, knotting, plaiting, twisting or weaving TD . Others, A/Z threads into patterns. U . Carpets & rugs S9 . . Kinds by place * See also Tapestries WGT P S9J P . . . Belgian lace . . Kinds by scale * See also Duchesse style (bobbin lace stitch) * For general works only. WGT SSD; lace WGT STH B U3L Q . . . Carpets S9J U . . . Dutch lace U3L R . . . Rugs * See also Widhof style (bobbin lace stitch) * For Prayer rugs, see WGU GCP WGT SSW U9 . . Kinds by place . . Kinds of lace by technique U9D . . . European carpets & rugs SON . . . Point lace, needlelace, needlepoint lace UAN . . . Oriental carpets & rugs SOP . . . . Particular types, A/Z * The application of Schedule 2 is modified SOP T . . . . . Teneriffe lace here to acknowledge the Asiatic nature of SQ . . . Knitted lace areas which later became for a time states SR . . . Crochet lace of the Russian empire. SRT . . . Knotted lace * Add to WGT UN letters G & S/Y SRW . . . . Tatting following N in Schedule 2. SSB . . . Bobbin lace UAN G . . . . Caucasian SSD . . . . Duchesse style UAN GC . . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z SSW . . . . Widhof style UAN GCK ...... Kazak (carpets & rugs) STB . . . Hairpin lace UAN GCS ...... Shirvan (carpets & rugs) STD . . . One-piece lace UAN X . . . . Central Asia, Turkestan STE . . . . Particular types, A/Z * Turkestan is often used to embrace STE V . . . . . Valeciennes lace collectively the regions of Kazakhstan, Turkestan and Uzbekistan. The term STG . . . Composite lace Turkoman is often used to designate STH . . . . Particular types, A/Z carpets from the above region STH B . . . . . Brussels lace (especially Uzbekistan) but also . . Kinds of lace by pattern or structure including Afghanistan. SU . . . Netting UAN Z . . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z * Open-mesh fabrics made by weaving, knitting UAN ZB ...... Bokhara (carpets & rugs) or knotting. UAN ZS ...... Samarkand (carpets & rugs) SUU . . . . Tulle UAO H . . . . Turkish SUW . . . . Egyptian network UAO J . . . . . Specific kinds, A/Z SUX . . . . Filet * For Giordes carpets & rugs, see SW . . . Wheel lace WGT URT AOH.

91 WGTUAPA WHBLDN Decorative art

Visual arts WC The Arts W Design arts WF Arts by medium Decorative art WGB Visual arts WC Textile arts WGT Design arts WF . . . Kinds by place WGT U9 Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays . . . . Oriental carpets & rugs WGT UAN Decorative art WGB

WGT UAP A . . . . . Persian WH Applied arts by major utility UAP A75 ...... By region * See note at WGC H (By minor utility). * General works only on particular * Any applied art in classes WHB/WHN may be regions (eg Western Persia). qualified as follows (where x represents the UAP C ...... Specific kinds, A/Z classmark added to): UAP CH ...... Hamadam (carpets & rugs) * Add to x numbers & letters 2/B and F/H following W. UAP CI ...... Isfahan (carpets & rugs) WHB . Costume design, fashion design, garment design, UAP CK ...... Kirman (carpets & rugs) clothes design, dress design UAP CT ...... Turkbaff (carpets & rugs) * For design of dresses narrowly, see Women’s dress UAP R . . . . . Afghanistan WHC. . . . Kinds of carpets/rugs by representation . . Business firms factor 25J S . . . Fashion houses, haute couture UBD Y . . . . Motifs * For lives of individual designers, see WHF Y. UBE EJ . . . . Geometric abstract 37 . . Techniques UBF . . . . Figurative, subjects * For dressmaking, see WHC. UGC . . . Kinds by minor utility 3BH . . Care & preservation UGC P . . . . Prayer rugs 3C . . Materials as constituents . . . Kinds by decorative technique * See also WHD L Garments defined by material * Add to WGT U letters J/T following * Add to WHB 3C letters H/S following WGT so WGT; eg, far as applicable. UJ . . . . Woven carpets & rugs . . Elements of the art product UJV . . . . Braided carpets & rugs . . . Design & composition UM . . . . Embroidered carpets & rugs 3J . . . . Tailoring UPY . . . . Hooked carpets & rugs 3K . . . Decoration UR . . . . Crochet carpets & rugs * See also WHB KK/KS URT . . . . Knotted carpets & rugs 4 . . Design styles URT AOH . . . . . Turkish knotted carpets & rugs, 4NE C . . . Cubism Ghiordes (carpets & rugs) JB . . Garments (fashion design) URT APA . . . . . Persian knotted carpets & rugs, Sehma . . . Kinds of garments by scale of production (carpets & rugs) KC . . . . Mass produced clothes URT T . . . . . False knotted carpets & rugs, Jufli KH . . . . Handmade clothes (carpets & rugs) . . . Kinds of garments by decorative techniques WGX D Bastwork & basketry used E . Bastwork, coarse fibre work * Add to WHB K letters K/S following WGT; E38 T . . Fibre sewing eg, E38 U . . Twining, fibre plaiting KK . . . . Printed E38 V . . Fibre matting KM . . . . Embroidered E8X . . Rafia work KQ . . . . Knitted F . Basketwork KS . . . . Lacework * Interlaced osiers, twigs, etc. . . . Kinds by base material, ground FGC . . Objects of minor utility * Add to WHB L letters C/D following WGT I; eg FGC LQ . . . Baskets, basketry LCN . . . . Cotton FJ . . Canework LDM . . . . Woollen garments (fashion design) FK . . . Wickerwork LDN . . . . Silk FL . . Other materials, A/Z FLM . . . Mats (basketwork) H Barkcloth, tapa

92 WHBLF Decorative art WHICW

The Arts W Design arts WF Visual arts WC Decorative art WGB Design arts WF Costume design WHB Decorative art WGB . Garments WHB JB Costume design WHB . . Kinds of garments by special function Garments WHB JB . . . Theatrical costume WHF C

Kinds by function/part of body covered WHF E . . . . Ballet costume (dress design) WHB LF . Accessories (fashion design) H . . . Ecclesiastical vestments LG . . Specific articles, A/Z J . . . Court dress LGB E . . . Belts M . . . Military apparel (dress design), uniforms (dress LGB U . . . Buttons design) LGF . . . Fans * For body armour, see WGH AJ. . Trunk & limbs P . . Other kinds of garments, A/Z LK . . Outerwear Y . Dress designers (biography), fashion designers LK3 7K . . . Tailoring (biography) LL . . . Overcoats, cloaks * Arrange A/Z; eg, Worth WHF YW. LN . . . Raincoats WHG B Personal adornment LP . . . Suits, jackets H . Hairdressing LS . . . Shirts, blouses J . Body decoration * For women’s dresses, see WHC LQ. L . . Parts of body decorated, A/Z LV . . . Legwear, trousers LF . . . Facial adornment LX . . . . Stockings M . . Cosmetics MB . . Underwear P . . Tattooing ME . Headgear (fashion design), hats T . Articles of adornment MG . Neckwear (fashion design) * General works only, covering several different MJ . Gloves materials or decorative design classes and restricted to consideration of their role as part of overall dress MK . Muffs design. If restricted to a particular craft (eg, jewellery) MN . Footwear class with that. Kinds by occasion when worn V . . Specific articles, A/Z MS . Formal dress VB . . . Brooches MT . Evening dress VE . . . Earrings By wearer VN . . . Netsuke WHC . Women’s dress WHH Industrial art & design LQ . . Dresses * Manufactured objects regarded aesthetically. LQ3 7F . . . Pattern making * Whereas in craftwork the designer and craftsman are LQ3 7R . . . Dressmaking one and the same person, in industrial design the * See also Tailoring WHB 3J designer and the maker of the product are separate and . . . . Special operations large-scale production is usually envisaged. LQ3 8S . . . . . Altering, size altering * The main class for industrial design is at UAX LQ3 8T . . . . . Remodelling Appearance design and is concerned primarily with appearance as just one element in the production and LQ3 8U . . . . . Updating (to fashion) saleability of a product. In cases of doubt, prefer UAX. LQ3 8V . . . . . Other, A/Z * For packaging art and design, see WBJ K; for buildings LR . . Mantua art and design, see WHS. LW . . Skirts * Add to WHH letters U/V from U/V Technology; eg LWL F . . . Farthingales VA . Transport vehicle design MB . . Underwear WHI B Mechanical artefacts in design WHD . Menswear * Regarded aesthetically; the note at WHH above applies WHE T . Young people’s dress (fashion design) here also. Kinds of garments by special function C . Clocks & watches, artistic horology * When treated primarily from the design point of CJ . . Cases (clocks & watches) view, as part of the history of applied arts. In cases CL . . Clocks of doubt, class with the function served (eg, CN . . . Grandfather clocks Theatre). CW . . Watches WHF C . Theatrical costume (dress design)

93 WHIE WHKFV Decorative art

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Applied arts by major utility WH Applied arts by major utility WH Mechanical artefacts in design WHI B Toys WHJ

WHI E . Models (design objects) WHJ VG . Games (design objects) * For models produced as toys, see WBX G. W . . Specific games, A/Z F . . Miniature models WC . . . Chess figures I . Scientific instruments Objects serving other special functions J . . Specific instruments, A/Z WHK C . Collectors’ items JBA . . . Barometers * A number of small artefacts have been traditionally WHJ Toys associated with decorative art objects (eg coins, * Regarded aesthetically; the note at WHH above applies seals), especially by collectors. These artefacts are here also. collected because of their social and historical or . Elements rarity interest rather than their aesthetic qualities. 3K . . Decoration Their general location is under the history of the . Kinds by persons for whom designed relevant subject (money, sigillography, etc). * This location is for literature concerned primarily L . . Boys’ toys with their aesthetic characteristics. When in doubt, M . . Girls’ toys prefer the subject defined by function. . Kinds by material * For postage stamps, see graphic design WFS CP. NB . . Soft toys D . . Numismatics, coins & medals NC . . . Cloth toys D37 . . . Techniques NF . . . . Felt toys D38 C . . . . Engraving NR . . . . Rag toys . . . Kinds of coins & medals by issuing authority P . . Other materials DH . . . . Rulers (numismatics), monarchs * Arrange A/Z; eg Metal toys WHJ PM (numismatics) . Kinds by representation factor DJ . . . . State governments (numismatics) QD . . Dolls DK . . . . Provincial governments (numismatics) QE . . Dolls’ houses DM . . . . Town authorities (numismatics) QF . . Dolls’ furniture DP . . . . Ecclesiastical authorities (numismatics) QN . . Animal representations (toys) DS . . . . Other issuing authorities, A/Z * Other than models; for example, teddy bears. DSF . . . . . Feudal classes RB . . Models (toys), miniature replicas (toys) DX . . . Ornamental coins & medals RD . . . Toy soldiers E . . . Coins RF . . . Other kinds of persons represented, A/Z * For banknotes, etc. see Graphic design RN . . . Toy animals WFS TM. RP . . . . Farm animals EH . . . . Kinds by specific metal, A/Z SB . . . Transport vehicle models EHG . . . . . Gold coins SD . . . . Railways (toys), model railways EK . . . . Kinds by form, A/Z SF . . . . . Railway engines (toys) EKM . . . . . Milled coins SM . . . . Motor cars (toys) EKP . . . . . Perforated coins SP . . . . Boats (toys), ships (toys) F . . . Medals SR . . . . Aircraft (toys) FH . . . . Decorations (medals), medals of honour TB . . Bricks (toys) FJ . . . . . Military medals TD . . sets (toys) FL . . . . . Orders of chivalry (medals) TG . . Toy theatres FM . . . . Commemorative medals, contest medals, TH . . Peepshows competition medals TK . . Kaleidoscopes FP . . . . Medals as charms, totems, amulets TP . . Puppets (toys) * Including curative medals. * For puppets in performing arts, see WTQ XP. FQ . . . . Identification medals, lodge insignia U . . Other toys of aesthetic value, A/Z FT . . . . Tokens, jettons, counters FV . . . Medallions, memorial plaques

94 WHKG Interior decoration WHLK9MBNP

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Interior decoration WHL Objects serving other special functions Art products WHL 3E . Collectors’ items WHK C . Elements WHL 3J

WHK G . . Sigillography WHL 3K . . Decoration, ornamentation GL . . . Seals 3KN . . . Patterns GP . . . . Sphragistics, engraved seals 3KN P . . . . Plain patterns GS . . . Signets 3KN Q . . . . Flowered patterns 3KN R . . . . Stripes (patterns) WHL Interior decoration, interior design, 3KN S . . . . Checks (patterns) architectural interiors 3KN T . . . . . Tartans (patterns) * See also Architecture WHS 3LK . . . Paintings in interior decoration * Add to WHL numbers & letters 2/9,A/E * For painted walls, see WHM GR. following WF and F/H following W; eg, 3LL . . . Sculptures in interior decoration 29T Q . Economic factors (Costing, estimating) 3R Styles 37 . Techniques 4JA B . Baroque 379 . . Preliminary operations 4KH R . Rococo 37E . . . Sketching (drafting) 4KP . Palladian 3BY . Materials as constituents 4KP A . Adam style * General works only on the place of these in 4NG A . Art deco interior decoration. For specific items, see 7 By period latter (eg, curtains, tapestries). 9 By place * Add to WHL 3 letters C/D following WC3; FG . Graphic design in interior decoration eg * See also Fine arts in interior decoration 3CA F . . Finishes WHL J 3CA L . . . Lacquers GB . Decorative arts in interior decoration . . Kinds by constitution * For materials, see WHL 3BY. 3CN . . . Wood * For fine art products in interior decoration, see 3CN 3CA N . . . . Figured WHL 3L above. 3CN J . . . . By tree GCH C . . Ornaments * Arrange A/Z; eg Mahogany * The general class for these is at WGC HC; WHL 3DN JM locate here only those works considering the 3CR . . . Plastics role of ornaments in interior decoration. 3CT . . . Textiles GO . . Plant decorations 3CU . . . Canework GOQ . . Aquaria (interior decoration) 3E . Art products HIB . . Mechanical artefacts * The designed interiors. HIC . . . Clocks . . Properties Special elements in interior decoration 3IN . . . Size K . Furniture (interior decoration) 3IP . . . Shape * Including works on furniture and fittings 3J . . Elements together, * Those serving a particular structure, function, 3JC . . . Composition, arrangement etc. go with the latter (eg carpets with floors, 3JJ . . . . Optical effects bedroom furniture with bedrooms). 3JJ L . . . . . Light & shade K3R . . Kinds of furniture by applied style 3JK . . . . . Colour K4L EE . . . Empire style furniture 3JK M ...... Colour schemes K4N BG . . . Art deco furniture 3JK P ...... Specific colours, A/Z . . By place 3JL . . . . . Optical illusions K9M B . . . Denmark 3JL P ...... Trompe l’oeil (interior decoration) K9M BNP . . . . 1950s

95 WHLKM WHMJHPLV Interior decoration

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Decorative art WGB Decorative art WGB Interior decoration WHL Applied arts by major utility WH Furniture WHL K Interior decoration WHL

WHL KM Soft furnishings (general), fabrics (furnishings) Parts of buildings in interior decoration * For curtains, see WHM HQ; for loose covers, see * Add to WHM letters D/U following WHT; eg upholstery WHL MKP. WHM D . Ceilings KR . Kinds by fabric F . Floors * Add to WHN KR letters I/S following WGT; eg, FP . . Floor coverings WHL KRI DN Silk. FQ . . . Exposed flooring, stripped flooring L Furniture, hard furnishings FT . . . Carpets & rugs L29 2 . Antique furniture * When considered only as an element in L3N . Reproduction furniture interior decoration. . Parts FV . . . . Fitted carpeting LKC . . Surfaces (furniture & fittings), tops (furniture G . Walls & fittings) * Includes works on walls and ceilings together. * See also Inlay & mosaic arts WBT VB * For Openings, see WHM GV LKE . . Bases (furniture & fittings) GP . . Wall coverings LKF . . Legs (furniture & fittings) GQ . . . Wallpaper LKG . . Handles, knobs GR . . . Painted walls LKH . . Hinges GRS . . . . Murals (interior decoration) LKJ . . Doors (furniture & fittings), vertical surfaces GS . . . Hangings (furniture & fittings) * For pictures, paintings, etc in interior LKM . . Drawers decoration, see WHL 3L. . Kinds GU . . . . Tapestries M . . Chairs * Considered only as an element in interior decoration. MKM . . . Coverings (chairs) GX . Openings (interior decoration) MKO . . . . Upholstery (interior design) GXL V . . Fittings MKP . . . . Loose covers (furnishings) GXL X . . . Door & window furniture MN . . . Upright chairs, dining chairs H . . Windows MO . . . . Carver chairs, armed uprights HP . . . Coverings MR . . . Armchairs & sofas (together) HQ . . . . Curtains, draperies MRK M . . . . Coverings HR . . . . Blinds MS . . . . Armchairs HS . . . Decorative windows MT . . . . Sofas, couches HT . . . . Stained glass windows (interior MTT . . . . . Chaises longues decoration) MU . . . Benches I . . Doors MV . . . Stools, pouffes JB . Spaces in interior decoration MVN . . . . Footstools JB3 JC . . Spatial design (interior decoration), interior N . . Tables spaces NP . . . Gateleg tables JH . . Rooms (interior decoration) NS . . . Sidetables JHH . . . Assembly rooms, meeting rooms O . . Cabinets, chests, sideboards JHL . . . Living rooms (decoration), reception rooms P . . Desks, secretaires (decoration) Q . . Other items, A/Z JHM . . . Drawing rooms, lounges QB . . . Bookcases JHN . . . Dining rooms QM . . . Mirrors JHP . . . Kitchens QS . . . Screens JHP LV . . . . Kitchen equipment (interior design) R . . Items special to a given space * Use to qualify the space; eg, beds in bedrooms. V Fittings (interior decoration) * General works only; for engineering services, see WHM N; eg, Lighting WHM Q.

96 WHMJHR Buildings in interior decoration WHNX

Visual arts WC The Arts W Design arts WF Visual arts WC Decorative art WGB Design arts WF Interior decoration WHL Decorative art WGB Spaces in interior decoration WHM JB Applied arts by major utility WH . Rooms WHM JH Interior decoration WHL

WHM JHR . . Bedrooms WHM TV Buildings in interior decoration JHR LO . . . Commodes, chests of drawers * Add to WHM V letters A/Y following WHT V; JHR LR . . . Beds * Add to WHN letters A/Y following WHU; eg JHR LRP . . . . Four-poster beds WHN A . Residential buildings JHR LRR . . . . Cradles, cribs B . . Houses JHR LT . . . Dressing-tables * Most of the literature on interior decoration assumes houses (residences). JHR LU . . . Wardrobes * An alternative (not recommended) is to assume that JHS . . . Libraries (interior decoration) houses is implicit in WHL/WHM and use this facet JHT . . . Recreation rooms, games rooms, only for other kinds of buildings. playrooms CB . . . Bungalows JX . . Other rooms & spaces, A/Z CF . . . Flats, apartments JXC . . . Cloakrooms CL . . . Hotels KB . Circulation spaces DF . . . Old persons’ homes KEN . . Entrance halls, lobbies DG . . . Handicapped persons’ homes KET . . Atriums DJ . Public buildings KEW . . Waiting rooms DP . . Palaces KF . . Corridors, passages EL . Offices KG . . Landings EN . Shops KH . . Stairs HM . Hospitals KHJ . . . Bannisters, balustrades JL . Schools KK . . Spiral stairs VW . Restaurants KL . . Liftwells, escalators VX . Entertainment buildings KM . Roof spaces WT . . Theatres KP . . Penthouses X . Religious buildings KQ . . Attics KR . . Lofts MB . . Basements MC . . Cellars TN Engineering services * For bathrooms and toilets, see WHM JO. * Add to WHM letters N/S following UT; eg TO . Heating appliances (interior decoration) TOL . . Fireplaces TON . . . Stoves TQ . Lighting (interior decoration) TQL . . Lamps TS . Plumbing TTB . . Bathrooms & toilets TTB LU . . . Equipment TTB LV . . . . Baths TTB LW . . . . Washbasins TTB LX . . . . Lavatories (washplaces) TTB LY . . . . Taps TTD . . . Toilets, lavatories TTF . . . Bathrooms

97 WHNY WHOAM Design of the built environment

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Construction technology in building design WHO 36

WHN Y Environmental & landscape design, environmental . Special organizational operations planning (applied arts) WHO 364 5C . . Construction planning * Classes WHO/WHX are divided in exactly the same 364 5D . . . Site planning way as UO/UX Environmental technology, with the 364 5E . . . Relations to existing structures addition of the common facets of W The Arts, which 364 5EV . . . Ground surface modelling are shown (with minor adjustments) at 364 5P . . Project management WHO 2/WHO E. * Use this specific class WHN Y only for general works 364 7 . . Environmental aspects of construction covering all or most of its constituent subjects (ie, the 364 B . . Equipment & materials in construction aesthetic aspects of civil engineering and building 36A D . . Surveying structures design, landscape design and environmental 36A P . . Design & layout planning design). * For purely technical aspects of preparing Y2E . Encouragement of the arts drawings etc. In Class W, drawings, models, etc. are frequently viewed as integral parts of the creative process, in which case use WHO . Design of the built environment, built structures WHO 37 (Techniques of art). In cases of (applied arts) doubt prefer WHO 37. * The main class for the built environment is in 36E . . Structural engineering technology, at UO/UX. This class (WHO/WHU) is 36F C . . Construction work for aesthetic aspects only (eg architecture in art 36F E . . . Site preparation history rather than in its basic function of technical design). Use this class only for works concerned 36H E . . . . Earthwork exclusively or largely with aesthetic aspects of civil 36I . . . . Drainage of sites engineering. structures and buildings. In cases of 36K B . . . Protection of structures doubt, prefer Technology UO/UU. 36K Q . . . Demolition * This class is divided like the other applied arts, with 37 Art & design techniques some adjustments for the particular nature of * Normal retroactive synthesis with concepts from architecture and environmental design. The art WF is resumed here, after the insertion of component of construction technology resides almost WHO 36. entirely in consideration of the actual structures 37E . Draughtsmanship produced (and those chiefly buildings as distinct 37F . Models from civil engineering structures) and their aesthetic 3BY Materials as constituents qualities rather than the technology of their * Use WHO L. construction. However, the construction process has to be provided for in this class and this is done at 3E Built structures as art objects WHO 35/36. 3H Aesthetic properties of built structures * Add to WHO numbers & letters 2/9,A/B following * For physical properties of structures, see W, with the adjustment indicated at WHO 36 for WHO NH. concepts from construction technology. Elements * Add to WHO letters F/HN following W and L/Y 3J . Composition & design following UO * See note at WHO 36A P above and WC3 7A. 36 . . Construction technology in building design 7 History by periods * Concepts which in themselves reflect no aesthetic 77 . Ancient period value but which enter into the literature on design * Includes early Western art (Near East, problems. Mediterranean and Europe). * Add to WHO 36 numbers & letters 2/9,A/K 9 History by place following UO; 9C . Western design * In the post-Ancient period. . . Movements & styles 9CN FP . . . Post-modernism AM . Non-Western design

98 WHOL Design of the built environment WHRN

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design of the built environment WHO Design of the built environment WHO

WHO L Materials of the built environment Kinds of structures by general function & MA . Local materials scale MB . Masonry, stonework WHQ . Civil engineering structures design MG . Concrete * Add to WHQ numbers & letters MM . Metals 2/9,A/Y following WHO; MT . Timber * Add to WHR letters B/V following Properties of structures WHP; eg 7V . . Ancient Roman design NH . Form * For built form, see WHS NH. . . Kinds of civil engineering structures NJ . Movement by form Parts of structures * Any class in WHR may be qualified if necessary as follows (where x PDR . Fascias represents the classmark added to: PR . Bricks, brickwork * Add to x numbers & letters 2/9, A/B QE . Structural elements following W; QM . . Arches * Add to xF letters F/Y following QRB . . Buttresses WHO WHP A . Dividing elements * Add to xG letters A/Y following * Add to WHP letters A/U following UP. WHP; eg, WHR GAT GVQ Large- * Any class in WHP may be qualified if necessary as span bridges. follows (where x represents the classmark added to): WHR EQ . . . Tall structures * Add to x numbers & letters 2/9,A/B following W; ER . . . . Masts * Add to x letters F/Y following WHO; eg, walls ET . . . . Towers made of local materials WHP GMA. EV . . . . Pylons C . . Roofs . . By purpose G . . Walls G . . . Transport structures J . . Spaces * In U/V Technology these are Kinds of structures preferred under VA Transport * Only works dealing with both civil engineering technology. structures and buildings go here. * Add to WHR G letters A/F * Add to WHP letters V/Y following UP; eg, following WHO; eg, VD . Prefabricated structures GAT . . . . Bridges VQ . Large-span structures GBT . . . . Roads WJ . Temporary structures H . . . Public works structures K . . . . Water control structures KQ . . . . . Aqueducts KQ7 PF ...... Ancient Gaul KQ7 PF9 KT ...... Period of Roman conquest (2nd century BC) KQ7 PF9 KT7 2P ...... Ponte du Garde N . . . . . Dams, barrages

99 WHS WHS3JIS Architecture

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design of the built environment WHO Design of the built environment WHO Architecture WHS Kinds of structures by general function & scale Art history WHS 3F

WHS Architecture, buildings design (applied arts) WHS 3FL . Theory & principles of architecture * Architecture in art history. See note at WHN Y; 3G . Criticism in cases of doubt, prefer US/UU Buildings 3GP . Appreciation of architecture technology (in which architectural practice Properties narrowly is US4 2). * Aesthetically considered; for properties of buildings * See also Civil engineering structures design as structures, see WHS N. WHQ/WHR 3HN . Originality in architectural design * Add to WHS numbers & letters 2/9,A/Y following WHO; Elements 2E . Encouragement of the art 3J . Composition & design, aesthetic design 2F . . Patronage . . Spatial design elements, visual design 2I . . Competitions 3JB . . . Built form, architectural form 2L . . Protection of architectural heritage 3JB D . . . . * For technical operations in care and protection 3JB E . . . . . Modular dimensions of buildings, see WHS 3BH. 3JB L . . . . . Height 34 . Tools, equipment 3JB N . . . . . Area 34C . . Computers 3JB P . . . . . Volume 36 . Construction technology in architecture 3JB S . . . . . Mass, solidity 364 5C . . Construction planning . . . . . Degrees of magnitude 37 . Techniques 3JB W ...... Large . . Preliminary operations 3JB X ...... Medium 37A . . . Design & layout 3JC ...... Small * See note at W37 regarding scope of this 3JD . . . . Spatial relations, space concept. This class makes further 3JD J . . . . . Axes of buildings, planes amendments to meet the special needs of 3JD L . . . . . Layout & shape architectural design. 3JD P . . . . . Proportion * Practical aspects only; for theory and 3JD PL ...... Balance design features of the finished art object (the building) see WHS 3J Composition & 3JD Q ...... Harmony design. 3JD QS ...... Symmetry 37A P . . . . Conceptualization . . . . . By number of dimensios 37A PD . . . . Drafting 3JE ...... 37A PL . . . . Drawings 3JF ...... 37A SU . . . . . Detail drawings 3JF L ...... Circular form 37A TC . . . . . Working drawings 3JF Q ...... Elevation 37A TE . . . . . Production drawings 3JG B . . . . . Position 37A TM . . . . Architectural models ...... Relations between parts of the building . . Operations on finished product 3JG G ...... 3BH . . . Care & preservation 3JG H ...... Boundaries 3BK . . . . Restoration (architecture) 3JG J ...... Front 3BP . . . . Conservation (architecture) 3JG K ...... Back 3BQ . . . . Modernization (architecture) 3JG S ...... Surface 3E . Buildings (architecture) ...... Relations to other elements in * Buildings as works of art; the design product. environment 3F . Art history 3JH D . . . . . Orientation * Of buildings as works of art. Most of the 3JH F ...... Daylight factor literature on architecture as an art is regarded as 3JH H . . . . . art history. 3JI . . Other compositional elements * For specific periods and places, see WHS 7/A. 3JI S . . . Spaces between buildings 3FA CYF . . Functionalism

100 WHS3JJ Architecture WHSN

Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Architecture WHS Design of the built environment WHO Elements Architecture WHS . Composition & design WHS 3J By place

WHS 3JJ . . Optical effects WHS 9C . Western architecture 3JK . . . Colour 9C3 R . . Movements, styles 3JM B . . . Perspective 9CL . . 19th century 3JM I . . . Illusions 9CL 4DA G . . . Gothic revival * For entasis, see Columns WHS QJC. 9CL TA . . . Art nouveau 3JM S . . . Light & shade 9CN . . 20th century 3JM T . . Texture 9CN CM . . . Modernism 3K . Decoration (architectural elements), ornament 9CN MB . . . Brutalism, beton brut (architectural elements) * c.1950s. * See also Architectural details WHS OD 9CN QP . . . Post-modernism (architecture) 3KN . . Patterns * c.1960s. 3LF I . . Lettering in architecture 9D . . European architecture 3LK . . Paintings in architecture . . . By period 3LL . . Sculpture in architecture 9DB . . . . Medieval period 3LL N . . . Relief sculpture in architecture 9DC . . . . . Romanesque period 3R Kinds of architecture by movement, style, etc 9DD . . . . . Gothic period 3SV . 9DE . . . . Renaissance 3T . Revivals 9DK P . . . . 1750s By place & time 9DK P47 Q . . . . . Neo-classicism * Nb: works on a particular kind of building (eg, 9DK S . . . . 1775- houses, religious buildings) go with the building. 9DK S4D AG . . . . . Gothic revival 6Y . World architecture 9DN G . . . . 1920s By period 9DN GB . . . . . Bauhaus 7N . Ancient Egyptian architecture . . . By place 7Q . Ancient Greek 9JU . . . . Netherlands 7V . Ancient Roman 9JU NF . . . . . 1910s 8A . Medieval & modern periods 9JU NFA ...... School of Amsterdam 8B . . Medieval period 9K . . . . Germany * The term Medieval usually implies European; see 9KN F . . . . . 1910s WHS 9DB. 9KN FD ...... Deutscher Werkbund 8E . . Renaissance period 9N . . . . Russia * The term usually implies European; see WHS 9DE. 9Y . . American architecture 8N . . 20th century AO . Eastern architecture 8N3 R . . . Movements, styles AQ . . Indian 8NH I . . . International style AR . . Chinese * c.1930s. AS . . Japanese By place ASN R . . . 1970s * See note at WC9 A. ASN RM . . . . Minimalism 92 . Regional architecture L Materials in buildings * In general; regional architecture of a specific MA . Local materials country uses -72 (see note in Appendix 1). MB . Masonry, stonework MG . Concrete MJ . Bricks * For brickwork defining a form of building, see WHS PR. N Properties of buildings as structures * For built form and attendant aesthetic features, see WHS 3J

101 WHSOB WHSQMU Architecture

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design of the built environment WHO Design of the built environment WHO Architecture WHS Architecture WHS

Parts of buildings WHS QE Structural elements WHS OB . Part/whole relations (architecture) * See also Dividing elements WHT D OD . Architectural details * Notation at USQ E is amended here: * Details serving specific functions go with the * Add to WHS QF letters EX/I following UOQ if latter; eg WHT GK3 KS Gables - Finials. necessary. OD3 K . . Decorations QFM . Beams OD3 KF . . . Finials QFP . . Kinds of beams, A/Z * Decorations at extremities, especially QFP H . . . Hammerbeams gables. QG . Columns OD3 KP . . . Pendants . . Optical effects . Parts by form QG3 JL . . . Entasis PC . . Sections QGL . . Stylobates, podia PN . . Blockwork * For plinths, see WHS QRJ. PR . . Brickwork QGM . . Shafts PTL . . . Kinds of brickwork QGN . . Entablatures PXE . . . . Courses (brickwork) QGS . . . Friezes (entablatures) PXF . . . . . String courses . . . . Parts . Parts of buildings spatially specified QGT M . . . . . Metopes QBK . . Fronts QGV . . . Architraves QBL . . . Facings QGW . . . Cornices (entablatures) QBN . . . Facades QH . . . Capitals (architecture) QCD . . Extremities, pinnacles . . . . Kinds of capitals by form, A/Z QCF . . Prominences QHH A . . . . . Angle capitals QCH . . . Projections QHH B . . . . . Banded capitals QCL . . . . Ledges QHI . . . . Classical orders QCM . . . . Mouldings QHJ . . . . . Doric * For bricks, see WHS PR. QHK . . . . . Ionic . . . . . By form, pattern, A/Z QHL . . . . . Corinthian QCM FB ...... Bead moulding QHM . . . . . Tuscan QCM FC ...... Cable moulding QHN . . . . . Composite QCM FD ...... Dogtooth moulding QHP . . . . . Others by style, A/Z . . . . . By position, A/Z QHP R ...... Romanesque capitals QCM HC ...... Cap moulding QIC . . Colonnades QCP . . . Copings QIE . . Peristyles QCR . . . Cornices QIL . . Pillars QIM . . . Caryatids QIS . . Pilasters QK . . Pedestals QM . Arches, vaults (arches) * For assemblies of arches constituting a ceiling or roof, see Vaults (roofs) WHT C. . . Parts QMP . . . Ribs QMQ . . . Crowns QMR . . . Haunches QMS . . . Spandrels QMT . . . Springers QMU . . . Keystones

102 WHSQMV Architecture WHTCSP

Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Architecture WHS Design of the built environment WHO Arches WHS QM Architecture WHS . Parts Structural elements WHS QE

WHS QMV . . Voussoirs WHS S . Parts special to a structure, A/Z . Kinds of arches by construction method T Joints QMX . . Flat U Coverings QMY . . Ribbed . By form . Kinds by form UN . . Cladding QNB L . . Blind UOV . . Decorative coverings QNC . . Catenary UOW . . . Painting (coverings) QND . . Straight arches, gauged arches . By material QND U . . . Dutch UV . . Stucco QNE . . Curved WHT B Carcass (architecture), framework (architecture) QNF . . Queen Anne arches, Venetian arches * Add to WHT letters B/Y following UT. QNG . . Semi-circular * All classes in WHT B/T (Parts of buildings) may QNH . . Barrel be qualified as follows (where x represents the classmark added to): QNP . . Pointed * Add to x numbers & letters 2/B following W; QNQ . . . Equilateral * Add to xCB letters F/HN following W if necessary; QNR . . . Horseshoe, Moorish * Add to xC letters L/Y following WHO; eg, QNS . . . Lancet WHS HYC QG Doorways - Columnar design. QNT . . . Gothic * Add to xD letters B/W following WHP; eg, QNU . . . Ogee WHT MPV DC Verandahs - Roofs. QNV . . . Tudor * Add to xE letters A/Y following WHS; eg, . Kinds of arches by number of centres Roofs - Coverings. QPC . . One-centred, single centred QPD . . Two-centred BV Dividing elements QPE . . Three-centred C . Roofs QPF . . . Florentine . . Parts of roofs QPG . . . Ogival, ogee CCD R . . . Fascias QPH . . . Trefoil CEQ V . . . Trusses QPJ . . Four-centred . . . By relative position QPK . . Five-centred, elliptical CER C . . . . Valleys QPL . . Parabolic CER E . . . . Hips . Kinds of arches by function CER G . . . . Eaves QPR . . Relieving arches CEU . . . Roofing, decking QRA Abutments . . Kinds of roofs QRB Buttresses CMD M . . . Slate roofs QRB P . Piers CO . . . Shell structures QRB R . Flying buttresses COR . . . . Lattice roofs QRC Supports COT . . . Lamellar roofs QRM . Abutments CPC P . . . Single roofs QRP . Plinths CPL . . . Collar beam roofs QRR . Crepidomas CQ . . . Flat roofs, platform roofs QRT . Corbels CR . . . Pitched roofs QS Frames CRH . . . . Single pitched roofs, monopitched roofs QSR . Lattice frames CRN . . . . Double pitched roofs QTM G . Concrete frames CS . . . . Four pitched roofs QTM N . Metal frames, steel frames CSM . . . . . Mansard roofs QU . Timber frames. wood frames CSP . . . . . Hipped roofs QW . Plane frames QX . Space frames

103 WHTCT WHTHVQ Architecture

Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Architecture WHS Design of the built environment WHO Roofs WHT C Architecture WHS . Kinds of roofs Walls WHT G

WHT CT . . Vaults (roofs), arched roofs . Kinds by function * See also Arches WHS QM WHT GFJ . . Non-loadbearing CTV . . . Cylindrical vaults GFL . . Loadbearing CV . . . Barrel vaults, tunnel vaults, wagon vaults, GG . . . Curtain walls annular vaults . Kinds by location CVR . . . Cross vaults, groin vaults GJ . . External walls CVS . . Conical roofs GK . . . Gables CW . . . Domes GL . . . . Cross gables . . . . Parts GM . . . . Dutch gables CWQ MP . . . . . Ribs GN . . . Retaining walls CWQ MV . . . . . Voussoirs GP . . . Parapets CWW . . . GR . . Internal walls CWX . . Canopies GS . . . Room dividers, partitions CXB Superstructures, roof-associated structures GT . . . . Screens CXC . Chimneys GX Openings * For Fireplaces, see Engineering services . Parts WHT N. GXF C . . Architraves CXC SSC . . Cowls GXF G . . Lintels CXC SSP . . Pots GXF J . . Jambs CXE . Towers GXF R . . Reveals * For free-standing towers, see Tall buildings GXF S . . Fanlights CXH . . Turrets, minarets GXF T . . CXL . . Belfries, bell towers GXG . . Glazing CXS . Steeples H . Windows, fenestration CXT . . Spires . . Parts D Ceilings * Add to WHT HL letters F/Y following DVC . Coffered ceilings WHT GX; eg, WHT HLG Windows - DVS . Suspended ceilings Glazing. E Decks, storeys, stories HQ . . . Sashes, frames (windows) EVG . Ground floor (storeys) HQP . . . . Casements EVL Galleries HQU . . . . Mullions EW Balconies HQV . . . . Transoms F Floors HQW . . . . Sills FM . Composite floors, assembled floors . . Kinds of windows by operation FS . Suspended floors, cavity floors HTB . . . Fixed FT . Entresols HTH . . . Hinged FV . . Mezzanines HTL . . . . Louvered G Walls HU . . . Sliding windows GEO D . Details HUS . . . . Sash windows * For Cornices, see WHS QCR. . . Kinds by form . Parts HVH . . . windows GEP XE . . Courses HVL . . . Oriel windows GEP XF . . . String courses HVQ . . . Dormer windows GEQ GS . . Friezes GEU . . Copings . Kinds of walls by form GFB . . Blank walls GFE . . Pierced walls

104 WHTI Architecture WHTMX

Design arts WF The Arts W Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Visual arts WC Design of the built environment WHO Design arts WF Architecture WHS Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Dividing elements WHT BV Design of the built environment WHO . Openings WHT GX Architecture WHS

WHT I . . Doors WHT KB Access spaces, circulation spaces IEO D . . . Details KE . Entrances, exits IEO E . . . . Door rails KEN . . Entrance halls, lobbies . . . Parts KET . Atriums * Add as for openings KF . Corridors, passages, aisles IEP . . . . Door furniture * For Crossings, see Christian churches WHT KFR. . . . . Frames KG . Landings IEW . . . . . Doorways KH . Staircases, stairs . . . Kinds by operation . . Parts IGD . . . . Open in doors KHJ . . . Bannisters, balusters Newels IGE . . . . Open out doors KHS . . . Steps IGH . . . . Casement doors, French windows KK . . Spiral stairs, winding stairs IGN . . . . Double doors KKR . Ramps IK . . . . Hinged doors KL . Escalators, moving staircases IL . . . . Sliding doors KLM . Lifts, elevators IM . . . . Folding KM Roof spaces IR . . . . Revolving, turnstiles KP . Penthouses IS . . . . Swing doors KQ . Attics . . . Kinds by form KR . Lofts ITC . . . . Porte-cocheres, coach-doors KS Superstructures JB Spaces * See also roof associated structures WHT CX JC . Extensions (building spaces), annexes LV Subsurface spaces JD . Apse MB . Basements * Endpart of building, often curved. MC . Cellars JF . Wings MF Built-in fitments JG . Bays MH External spaces JH . Rooms MJ . Boundary structures . . By function MJE G . . Walls (external boundaries) JHH . . . Assembly rooms, meeting rooms, conference MJF . . Fences rooms MJP . . Other, A/Z JHJ . . . Waiting rooms MJP B . . . Bollards JHL . . . Living rooms MK . Spaces between buildings JHM . . . Drawing rooms, lounges ML . Concourses JHN . . . Dining rooms MM . Approaches to buildings JHP . . . Kitchens MNX . Covered external spaces * For bathrooms, see sanitation services MPL . . Arcades, porticos, loggias WHT T. MPP . . Porches JHR . . . Bedrooms MPV . . Verandahs, stoups JHS . . . Libraries (rooms), reading rooms MQ . Conservatories JHT . . . Recreation rooms, games rooms, playrooms MS . Terraces (external spaces) JHU . . . Utility rooms, storage rooms MT . Courtyards, patios JJ . . . Accommodation for employees, servants’ MU . . Quadrangles, cloisters quarters . By special purpose JK . . . Spaces housing special equipment, A/Z MV . . Roof gardens * Eg, studios, torture chambers, dark rooms. MW . . Car parking spaces, garages JL . . . Rooms special to a particular kind of building MWL . . Loading areas * See the kind of building; eg, classrooms in MX . Outbuildings schools.

105 WHTN WHUBP9E74L Buildings

Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Architecture WHS Design of the built environment WHO Buildings WHT V Architecture WHS By attachments Parts of buildings . Linked WHT VWC

WHT N . Engineering services (buildings) WHT VWF . . Complexes (linked buildings) * Aesthetic aspects only of design and equipment. By joining method O . . Heating Fireplaces VWG . Welded Q . . Lighting VWH . Fastened S . . Water supply, plumbing By support characteristics TB . . Sanitations services VWJ . Stressed skin buildings, geodesic buildings, TD . . . Toilets, lavatories, closets tensile structure buildings TF . . . Bathrooms VWK . . Shell buildings TH . . Safety & security services VWN . Suspended buildings TP . . . Access for handicapped persons VWQ . Floating buildings By service life V Buildings (types of buildings) VWT . Temporary buildings * For rural and urban buildings, see WHV Planning By mobility design VWU . Transportable buildings, mobile buildings * Each kind of building in WHT V may be qualified as VWV . . Road mobile buildings follows (where x represents the building): VWW . . Water mobile buildings * Add to x numbers & letters 2/B following WHO; VWY . Demountable buildings * Add to xF letters L/U following WHS; By special purpose * Add to xG letters L/V following WHT; eg, Mobile buildings of timber WHT VWU GVM T VXE . Sustainable architecture, environmentally- . By construction process friendly buildings, green architecture * For geodesic buildings, see WHT WE. VXG . . Solar powered buildings VAH . . Unit construction buildings VXK . Automated buildings VAM . . Modular system buildings VXQ . Earthquake resistant buildings VB . . Prefabricated buildings, system buildings, industrial systems buildings By function . By location in structure * Any kind of building in WHU may be qualified VD . . Subsurface buildings as instructed at WHT; eg, mobile homes * See also Environmentally-friendly buildings WHU AGV WU. WHT VXE WHU A . Residential buildings VL . By material or material form AGV W . . Mobile homes VMJ . . Brick buildings AGV WV . . . Caravans VMT . . Timber buildings AGV WW . . Houseboats . By form B . . Houses VP . . Single-storey buildings * As usually used to mean residences in single VQ . . Medium-storey buildings occupancy (usually) and of up to four floors * Usually assumed; 2-5 floors. (say), as distinct from flats or apartments. VR . . Tall buildings, high-rise buildings, multi-storey Often assumed as the normal form of buildings residence in many countries. BJ . . . Bungalows, single storey houses VS . . . Skyscrapers BK . . . Small houses, cottages VT . . . Towers (free-standing buildings) * See also towers as roof structures WH BL . . . Chalets, holiday houses VW . . Large-span buildings BN . . . Villas . By attachments BP . . . Mansions, country houses, halls, manor * Mainly occurs with houses. houses, chateaux VWB . . Detached BP9 E . . . . Britain VWC . . Linked BP9 E74 L . . . . . Longleat House VWD . . . Semidetached VWE . . . Terrace (linked buildings)

106 WHUBQ Buildings WHUQQ

Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design of the built environment WHO Design of the built environment WHO Architecture WHS Architecture WHS Buildings WHT V Buildings WHT V Residential buildings WHU A Commercial buildings WHU E . Houses WHU B . . Shops WHU EN

WHU BQ . . Palaces WHU EQ . . . Supermarkets, shopping malls * See also WHU VHK Castles ES . . . Street markets BQ7 PLH . . . Ancient Croatia EV . . . Personal service shops BQ7 PLH 74D . . . . Diocletian’s Palace (Split) * Hairdressers, beauty parlours, etc. * Last major building of Roman Buildings by other functions Empire. * In the technology class, these are subordinated to the BQ9 F . . . France activity served. BQ9 F74 V . . . Palace of Versailles * For functions other than those enumerated above, BX . Maisonettes add as follows (with the modification indicated): C . Flats, apartments * Add to WHU F numbers & letters 2/9,A/G from the . Residences by multiple/temporary main classification; * Add to WHU letters H/Z from the main residency classification; eg CL . . Hotels F5 . Information sciences buildings, information CN . . Motels technology buildings CS . . Hostels * Classes 2/9 are not as yet published and notation CV . . Barracks, married quarters is provisional. DE . . Residential care homes F6 . . Libraries DF . . Old persons’ homes, almshouses F7 . . Museums DG . . Handicapped persons’ homes * See also art galleries WHU WJ DH . . Children’s homes F7X . Exhibition buildings DJ Public buildings, government buildings, F7Y . Conference buildings civic buildings F8 . Communications buildings, Post office buildings, DK . International public buildings Press buildings, newspaper buildings, DL . Legislative buildings Telecommunications buildings, DM . Administrative buildings, ministry Broadcasting buildings buildings, government buildings FAY . Science buildings, laboratory buildings DN . . Revenue buildings, customs houses FDA . Astronomy buildings, observatories DNS . . . Mints FE . Biological sciences buildings DO . . Official residences FG . . Zoos DP . . . Head of State’s residences FGR . Agricultural buildings, farm buildings * For palaces, see WHU BQ. FGT . Animal husbandry buildings DPS . . . Embassies, legations, consulates FGU . . Factory farming buildings DQ . Regional public buildings, states buildings H . Health & medical buildings DR . Local public buildings HL . . Clinics, surgeries, day health centres DRT . . Civic centres HM . . Hospitals DRV . . Town halls HMJ K . . . Wards (hospitals) DS . Law buildings, court buildings HW . . Crematoria * For police stations and prisons, etc, see HX . . . Columbaria WHU QP. I . . Psychiatric care institutions, asylums DSS . . Law courts J . Educational buildings E Commercial buildings JL . . Schools EJ . Financial exchange buildings JR . . Universities EK . . Banks (buildings) P . Religious buildings EL . . Office buildings * Use WHU X/Y. * For government offices, see WHU DM. Q . Welfare buildings EM . Marketing buildings * For residential care buildings, see WHU DE. EN . . Shops QP . . Police buildings EP . . . Shopping centres QQ . . Prisons, reformatory institution buildings

107 WHUR WHUYIAQDF Religious buildings

Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF Design of the built environment WHO Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Architecture WHS Design of the built environment WHO Buildings WHT V Architecture WHS Buildings by other functions Buildings WHT V

WHU R . Political & legal buildings WHU X Religious buildings, ecclesiastical buildings, * See public buildings WHU D worship building U . Industrial buildings * See note at WD6. UJ . . Factory buildings . Parts UL . . Warehouses XFQ BK . . Fronts US . Safety engineering buildings XGC . . Roofs UT . . Fire stations XGC XS . . . Spires, steeples, towers VA . Transport buildings XGH . . Windows * See also civil engineering transport structures XGH U . . . Clerestories (eg bridges) WHQ /R XGK B . . Circulation spaces VB . . Road transport buildings XGK E . . Entrances VC . . Rail transport buildings XGK F . . . Naves, aisles VH . Military buildings XGK FR . . . Crossings, transepts * For barracks, see WHU CV. XGU . . Minor features, A/Z VHJ . . Castles, fortresses XGU F . . . Ecclesiastical furniture VHJ EJL . . . Special parts, A/Z * When this is considered as an integral part * Eg, baileys, barbicans, bastions, ramparts, of the building. keep. XGV . . Special to a particular religion VV . Housekeeping technology buildings XL . Local worship buildings * For hotels, see WHU CL; for kitchens, see * Local churches, temples, etc. WHT JHP. XLR . . Rock temples VW . Refreshment buildings XM . Central worship buildings VWJ . . Restaurants (buildings) * Cathedrals, mosques, major temples, etc. VWK . . Dining halls, refectories XO . Monastic buildings, convents VWL . . Cafes, quick service refreshment buildings XP . Chapels, chantries VWP . . Public houses (buildings), bars (buildings) * Sanctuaries other than churches, etc proper, VX Entertainment buildings, recreation buildings, especially when part of another building. leisure buildings XQ . Shrines (ecclesiastical buildings) VXH . Dance halls, ballrooms XR . Funerary buildings, sepulchres, tombs, VXP . Sports centres, sports buildings mausoleums VXP S . Stadia XS . Memorials (ecclesiastical), monuments VXP V . Pavilions, clubhouses (ecclesiastical), pyramids (ecclesiastical) VXS . Gymnasia XT . Meeting houses (ecclesiastical buildings) VYJ . Swimming pools XU . Missions (ecclesiastical buildings) VYJ P . Public baths, pump rooms XV . Residences (ecclesiastical buildings) VYL . Other leisure facilities, A/Z XW . Other kinds of religious spaces, A/Z * Eg, gaming rooms. . By religious system W Arts buildings * Add to WHU Y letters I/V following P in Class WJ . Art galleries P. WOY . Performing arts buildings, auditoria * Each system may be qualified as follows WP . . Concert halls, opera houses (where x represents the system): WT . . Theatres * Add to x number & letters 2/G as instructed at WHT; WTT . . . Cinemas * Add to x letters J/V following WHU WTU . . Broadcasting centres YI . . Hindu religious buildings * See WHU UF YIA Q . . . India YIA QDF . . . . 13th century AD

108 WHUYIAQDF74K Landscape architecture WHVGT

Visual arts WC The Arts W Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental & landscape design WHN Y Design arts WF . . . . Buildings WHT V Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays ...... Hindu religious buildings Landscape architecture WHV WHU YI Construction technology in landscape design WHV 36 ...... 13th century AD WHU YIA QDF

WHV 36F C . Construction work 36F E . . Site preparation (landscaping) WHU YIA QDF 74K ...... Konarak Surya 36H E . . . Earthwork Temple 36I . . . Drainage (landscaping) YJ ...... Buddhist religious buildings 36K B . . Protection of structures YJA S ...... Japan 36K Q . . Demolition YJA S74 N ...... Nara To-dai-ji temple 36K R . Redevelopment (landscaping), improving YK ...... Islamic religious buildings (landscape design) YKM ...... Mosques 36K S . . Reclamation, reconstruction (landscaping) YKM APA ...... Iran 36L . Materials YKM APA 74I ...... Isfahan Royal Mosque 37 Techniques of landscape design YL ...... Judaic religious buildings 379 Preliminary operations YLM ...... Synagogues 3B . Drafting YN ...... Christian religious buildings 3D . Modelling YNK ...... Churches 3E Art products YNM ...... Cathedrals * The landscaped spaces. YNM 9F ...... France . Elements YNM 9F7 4C ...... Chartres Cathedral . . Composition & design YNP ...... Chapels 3J . . . Appearance design YNW BA ...... Baptistries 3R Kinds of landscape design by movement, style YNW CL ...... Chancels 3SV . Vernacular YNW CN ...... Chapter houses 7 By period YNW CP ...... Cloisters 9 By place YNW CR ...... Crypts 9C . Western landscape design YNW PU ...... Pulpits AM . Non-Western landscape design YNW SA ...... Sacristies Elements of landscape space YNW VE ...... Vestries * For general works on these as factors which may YNW VI ...... Vicarages, parsonages enter into the landscaping of any space. The same YX . . . . Architects, A/Z concepts, in the same order, act as specifiers, * For alternatives, see Appendix 3. defining types of spaces (at WHV NN). * Add to WHV letters G/M following UV; eg GD . Natural elements (landscape design) WHV Landscape architecture, landscape art, GG . . Geographical features landscape & garden design . . . By orientation * Including landscape gardening. For works GGO N . . . . North facing on landscaping which exclude gardens, see WHV R. GGO S . . . . South facing * Add to WHV numbers & letters 2/9,A/E GH . . . Relief (landscape elements) following WHS, with the adjustments GHL . . . Flat areas indicated below at 36. GJ . . . Water feature (natural landscape elements) 2E . Encouragement of the art * For artificial water features (fountains, etc) 36 . Construction technology in landscape see WHV J. design GK . . . . Wetlands * Add to WHV 36 numbers & letters GM . . Biofeatures (landscape elements) 2/9,A/K following UO; eg GN . . . Vegetation (landscape elements) 364 5C . . Construction planning GP . . . . Shrubs 36A D . . . Surveying GQ . . . . Trees (landscape elements) GR . . . Animal life (landscape elements) GT . . . . Game reserves

109 WHVHB WHVPQ Landscape architecture

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Arts by medium Design arts WF Visual arts WC Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Design arts WF Landscape architecture WHV Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Elements of landscape space Landscape architecture WHV

WHV HB Artificial elements (landscape design) WHV MY Landscaped spaces HE . Boundaries * Add to WHV letters N/W following UV; eg * For general works on the concept of elements NC . Kinds by ownership utilized to separate designed spaces. For boundaries ND . . Public spaces (landscaping) as structures, see WHV LB * For parks, see WHV SP. HG . Decorative elements (landscaping), ornamental NE . . . National spaces (landscaping) features NF . . Private spaces (landscaping) HJ . . Water features . Kinds by formality of design HJN . . . Lakes (landscaping), ponds (landscaping) NH . . Formal landscaping HJP . . . Fountains NI . . Informal landscaping HJR . . . Artificial waterfalls, cascades . Kinds by style JY Structures (landscaping) NL . . Exotic landscaped spaces KB . Surface elements (landscaping) NM . . Ornamental landscaped spaces * These apply mainly to gardens (WHV). NO . . Organic landscaped spaces KN . . Terraces . Kinds by geographic & biological area LE . Boundary structures (landscaping) * Add to WHV NR letters G/H following WHV; eg LET . . Gates NRP . . Mountainous areas * Access through a boundary. NRQ . . Flat terrain areas LF . . Fences NRR . . Riparian areas LG . . Walls NRT . . Coastal areas LN . . Vegetation screens NRW . . Island areas LP . . . Hedges OB . Kinds by product/service areas . Special structures OD . . Agricultural areas (landscaping) * This class is for the landscape design problem OG . . Industrial areas (landscaping) posed by the presence of these in the area OH . . Mineral workings (landscaping) landscaped. For the landscape design of the immediate surrounds of these structures, see Garden OJ . . Commercial areas (landscaping) landscaping WHV T. OL . . Public services areas MQ . . Civil engineering structures (landscape elements) OM . . . Administrative areas, government areas MT . . Buildings (landscape elements) ON . . . Educational areas, academic areas MUA . . . Residences OP . . Leisure areas (landscaping), recreational areas * For the landscaping of residential areas, see OQ . . . Tourist areas WHV TO. OR . . Residential areas (landscaping) * For the landscaping of domestic gardens, see PM . . Transport facilities WHV TMU B. PQ . . . Motorways MV . . Special to gardens * See, eg, WHV TMV Outhouses.

110 WHVQ Gardens WHVTF

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Landscape architecture WHV Landscape architecture WHV Landscaped spaces WHV MY Landscaped spaces WHV MY Gardens WHV T

Kinds by demographic & scale factors WHV T36 4SD Site planning * For landscape design of the major kinds of T36 AP Design & layout planned areas (regional, rural and urban), see T36 FC Construction work WHW T/WHW X Physical planning. T36 FE . Site preparation WHV Q . Landscapes T36 I . Drainage * For works on complete landscapes which T3E Art object exclude consideration of gardens. * The designed and completed garden. QR . Open spaces (landscape elements) T3R . Styles & movements QS . Commons (landscaping) * See WHV TV for kinds of gardens QT . Parks (landscaping), public gardens characterized by design and execution R . Gardens & grounds features (formal, informal, etc). * Privately owned (at least originally). The T7 . Kinds of garden design by period concept of landscaping gardens developed in T9 . Kinds by place relation to the relatively extensive grounds in T9E . . Britain which mansions, etc are set. Many of the principles and features of landscaping so T9E 74D U . . . Dungeness, Jarman’s garden developed have been emulated, albeit on a TD Operations & processes special to garden much lesser scale, by the gardens attached to design private dwellings. The term Gardening on its * Add to WHV TD letters A/D following GS own now usually refers to the design and Horticulture; eg, maintenance of these smaller scale spaces (see TDA . Crop protection WHV T). For the reasoning behind its TDB . . Treatment of plant disorders preferred location in VT, see Introduction. TDC . . Diseases & injuries S . . Large-scale gardens, private estates, private TDD . Soil management grounds, private parks TDQ . . Fertilizers S3R . . . Styles TE . Crop management S4J AB . . . . Baroque TEF B . . Propagation S9E . . . Britain . . . By agents of growth S9E 74S I . . . . Sissinghurst Castle TEF C . . . . Under glass S9E 74S T . . . . Stourhead TEF D . . . . . Greenhouses S9F . . . France TEF F . . . . Seed S9F 74V E . . . . Versailles TEF G . . . . Bulbs S9I . . . Italy TEF GL . . . . Corms S9I 74V I . . . . Villa Garzani TEF N . . . . Tubers TEF P . . . . Seedlings T . Gardens, domestic gardens, yards TEF V . . . . Cuttings * This is an alternative (not recommended) to TEK . . Care of growing plants collocating with Housekeeping and the home, TEK DQ . . . Fertilizers in VT. This detailed schedule is given here TEK P . . . Pruning because the volume in BC2 containing class TF . . . Selection & breeding VT has not yet been published. Another alternative (not recommended) is to locate with Horticulture in Applied biology. See Appendix 3 for details. * For horticulture, see Applied biology GSS. * Add to WHV T numbers & letters 2/B following WHO. T33 B . . Safety T34 . . Equipment, tools T34 J . . . Sheds

111 WHVTGH WHVVH Gardens

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Landscape architecture WHV Landscape architecture WHV Gardens WHV T Landscaped spaces WHV MY Structures Gardens WHV T . Outhouses WHV TM

Elements, parts of the garden WHV TMR . . Summer houses WHV TGH . Physiographic features TMS . Pergolas TGL . . Water features TN Garden plants TGN . . . Fountains * Flowers, shrubs and trees. TGO . . Orientation TP . Non-flowering plants THB . Biological features * These rarely feature in gardening; if they occur THD . . Vegetation here, treat as for flowering plants at WHV U. * This constitutes the major feature of most * Add to WHV TP letters K/R following F in Class gardens; see WHV U. E Biology. TIC . Boundaries TQ . Flowering plants, Angiosperms TJ . Decorative elements U . . Flowers * Other than the vegetation. * Add to WHV U numbers & letters 2/M following WHV T TJK . . Garden ornaments . . . By special characteristics sought TJL . . . Statuary UNC C . . . . Cutting (flowers for) TJN . . . . Garden gnomes UNC E . . . . Everlasting . Structures * Keeping their shape and colour when dried. TKB . . Surface elements UNC G . . . . Colour (garden plants) TKC . . . Materials, A/Z UNC J . . . . Scent (garden plants) TKC G . . . . Gravel UNC L . . . . Foliage (garden plants) TKD . . . Paving UNC N . . . . Hardy plants TKD R . . . . Crazy paving UNC P . . . . Half-hardy plants TKF . . . Paths . . . . By optimum soil conditions TKK . . . Terraces UND D . . . . . Chalk soil plants TKL . . . Patios UND F . . . . . Clay soil plants TKP . . . Steps . . . By time of most effectiveness TLB . . Boundary structures UNE . . . . Seasonal conditions TLD . . . Gates UNF . . . . . Spring TLD K . . . . Timber gates, wooden gates UNG . . . . . Summer TLD M . . . . Metal gates UNH . . . . . Autumn TLE . . . Screens UNJ . . . . . Winter TLF . . . Fences UNJ Y . . . . Diurnal conditions TLF K . . . . Timber fences UNK . . . . . Day TLF M . . . . Wire fences UNL ...... Sunlight TLF R . . . . Metal railing fences UNM ...... Shade TLF T . . . Trellises UNN . . . . . Night TLG . . . Walls . . . By time of duration . . . . Parts UP . . . . Annuals TLG F . . . . . Footings UQ . . . . Biennials TLG H . . . . . Cappings (walls) UR . . . . Perennials . . . . Kinds of walls by material . . . By form of display TLH B . . . . . Stone walls UT . . . . Flower beds TLH G . . . . . Concrete walls UU . . . . . Herbaceous borders, edges TLH J . . . . . Brick walls UV . . . . . Carpet bedding, ground cover (plants) TLN . . . Vegetation as boundaries VB . . . . Rockeries, alpine gardens TLP . . . . Hedges VD . . . . Climbing flowers TM . . Outhouses VG . . Grass TMN . . . Conservatories VH . . . Lawns TMP . . . Pavilions

112 WHVVJ Landscape architecture WHW36BL

Visual arts WC The Arts W Design arts WF Visual arts WC Landscape architecture WHV Design arts WF Gardens WHV T Landscape architecture WHV Elements, parts of the garden . . . Gardens WHV T . . Flowering plants WHV TQ . . . . Kinds of gardens

WHV VJ . . . Shrubs & trees . . . . . By land use VJE K . . . . Care of growing plants WHV WHP ...... Public buildings areas VJE T . . . . . Topiary art * If distinguished from parks VK . . . Shrubs (WHV SP). VM . . . Trees . . . . . By special limiting environments VN . . . . Dwarf trees WJ ...... Roof gardens VR . . . Flowering plants by non-taxonomic WKB ...... Balcony gardens categories, A/Z WKN ...... Window boxes VRS . . . . Succulents WKR ...... Bottle gardens, tray gardens, miniature VRW . . . . Woody plants gardens, pot gardens, container VS . . . Flowering plants by taxa & varieties gardens * Add to WHV V letters S/V following WL ...... Hanging gardens Class E Botany. XC . . . Playing fields (landscaping) * Each order or family may be qualified . . . . Elements, parts as follows (where x represents the . . . . . Structures order or family): XCM V ...... Pavilions * Add to x numbers & letters 2/M XF . . . Botanical gardens (landscaping) following WHV T; * Add to x letters N/W following XG . . . . Herbaria WHV U; XM . . . Arboretums * Add to xX special non-taxonomic XR . . . Cemeteries, graveyards groups of the plant (see below for * See also Funerary sculpture W examples); * Add to xY names of specific species or WHW Environmental planning design, town & country varieties, A/Z; eg, planning (design), physical planning (applied VSS . . . . Magnoliales (order), magnolia arts) VSS YCA . . . . . Campbellii * Add to WHW numbers & letters 2/9,A/E following VTG . . . . Rosales (order) WH with the modifications indicated at VTG AM . . . . . Rosaceae (family), rose WHW 35/6; eg VTG AMX F ...... Floribunda 35W . Special attendant operations VTG AMX H ...... Hybrid tea * Add to WHW 35W numbers 2/3 following UW VTG AMY P ...... Peace rose Environmental planning technology, if Kinds of gardens applicable. * Whereas in horticulture, the crop grown is 35X . . Planning procedure & control clearly the primary facet, in landscape * Add to WHW 35X numbers 3/7 following gardening the individual plants are UW4 2; eg subordinated to the planned whole which 35X 3 . . . Planning procedures defines the kind of garden. So the following 35X 5 . . . Planning control kinds of gardens file after the individual 35X 6 . . . . Aesthetic control plants. 35X 7 . . . . Architectural control . By design 36 . Construction technology operations WD . . Landscaped gardens 364 5C . . Construction planning WDF . . Formal gardens 364 7 . . Environmental aspects WDI . . Informal gardens 364 9 . . Unplanned development WDL . . Wild gardens * Use WHW OU (where it is treated as . By style producing a negative kind of planned space). WEE . . Exotic 36A P . . Design . By geographic or biological areas * Use WHW 3J WFC . . Coastal areas 36B L . . Materials WFM . . Maritime climate

113 WHW37 WHWJR Environmental planning design

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Arts by medium Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Design arts WF Design arts WF Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Environmental planning design WHW Environmental planning design WHW

WHW 37 Techniques of planning design Elements in areas/units being planned * Normal retroactive application of concepts from WF * Much of the literature on these relates primarily to Applied arts is now resumed after the interruption at urban planning and should go at WHW R. Similarly, WHW 35/36. works restricted to regional or local planning should go . Preliminary operations at WHW P and WHW PS respectively. 37A . . Drafting WHW GD . Natural features 37C . . Drawings GG . . Geographic Art products GH . . . Relief features 3E . Planned landscapes GJ . . . Water features Aesthetic properties GK . . . . Wetlands 3IB . Spacing (planning) GM . . Biological 3ID . Density (planning) GP . . . Vegetation 3IE . . Architectural control GQ . . . . Trees, woods Elements GR . . . Animal inhabited 3J . Composition & design GS . . . . Wild life preservation 3M Movements, styles GT . . . . . Wild life reserves 7 By period GU . . . . . Breeding grounds 9 By place HB . Artificial features Operations & objectives in physical planning . . Kinds by ownership * The details in UW are modified to meet the context of HC . . . Public environmental features physical planning. HD . . . Private environmental features . Operations by site initial conditions HG . . Decorative features EE . . Green fields planning, new sites HH . . Elements by their consumption of resources EF . . Brown fields planning, old sites HR . . . Resource use EH . . Replanning, redevelopment HS . . . . Sustainable resources use . Operations by special purpose HT . . . . Energy use FB . . Amenity preservation & control . . Elements of areas by social/economic use FC . . . Public access IQ . . . Open spaces FD . . . Visual amenity control IS . . . . Commons, greens FF . . . . Advertisement control IT . . . . Parks FG . . . Nuisance control IV . . . . Playing fields FH . . . . Noise control IW . . . . Playgrounds FJ . . . . Atmospheric cleanliness control IX . . . . Gardens FP . . . Historical remains preservation JD . . . Agricultural use FQ . . . . Conservation areas JE . . . Forestry use FS . . Restoration, reconstruction JG . . . Industrial use FT . . Expansion JH . . . Mineral working use JJ . . . Commercial use JK . . . . Shopping use JL . . . Public & administrative services use JN . . . Educational use JP . . . Recreational use, leisure use, cultural use JR . . . Residential use

114 WHWKB Environmental planning design WHWROJF

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Arts by medium Design arts WF Visual arts WC Environmental planning design WHW Design arts WF Elements in areas/units being planned Kinds defined by earlier facets & arrays Artificial features WHW HB Environmental planning design WHW

WHW KB Movement & access facilities, transport facilities Kinds of spaces subject to planning * Most of the literature relates to urban transport (see . Special parts or subunits of areas planned WHW R). . . By geographical characteristics KC . Rights of way WHW OB . . . Earthquake areas KE . Land transport . . Planning zones, by function KF . . Streets, highways, roads OG . . . Zoning . . . Elements * General works on the concept of designating KG . . . . Street furniture zones serving particular functions. KH . . . . . Signs (street furniture) OH . . . Zones KJ . . . . Vehicular movement facilities * Add to WHW OI letters B/Y following KK . . . . . Motorways WHW I; KL . . . . . By-passes * Add to WHW OJ letters B/Y following WHW J; eg, KM . . . . . Traffic intersections OHP . . . . Multifunctional zones KN ...... Flyovers * Eg, neighbourhood units in towns. KP ...... Underpasses OIB . . . . Open space zones KQ . . . . . Terminal & interchange spaces OJK . . . . Shopping zones KR ...... Carparks OJP . . . . Leisure zones KS . . . . Pedestrian facilities OJR . . . . Residential zones KSS . . . . . Subways . Kinds of planning areas by demography & size KV . . Rail transport facilities OU . . Unplanned developments KW . Water transport facilities P . . Regional planning KX . Air transport facilities PS . . Local planning, district planning Structures Q . . Rural planning, country planning LB . Boundary structures . . . Special landscape areas MC . . Civil engineering structures QR . . . . Areas of outstanding natural beauty, beauty MD . . . Bridges spots MF . . Buildings . . . Parts or subsystems . . . Properties QV . . . . Village planning MG . . . . Alignment, spacing . . . . By function MH . . . . Height of buildings (planning), skyline QXC . . . . . Camping & caravan sites (planning) R . . Urban planning, town planning, city planning MJ . . . . Density . . . Elements . . . Kinds of buildings RIR . . . . Open spaces * Add to WHW N letters A/Y following WHU; eg RIR R . . . . . Green belts NA . . . . Houses, residences RIT . . . . . Parks NEL . . . . Offices (planning) RIU ...... Public gardens NEN . . . . Shops (planning) RIV . . . . . Squares (urban planning) * Small open spaces, usually in residential NU . . . . Industrial buildings (planning), factories areas. (planning) RIV V . . . . . Playgrounds RKB . . . . Movement & access facilities RKS . . . . . Pedestrians RKS P ...... Pedestrian precincts . . . Parts or sub-units . . . . By separating function ROH . . . . . Zones ROH P ...... Neighbourhood districts ROJ F ...... Science parks, technopolis

115 WHWROJG WITAO Urban planning

Visual arts WC The Arts W Design arts WF Kinds of art Environmental planning design WHW Arts by medium Urban planning WHW R Visual arts WC Parts or sub-units . . Zones WHW ROH

WIT Fine arts * For definition of fine arts as distinct from applied arts, WHW ROJ G . . . Industrial zones see Introduction ROJ K . . . Shopping zones 3J . Composition & design ROU Unplanned urban development, urban sprawl 3JE . . Line, linearity ROV . Urban sprawl 9C . Western fine arts ROW . . Ribbon development AO . Eastern fine arts Kinds of urban areas RQ . Ideal towns, imaginary towns . Geographically differentiated RR . . Inner cities RS . . Suburbs, satellite districts . By size * It is not generally practicable to distinguish towns from cities. A general class for large cities is provided but this should not be used to qualify the different types which follow it. RT . . Towns (general) * See also Villages WHW QV RU . . . Small towns RW . . . Cities . By planform SG . . Grid plan cities SH . . Axial plan cities SK . . Radial plan cities, concentric plan cities SL . . Linear cities * For ribbon development, see WHW ROW. . By plan character SN . . Picturesque towns . By physiographical setting SP . . Hill & mountain towns SR . . Riparian towns ST . . Coastal towns SV . . Ports, harbour towns . By landscaping SX . . Garden cities T . . New towns * Towns established as part of a planning scheme. . By dominant activity U . . Capital cities, metropolises U9Z P . . . Brasilia US . . University cities UT . . Pleasure resorts, tourist centres UTS P . . . Winter resorts . . . Coastal UTS T . . . . Seaside resorts UV . . . Spas . By growth mode UX . . Conurbations

116 WIV Drawing WJ3CR

The Arts W Fine arts WIT Kinds of art Pictorial art WIV Arts by medium Graphic fine arts WIX Visual arts WC Drawing WJ Fine arts WIT Practice of drawing WJ3 . . Draughtsmanship WJ3 7E

By dimensions WJ3 7EF . . . Contour drawings, silhouettes 7EG . . . Gestural drawings WIV . Pictorial art, two-dimensional art * Exercises to portray movement in the thing drawn. WIX . . Graphic fine arts 7EJ . . . Other preliminary forms, A/Z * As distinct from graphic design (applied arts) at 7EJ C . . . . Croquise WFG. 7EJ E . . . . Esquisse * For graphics in the sense of the production of 7EJ P . . . . Pochade original prints, see WJL. 7G . . Enlarging & reducing techniques 7G3 4 . . . Pantograph techniques WJ . . . Drawing 7GQ . . . . Squaring-up, scaling * For sketching as a preliminary operation, see 7H . . Transferring WJ3 7EB. 7HK . . . Perforating wheel operations * Add to WJ numbers & letters 2/B and F/H 7HP . . . Pouncing following W as far as applicable. . . Special techniques WJ3 . . . . Practice of drawing 8AB . . . Outlining 4 . . . . . Tools, equipment * See note at WC3 4; the operation of marking 8AC . . . Hatching, cross-hatching a surface (WC3 8) is implicit in all drawing, 8AD . . . Shading so the general tools for marking are given 8AD R . . . . Bracelet shading here rather than at WJ3 8 Techniques. The 8AE . . . Gradation of tone, stumato class defined by a tool includes works on the 8AF . . . Highlighting general use of that tool (eg, Hammer includes * See also Painting hammering; Brushes includes brushwork). 8AG . . . Projection * Add to WJ3 4 letters N/V following 8AH . . . Frottage, rubbing WC3 834; eg * See also Decalcomania (decoration) WG 4HJ ...... Rulers 8AJ . . . Other, A/Z 4HL ...... French curves, irregular curve rulers 8AJ B . . . . Blending 4K ...... Pencils 8X . . Automatic drawing 4KS ...... Stumps, tortillons 8XD . . Doodling 4L ...... Pens 9A . . Finishing 4LN ...... Felt tip pens 9B . . Correcting 4LP ...... Silverpoints A . . Photography as an aid 4R ...... Brushes BV Materials as constituents 4T ...... Sprayers CAF . Finishes 4V ...... Fingers . By pigmented marking material . . . . . Materials as agents * Note that the citation order implied here reverses 5X ...... Fixatives the general one at WC3 C/D (Marking material - 7 . . . . . Techniques Ground). 7E ...... Draughtsmanship CG . . Inks 7EB ...... Sketching * See also specific kinds of inks in painting, * Preliminary sketches usually designed to WK3 DD serve as a basis for a further work; but CH . . Wash they sometimes take on the status of CL . . Graphite, black lead independent, finished works of art. CN . . Charcoal 7EC ...... Cartoons (preliminary sketches) CP . . Crayon * For caricature drawing, see WFP P. CQ . . . Aquarelle 7EE ...... Line drawings CR . . . Synthetic crayons, conte * For line drawings as originals for engraving, etc, see WJL 37E E.

117 WJ3CS WJGR Drawings as artworks

Pictorial art WIV Visual arts WC Graphic fine arts WIX Fine arts WIT Drawing WJ Pictorial art WIV Materials as constituents WJ3 BV Graphic fine arts WIX . By pigmented marking material Drawing WJ . . Crayon WJ3 CP Drawings as artworks WJ3 E

WJ3 CS . . . Pastel Kinds of drawings * Usually regarded as a painting medium; in * For technical drawings, see Class U Technology. cases of doubt, locate in painting (WK3 DJS). . Kinds by period CT . . . Chalk WJ8 N . . 20th century CTL . . . . Black chalk * For abstract drawing, see WJB EE. CTR . . . . Red chalk, sanguine . Kinds by place CU . . Paint (as drawing material) WJ9 C . . Western CV . Mixed media CN . . . 20th century . By ground, surface drawn on CNE E . . . . Expressionism * Add to WJ3 D letters B/V following WC3 C; eg D . . . Europe DB . . Paper DB . . . . Medieval period * Usually assumed; use here only for works DCS BH . . . . . Holy Roman Empire explicitly differentiating it from the others. * c.950-1300. DC . . Board, cardboard . Kinds by special categories of persons DCP . . . Scraperboard, scratchboard WJB CM . . Children’s drawings DCR . . . Kinds of board, A/Z . Kinds by representation factor * Eg, Illustration board WJ3 DCK I. * For calligraphy and lettering, see WFI. DE . . Stone EE . . Abstract drawing DF . . Metal EEN . . . Accidental drawing DJ . . Ceramic F . . Figurative drawings DN . . Wood * For cartoons (caricature), see WFP NP. DQ . . Leather HC . . . Art anatomy DT . . Textiles . Kinds of drawings by instrument used DW . . Other, A/Z * Add to WJE letters H/R following WJ3 4; eg, E Drawings as artworks WJE LP . . Silverpoint drawings . Elements R . . Brush drawings J . . Composition & design T . . Spatter drawings JD . . . Space V . . Finger drawings JDJ . . . . Axes, planes . Kinds by technique JDP . . . . Proportion * Add to WJF letters C/J following WJ3 7; eg, JDP L . . . . . Balance, equilibrium WJF EF . . Slhouettes JDQ S . . . . . Symmetry . Kinds of drawings by marking material JDQ U . . . . . Asymmetry * Add to WJG letters F/T following WJ3 C, with JJ . . Optical effects the additions indicated. JK . . . Colour WJG F . . Mixed media drawings JKN . . . . Tonal drawing G . . Pen & ink drawings JMB . . . Perspective H . . Pen & wash drawings, wash drawings, line & JMD . . . . Foreshortening wash drawings L . . Pencil drawings, lead pencil drawings, graphite pencil drawings * In general, pencil now refers to any hard pigment encased in some sort of holder. But much the commonest meaning is that of lead pencil. N . . Charcoal drawings P . . Crayon drawings Q . . . Aquarelle drawings R . . . Conte drawings

118 WJGS Printmaking WJLIV35N

Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Graphic fine arts WIX Graphic fine arts WIX Printmaking WJL Drawing WJ Techniques WJL 37 . . . Kinds of drawings by marking material . Finishing operations WJL 39A . . . . Crayon drawings WJG P . . . Impressing WJL 39Q B

WJG S . . . . . Pastel drawings WJL 39Q F . . . . Offset * See note at WJ3 CS; see also pastel 39Q H . . . . Transfer painting WK . Special techniques T . . . . . Chalk drawings 39Q N . . Burnishing TL ...... Black chalk 39Q P . . Wiping, retroussage, dragging, pumping, veiling TR ...... Red chalk 39Q R . . Lifting U . . . . . Trois crayons drawings, trois couleurs * See also decalcomania WK drawings 3BY Materials as constituents WJH . . . Kinds of drawings by surface drawn on 3CC . Varnishes (finishes) * Add to WJH letters D/R following WJ3 D; . Marking materials eg, 3CG . . Inks C . . . . Scraperboard drawings 3CU . . Paints F . . . . Drawings on metal . Materials as surfaces, grounds F9E . . . . . British 3D . . Printing surfaces, plates, blocks ...... Medieval period * Add to WJL 3D letters D/S following WFK 3D. F9E B ...... St Cuthbert’s coffin Art object X . . . . Graffiti 3E . Prints * By various materials, on walls, etc. * For general work on the art status of prints. Kinds of printmaking WJL Printmaking, autographic reproductive arts, original . Kinds by movement, style prints (fine arts), graphics (fine arts) 4LS I . . Impressionist prints * Limited to small runs, with the artist exercising a 7 . Kinds by period relatively close supervision over the whole process. 9 . Kinds by place Such a print is usually regarded as equivalent to an 9C . . Western original. Prints should not be confused with AO . . Eastern reproductions, which are mass produced. AS . . . Japanese printmaking 34 . Tools, equipment ASI O . . . . Edo period * Tools special to a particular operation go with the operations; eg, rollers with inking BF . Kinds by subject WJL 39P 35K. . Kinds by method of image transfer . Materials as agents * For half-tone, see Letterpress half-tone WFK J. 35P . . Mordants, acids IV . . Engraving (printmaking) * As the general process which is basis for 35Q . . Resists subsequent relief and intaglio processes. It is 37 . Techniques usually used now to mean line engraving (see 37E E . . Line drawing WJP GV). 38V . . Mixed techniques IV3 4 . . . Tools, equipment 39A . . Finishing operations * Tools special to a particular operation go with 39L . . . Presswork (printmaking) the operations; eg, rollers with inking 39M . . . . Presses (WJL 37N 35K). 39N . . . . Make-ready IV3 5B . . . . Gravers 39P . . . . Inking IV3 5C . . . . Burins 39P 35K . . . . . Rollers IV3 5D . . . . Styluses 39P P . . . . . Colour work IV3 5N . . . . Others, A/Z 39P Q ...... Three-colour work 39P R ...... Four-colour work 39Q B . . . . Impressing, impression 39Q D . . . . . Building-up * Padding behind plate to make up for areas of poor impression.

119 WJM WJW34OR Graphic fine arts

The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Graphic fine arts WIX Graphic fine arts WIX Printmaking WJL Printmaking WJL . . Kinds by method of image transfer

WJM Relief printing WJU . . . Other printmaking techniques, A/Z J . Relief block printing WJV Biography of artists in graphic fine arts L . . Collographs, intaglio prints * Life & work of individual artists in drawing, * Block is inked and printed as an intaglio surface. printmaking and other graphic fine arts, A/Z. W . . White line cuts * For several alternatives (not recommended) to * See also Anastatic printing WJO N this arrangement, see Appendix 3. WJN . Xylography * Wood broadly. WJW Photography (graphic fine arts) P . . * The general class for photography in BC2 is P9K . . . German Class 9, under Communications. This class takes P9K H . . . . 16th century only those works in which photography is treated PAS . . . Japanese as an art form. PAS L . . . . 19th century * For photography as an aid in aesthetic imaging, see WC3 7SW; for photography as a technique Q . . Wood engravings for copying, reproducing and recording art Q9E . . . British objects, see WC3 A. Q9E K . . . . 18th century * Add to WJW numbers & letters 2/B and F/H R . Metal-cut prints following W, with the extensive modifications S . . Dotted manner prints indicated. T . . . Maniere criblee 24D . Amateur photography WJO . 25 . Organizations 34 . . Tools 25J T . . Clubs, co-operatives 34R . . . Rockers, cradles 34 . Tools, instruments, equipment N . Anastatic printing, zinc etching 344 . . Photographic studios * See also etching (intaglio) WJP T 344 C . . . Lighting P . Stipple engraving 344 E . . . Projectors R . Linocuts 344 G . . . Background props, sets T . Other materials, A/Z 34K . . Cameras TP . . Potato cuts . . . General operations, A/Z WJP Intaglio (graphic arts) * Eg, loading. GV . Engraving (intaglio), line engraving . . . Parts * For White line cuts, see WJM W; for Stipple * Parts special to a particular operation go engraving, see WJO P; for photoengraving, with the latter; eg, aperture under focusing photogravure, gravure, see WFL KP (under and exposure. graphic design). 34K 34J . . . . Accessories, A/Z P . Drypoint 34K 34J T . . . . . Tripods Q . 34L . . . . Lenses QS . . Sulphurtint * Lenses serving special techniques go T . Etching under the technique; eg, zoom lenses U . . Softground etching under zooming. V . Crayon manner (intaglio prints), chalk manner 34M . . . . . Special kinds of lenses (intaglio) 34M D ...... Wide angle lens WJQ Planographic printing 34M F ...... Fish eye lens WJR . Lithography, autolithography 34M H ...... Telephoto lens * For photolithograpy, see Graphic design WFK GV. 34N ...... Other kinds of lens, A/Z S . . Offset lithography 34O F . . . . Filters WJS Monotype 34O H . . . . Shutters S Stencilling 34O P . . . . Apertures WJT . Silkscreen printing, serigraphy 34O R . . . . Range-finders * For photographic stencil method, see WFL KSS.

120 WJW34P Photography WJW9

Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Graphic fine arts WIX Graphic fine arts WIX Photography WJW Photography WJW Techniques WJW 37 Tools WJW 34 . Pre-exposure operations . . Parts . . Focusing & exposure WJW 37K

WJW 34P . . . Parts special to cinematography, A/Z WJW 37M . . . Exposure * See WJW T 37N . . . . Light . . Kinds of cameras 37N 35K . . . . . Light meters * For cameras defined by a particular 37O . . . . Long exposure photographic system, see system; eg, digital 37P . . . . Multiple exposure cameras WJW K34 K. 37Q . . . Zooming 34Q . . . Kinds by name of manufacturer, A/Z 37Q 34N . . . . Zoom lenses 34R . . . . 35mm cameras 37R . . . Panning 34R S . . . . . Standard exposure 35mm cameras 37S . . . Flash photography 34S . . . . . Miniature cameras 37S 35K . . . . Flash unit 34T . . . Kinds by speed of film 38 . Post-exposure operations * Determining sensitivity to light. 383 5K . . Dark room . . . Kinds by speed of shutter 38B . . Processing, developing 34U . . . . High-speed cameras 38F . . Finishing . . . Kinds by construction 38G . . . Printing 34V . . . . Direct viewfinder cameras 38H . . . . Kinds of printing by technique, A/Z 34W . . . . . Compact cameras * See also Low end digital cameras 38J . . Manipulation of images, distortion WJW K34 W; High end digital * See also Digital photography WJW K38 J cameras WJW K34 X 38K . . . Faking 35A . . . . Reflex cameras 38L . . . Retouching 35A S . . . . . Single lens reflex, SLR 38M . . . Tonal alteration 35C . . . . . Twin lens reflex cameras, TLR 38N . . . Brightness alteration 35D . . . . View cameras Operations on the finished product 35E . . . . Copying cameras 39R . Copying, duplication 35F . . . . Other kinds of cameras, A/Z 3BA L . Enlargement * For digital cameras, see WHW K35 G; 3BD . Display, presentation for cameras in cinematography, see 3BH . Care & preservation WHW I. 3E Photographs as art objects Materials as agents . Elements 35R . Light sensitive materials 3J . . Composition & design 35R S . . Supports, bases 3JD . . . Spatial relationships 35T . . Film (light sensitive materials) 3JE . . . . Line . . . Properties 3JK . . Colour 35T G . . . . Grain * See also Colour photography WJW N 35T H . . . . Special rating . . . Properties . . . Kinds by materials as agents 3JK N . . . . Tone 35T S . . . . Silver halide emulsions 3JK P . . . . . Saturation 35U . . . . Other, A/Z 3JK Q . . . . . Brightness 35Y . . Slides, plates 3JL C . . . . Hue 37 Techniques 3JL F . . . . . Greyness scale . Pre-exposure operations 3JL K . . . . . RGB (red, green & blue) 37K . . Focusing & exposure (together) 3JM S . . Light & shade 37K 34P . . . Shutters 3JO . . Symbolism 37K 34Q . . . . Aperture 3R Kinds of photography by movements, styles 37L . . . Focusing 8 Kinds by period 37L 34P G . . . . Range-finders 9 Kinds by place

121 WJWBF WJWPD Photographic systems

The Arts W Pictorial art WIV Visual arts WC Graphic fine arts WIX Fine arts WIT Photography WJW Pictorial art WIV Kinds of photography by technique/material Graphic fine arts WIX . . . Electrophotography WJW J Photography WJW . . . . . Digital cameras WJW K34 K

WJW BF Kinds of photography by thing represented ...... Kinds of cameras by number of pixels * In photography, this representation is a major WJW K35 G ...... Less than one million function of the art and is therefore cited before K35 H ...... Two to three million photographic systems (see WJW R). K35 I ...... Three to four million Kinds of photography by technique/material K35 J ...... More than four million G . Photographic systems . . . . . Materials as agents * For systems defined by techniques, materials, etc, K35 RP ...... Charge-coupled device, CCD (charge- not usually applicable to photography as an art (eg, photomicroscopy) see provision at coupled device) WJW KN. K38 . . . . . Post-exposure processes GB . . By kind of camera used K38 G ...... Printing * Add to WJW G letters B/R following K38 HI ...... Inkjet printing WJW 34Q; eg WJW C Thirty-five millimetre K38 HL ...... Laser printing photography; WJW EL high-speed K38 J . . . . . Manipulation of digital-image data photography ? K38 K ...... Retouching . . By physico-chemical process K38 P ...... Tonal altering * Until recently this defined all photographic K38 R ...... Brightness levels systems & much of the vocabulary in K38 SJ ...... Size alteration WJW 34/WJM 3D implies it. K38 T ...... Composite images creation H . . . Silver group * This is assumed in nearly all the literature on ...... Operations on finished product chemical systems and is implicit in classes ...... Copying WJW 34/3D. Only general works dealing K39 R ...... Scanning with the relationship of photography using KN . . . Other physico-chemical systems other photochemical materials go here. If in * Provision is made for the following in case doubt, prefer the general class WJW. they are used for aesthetic effect (eg, in HK . . . Other metals, A/Z mixed media). HL . . . Early systems, A/Z KO . . . . Photomacroscopy HLD . . . . Daguerrotype KP . . . . Photomicroscopy HLF . . . . Ferrotype . . . . By particular radiation frequencies HLK . . . . Kallitype KQT . . . . . Infra-red HP . . . Photograms KQX . . . . . X-ray * Without use of a camera; product of the KRH . . . . Photomechanical simple action of light on paper. KRL . . . . . Collotype J . . . Electrophotography KSC . . . . Electrochemical K . . . . Electronic photography, digital KSG . . . . . Thermography photography KSL . . . . . Dyeline photography * The photographic image is constructed Kinds of photography by focus factor from pixels (picture elements produced LC . Close-up photography electronically) instead of from silver halide LMH . Telephotography (or other chemical material) grains. * Add to WJW K numbers & letters 2/E Kinds of photography by techniques & elements following WC, with the modifications in . By colour W34/3D (instruments, techniques, M . . Black & white photography materials) at WJW 34/3D; eg N . . Colour photography K34 K . . . . . Digital cameras . Kinds of photography by environmental K34 W ...... Low end digital cameras conditions K34 X ...... High end digital cameras PB . . Indoor photography K35 AS ...... Single lens reflex, SLR PC . . Outdoor photography * See also Pictorial photography WJW PC PD . . Daytime

122 WJWPE Painting WK34JS

Fine arts WIT The Arts W Pictorial art WIV Arts by medium Graphic fine arts WIX Visual arts WC Photography WJW Fine arts WIT Kinds of photography by techniques & elements By dimensions . Kinds of photography by environmental conditions Pictorial art WIV

WJW PE . . Night-time WK Painting PG . . Underwater photography * Add to WK numbers & letters 2/B,F/H following PJ . . Aerial photography W; eg, PL . . Other, A/Z . Common subdivisions . By surface printed on WK2 3MS . . Practical manuals * Add to WJW Q letters D/T following WG; eg, 3MV . . Amateurs’ manuals QB . . Reflection prints, opaque support prints . . Persons in painting QJ . . Ceramics (photographic prints on) 4A . . . Painters (as producers of paintings) QL . . Glass (photographic prints on) * For works on the characteristics of painters, QT . . Textiles (photographic prints on) their ability, etc. . By subject 4N . . . Audience, spectators, viewers * Add to WJW R letters F/X following WE; eg 6AJ . . Education & training of painters RFD . . Nature 6AJ S . . . Picture study . . Landscape . Relations to other subjects RG . . . Pictorial photography 9QS Q . . Theft of paintings RGP . . . . Panoramic photography 9QS RTV . . Forgery, faking RGS . . Objects, still life . . Marketing * The term still photography is often used to 9TW HP . . . Prices distinguish all forms other than moving photography (ie, cinematography). . Operations RHH . . Portraits F . . Patronage RHN . . Nudes I . . Competitions . Kinds of photography by degree of movement N . . Exhibiting S . . Still photography O . . Collecting * Usually assumed; use this position only for works explicitly dealing with the relations of still and P . . . Collections, exhibitions, galleries motion-picture photography. If in doubt, use the general class WJW. WK3 . . Practice of painting T . . Cinematography, motion-picture photography 3B . . . Health & safety precautions * Alternative (not-recommended) to subordinating 3D . . . . Security to cinema (performing arts) WTS. See Appendix 3 3E . . . . . Defacement of paintings, mutilation of for details. paintings TR . . Animation photography . . . Agents WJX Lives of photographers, A/Z * For alternatives (not recommended) see Appendix 3. 4 . . . . Tools, equipment * The operation of marking a surface is implicit in all painting, so the general tools for marking are given here, rather than at WK3 7 Techniques. The class for the tool includes its general use; eg, WK3 4R Brushes includes brushwork in general. For specific techniques, which may be characterized by a number of different tools, see WK3 8A...... Studios 46 ...... Atelier, bottega 4HE . . . . . Easels 4JM . . . . . Mahlsticks 4JP . . . . . Palettes, dippers, paintboxes 4JS . . . . . Spatula

123 WK34Q WK3CPL Painting

Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Painting WK Painting WK Agents Techniques WK3 7 . Tools WK3 4 . . Display & presentation WK3 BD

WK3 4Q . . Palette knives WK3 BF . . . Framing 4R . . Brushes BH . . Care & preservation 4T . . Sprayers BK . . . Restoration 4V . . Fingerpainting BN . . . Cleaning Materials as agents 5P . Drying agents BY Materials as constituents 7 Techniques CAF . Finishes 79 . Preliminary operations CAX . Surfaces (painting), ground (painting surface) 7EB . . Sketches, sketching * Citation order is reverse of that at WJ3C & * See note under Drawing, at WJ3 7EB. WJL3C. * For underpainting, see WK3 8J; overpainting * For mural painting, see WKJ. WK3 8K. * Add to WK3 C letters D/T following WG, 7EC . . . Cartoons with the additions & modifications indicated. 7SP . Optical imaging CAX 37J . . Preparation 7SQ . . Camera obscura * For underpainting, see WK3 8N. . Special techniques CAX 37J P . . . Priming * Add to WK3 8A letters C/J following WJ3 8A; eg, CAY . . Imprimatura, veil, undertint, prepared 8AD . . Shading ground 8AF . . Highlighting CBC . . . Absorbent ground, chalk ground 8K . . Alla prima, direct painting CBG . . . Gesso 8L . . Underpainting CBY . . Fabrics (painting grounds), textiles (painting * See also Grisaille [monochrome] WKL GG grounds) 8LP . . . Abbozzo (underpainting) . . . * Treated here as the favoured material. 8LS . . . Sinopia (underpainting), macchia CC . . . Canvas, linen, cotton, canvas board (underpainting), ebauche (underpainting) CCE . . . . Canvas sizes 8M . . Overpainting CCF . . . . . French canvas sizes 8ML . . . Scumbling (overpainting) CCG . . . . . Other, A/Z 8MN . . . Dragging (overpainting) * For example, Kitcat WK3 CCG K. 8MP . . . Pentimento CCH . . . Satin 8MS . . Squeezing CCJ . . . Other textiles, A/Z 8N . . Blending, stumalezza, rubbing CCJ S . . . . Silk 8NS . . Stippling CD . . Stone (painting surfaces) 8NW . . Washing out (painting techniques) * For painting on walls, see Mural painting 8O . . Impasto WKJ. 8P . . Grattage, scraping CF . . Metal 8R . . CJ . . Ceramics (painting surfaces), porcelain 8RT . . Tenebrism (painting techniques) (painting surfaces) 8T . . Other, A/Z CL . . Glass 8TG . . . Glazing (painting techniques) CLM . . . Mirrors 8TO . . . Optical mixture CM . . Ivory 8TS . . . Sfregazzi CN . . Wood (painting surfaces), panels (painting 8U . . Mixed techniques surfaces) 8V . . . Collage, montage CNC AY . . . Prepared ground 8X . Automatic painting CNC BC . . . . Absorbent ground, chalk ground 9A . Finishing operations CNC BG . . . . Gesso . Operations on the finished product CP . . Paper BD . . Display & presentation CPL . . Fore-edge paintings BDE . . . Signing, titling * On edges of closed books.

124 WK3CQ Paints WK3DX

The Arts W Fine arts WIT Visual arts WC Pictorial art WIV Fine arts WIT Painting WK Pictorial art WIV Paints WK3 DM Painting WK . Constituents Surfaces WK3 CAX . . Pigments WK3 DN

WK3 CQ . Leather WK3 DON . . . Colour constituents CQP . . Parchment, vellum DON R . . . . Ochre CR . Plastic (painting surfaces) . . . Pigment properties CS . Other materials, A/Z DP . . . . Colouring power, staining power, tinting CX Mixed materials, mixed media (substrates) strength, tinctorial power * For Mischentechnik paintings, see WKP T DPY . . . . Colour performance D Marking materials DQ . . . . . Specific performance properties, A/Z DG . Inks DQB ...... Body (colour performance), covering DGH . . Writing inks strength (colours) * Rarely used for permanent works. . Kinds of paints by colour properties DGI . . Indian inks, drawing ink * For paints defined by constitution, see Kinds of DGJ . . Japanese ink, sumi, black water-colour ink painting by specific paint medium WKO. DGK . . Chinese ink * For monochrome paintings, see WKLF DH . Wash DRC . . Primary colours DJL . Graphite DRE . . Secondary colours DK . Other non-paint materials DRG . . Tertiary colours * Add to WK3 DK letters H/S following WJ3 D; DRJ . . Complementary colours eg, . Kinds of paints by transparency DKS . Pastel DRN . . Transparent DM . Paints DRP . . Translucent * Coating materials made by grinding a pigment DRQ . . Opaque with a liquid vehicle to form a dispersion. DS . Kinds of paints by constituents * For the optical effects achieved in the art-product * For kinds of painting defined by constitution, see by the use of paints, see WK3 JK. WKM/WKQ. . . Constituents DV Mixed materials (marking materials) DME . . . Mediums DX . Collage, montage * Liquid additives to increase manipulability. DMF . . . Liquid vehicles, binders DMG . . . . Specific binders, A/Z DMG C . . . . . Casein DMG F . . . . . Fillers DMG G . . . . . Gum DMG O . . . . . Oils (paint binders) DMG R . . . . . Resins (paint binders) DMH . . . Drying agents, siccatives DMI . . . Solvents, thinners DMJ . . . Varnishes, glazes DML . . . Dyes DMN . . . . Fixatives DMO . . . . . Mordants (fixatives) DN . . . Pigments, colouring matter * For sepia, see monochrome techniques WK3 7. DN3 7JP . . . . Preparation DO . . . . Colour classification, spectrum * For colour notations, see WK3 JLD DOE . . . . . Colour standards DOG . . . . . Colour charts, colour circle

125 WK3E WK9ELKV Painting

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT By dimensions Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Painting WK Painting WK Kinds of paintings WK3 O

WK3 E Art products, paintings WK9 By place F . Art history . Elements C . J . . Composition & design . . . Mass JIM . . . . Malerisch painting, painterly painting D . . European painting JJ . . Optical effects DNE . . . 1910s JK . . . Colour DNE D . . . . Dada movement * For kinds of painting defined by the use of E . . . British painting particular colour factors (eg, monochrome), E72 . . . . Localities & regions see WKL.. * Within a country, local place is cited JK2 9I . . . . Psychology of colour after a specific period; see Appendix 1 JK3 FC . . . . Colour theory, chromatography for details. JKN . . . . Tone . . . . . By quasi-autonomous regions * An alternative (not recommended) is JLC . . . . Hue to locate these at WKE T/X and cite JLD . . . . . Colour notation them before a specific period. See JLD M ...... Munsell system Appendix 1 for details. JLD O ...... Ostwald system E76 E ...... English painting JLL . . . Illusion E76 G ...... Welsh painting JLM . . . . Trompe l’oeil E76 J ...... Scottish painting JLQ . . . . Quadratura E76 L ...... Irish painting JO . . Symbolism . . . . By period JO3 JK . . . Symbolism of colours EAY . . . . . Medieval & modern periods JX . . Incorporated elements EB . . . . . Medieval period * See also WK5 N- EC ...... Romanesque ED ...... Gothic O . Kinds of paintings EE . . . . . Renaissance R . . By historical movement, style EFQ . . . . . Tudor * Original movements/styles go under the place EFQ 76J ...... Scottish Renaissance (painting) and period of origin. EHK . . . . . Elizabethan * See also Abstract painting WKB E. EJ . . . . . 17th century * Add to WK numbers & letters 3R/5Q following EJA B ...... Baroque WCC; eg, EJC ...... Jacobean WK4 . . . Revivals of Western styles EJQ ...... Restoration (British painting) JAB . . . . Baroque EK . . . . . 18th century WK5 . . . Revivals of non-Western styles EKG ...... 3rd decade REM . . . . Ming EKG G ...... Georgian style VE . . . . Black African EKL ...... 2nd half . . By period EKL 47Q ...... Neo-classical style WK7 7 . . . Ancient EKS R ...... Romanticism 8 . . . . Prehistoric painting EKT 4DA G ...... Gothic revival R . . . . Ancient Greek painting EL . . . . . 19th century WK8 AY . . . Medieval & modern painting ELE ...... 1st decade ELE 74N ...... Norwich School ELF ...... 2nd decade ELF R ...... Regency style ELK ...... 5th decade ELK V ......

126 WK9ELM French painting WK9FLTSN

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Painting WK Painting WK British painting WK9 E European painting WK9 D

WK9 ELM 2nd half WK9 F French painting ELP . 6th decade . By period ELP 74N . . Newlyn School FE . . Renaissance ELP P . . Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood FH . . 16th century ELS . 4th quarter FH7 4F . . . Fontainebleau School * For Arts & Crafts Movement, see Decorative FHH M . . . Mannerism arts WGC 9CL M25. FJ . . 17th century ELT . 9th decade FJ7 5P . . . Provencal School ELT A . . Aesthetic movement, English symbolism FJA B . . . Baroque ELU . 10th decade FJJ B . . . Peintres de la Realite (c.1630s) ELU D . . Decadent Movement FJR B . . . Ecole des Beaux Arts (1671) ELU G . . Glasgow School FK . . 18th century ELU GG . . . Glasgow School (W.Y.Macgregor et al) FKF . . . 2nd decade ELU GK . . . Glasgow School (C.R.Mackintosh et al) FKF R . . . . Regence (1715-33) ELU N . . New English Art Club, NEAC FKG . . . 3rd decade EN 20th cent FKG L . . . . Louis XV style (1720s/1750s) ENF . 2nd decade FKH R . . . . Rococo ENF C . . Camden Town Group FKJ R . . . . Rubenisme (1730s) ENF L . . London group FKP . . . 6th decade ENF O . . Omega Workshop FKP 47Q . . . . Neo-classicism (1750-) ENF V . . Vorticism FKP P . . . . Poussinisme (1750s) ENJ . 4th decade FKR . . . 8th decade ENJ E . . Euston Road School FKR L . . . . Louis XVI style (1770/90) ENK . 5th decade FKU . . . 10th decade ENK 74S A . . St Ives School FKU D . . . . Directoire style (1790s) ENP . 6th decade FL . . 19th century ENP K . . Kitchen Sink School, Social Realism FLE . . . 1st decade School FLE E . . . . Empire style ENQ . 7th decade FLF . . . 2nd decade * See also British abstract art in 1960s; eg, FLF R . . . . Restauration style (1815/30) Situation Group WEE 9EN S FLJ . . . 4th decade ENQ I . . Independent Group FLJ B . . . . (1835/70) ENQ P . . Pop art (British painting) FLJ L . . . . Louis Philippe style (1830/48) ENR . 8th decade FLL . . . 2nd half ENR S . . School of London FLL S . . . . Second Empire styles (1852/70) ENU . 10th decade FLP . . . 6th decade ENU N . . New Neurotic Reaction FLP R . . . . Realism (French painting) ENU S . . Sensationalism FLQ . . . 7th decade FLQ 2RS . . . . Salon des Refuses (1863) FLR . . . 8th decade FLR I . . . . Impressionism (French painting) FLT . . . 9th decade FLT N . . . . Neo-impressionism (1880s/1890s) FLT NP . . . . . Pont Aven School FLT P . . . . Pointillisme, Divisionism FLT SM . . . . Symbolism (1885/1910s) FLT SN . . . . Synthetisme (1885/91)

127 WK9FLU WK9KDEQTS Painting

Visual arts WC The Arts W Fine arts WIT Visual arts WC Pictorial art WIV Fine arts WIT Painting WK Pictorial art WIV French painting WK9 F Painting WK . . 19th century WK9 FL Italian painting WK9 I

WK9 FLU . . . 10th decade WK9 IL . 19th century FLU I . . . . Intimisme (1890s) ILP . . 6th decade FLU N . . . . Nabis (1890s) ILP M . . . Macchiaioli Group FLU P . . . . Post-impressionism (1880s-) IN . 20th century FLU R . . . . . Rosicrucians, Rose-Croix salon INE . . 1st decade FN . . 20th century INE F . . . Futurism FNE . . . 1st decade INF . . 2nd decade FNE C . . . . Cubism (1909) INF P . . . Pittura Metafisica FNE E . . . . Expressionism ING . . 3rd decade FNE F . . . . Les Fauves (1905-) ING R . . . (1920s) FNF . . . 2nd decade INK . . 5th decade FNF D . . . . Dada * For Arte Povera, see WEE 9IN KP. FNF E . . . . Ecole de Paris (1910/1920s) JB Swiss painting FNF O . . . . Orphism (1913-), Orphic cubism * For Dadaism, see WCC NED. * See also Abstract painting WKE E JP Belgian painting, Flemish painting FNF S . . . . Section d’Or (1912-) JPJ . 17th century FNG . . . 3rd decade JPJ FS . . Schildesbent (Flemish School, 1620s-) FNG C . . . . Cercle et Carre JPL . 19th century FNG S . . . . Surrealism JPL T . . 9th decade FNJ . . . 4th decade JPL TV . . . Vingt group, Les Vingt group, XX group FNJ A . . . . Abstraction-Creation School (1930s) (Les Vingt) FNP . . . 6th decade JPN . 20th century FNP T . . . . Tachisme JPN GS . . Surrealism * For , see WK9 YNP A. JU Dutch painting, Netherlands painting FNT Q . . . 7th decade JUE . Renaissance FNT QG . . . . Groupe de Recherche d’Art Visuel JUH . 16th century (1960s), GRAV JUH HM . . Mannerism (1515-25) FNT QN . . . . Nouveau Realisme JUJ . 17th century GB Spanish painting JUJ FU . . Utrecht School (1610-) GBJ . 17th century JUJ GB . . Bentname Group, Group GBL . 19th century JUJ GS . . Schildesbent (Dutch school, 1620s-) GBN . 20th century JUJ JF . . Fijnschilders School (1630s-) GBN G . . 1920s * See also Miniature painting WKR GBN GS . . . Surrealism JUL . 19th century I Italian painting JUL MH . . Hague School (1850-1900) IC . Romanesque JUN . 20th century IC7 3L . . Lombardic JUN FD . . De Stijl, Stijl (1917-) ICG . . Ostrogothic JUN FN . . Neoplasticism (1912-) IE . Renaissance K German painting IEF . . Duecento KB . Medieval period IF . . Quattrocento * For individual anonymous painters named as IF7 3L . . . Lombardic Renaissance Masters, see WKY under the inverted form of the name; eg Saint Veronica, Master of; Life of IF7 4F . . . Florentine the Virgin, Master of. IH . . Quinquecentro KB7 4CO . . Cologne School IH7 4R . . . Roman School KDE Q . . 14th century IH7 4V . . . Venetian School KDE QTS . . . Soft Style painting (1380-) IHH M . . . Mannerism

128 WK9KF Painting WK9YNJR

Visual arts WC The Arts W Fine arts WIT Visual arts WC Pictorial art WIV Fine arts WIT Painting WK Pictorial art WIV German painting WK9 K Painting WK . Medieval period WK9 KB European painting WK9 D

WK9 KF . . 15th century WK9 N Russian painting KFD . . . International Gothic NL . 19th century KH . 16th century NLR W . . The Wanderers (1870s) KHA L . . Little Masters (16th/17th centuries), NLU M . . Mir Iskusstva (1890s) Kleinmaster School NN . 20th century * See also Miniature painting NNE . . 1900s KHB D . . (1500-1550) NNE B . . . Blue Rose Group (1906-) KL . 19th century NNE P . . . Primitivism (1905-) KLF N . . Nazarenes (1810-), Lukasbruder NNF . . 1910s KLG B . . Biedermeier (1820-) NNF C . . . Constructivism (1913-) KLR W . . Wilhemine period (1870-) * See also abstract painting WKE E KLU J . . Jugendstil, Art nouveau (German painting) NNF D . . . Donkey’s Tail (1911-) KLU S . . Sezession (German, 1890-), Neue Sezession NNF F . . . Futurism (1910-) KN . 20th century NNF J . . . Jack of Diamonds (1910-) KNE B . . Die Brucke (1905-) NNF R . . . Rayonism (1912-), Rayism KNE E . . Expressionism (German painting) NNF S . . . Suprematism (1915-) KNF B . . Der Blaue Reiter (1911-) NNG . . 1920s KNG . . Weimar period paintings NNG S . . . Socialist Realism (1925-) KNG M . . Magic Realism (1920s), Sharp-focus Realism NNU . . 1990s KNG N . . Neue Sachlichkeit (1920s) NNU N . . . Neo-primitivism KNJ . . Nazi period painting UA Australian painting KNJ E . . Entartete Kunst, Degenerate painting (Nazi UV New Zealand painting period) X American painting KNL . . Post-war German painting * For Pre-Columbian period, see WKA Z. KNP . . 6th decade XB North American painting KNP M . . . Modernist painting (Germany, 1945-) XC . Canadian painting KNP Z . . . Zero Group (1957-), see XCN . . 20th century * See also Kinetic art WCN CK XCN GG . . . Group of Seven (1920s-) KNR N . . Neue Wilden (1970s), Neo-expressionism Y . American painting (USA), United States KW Austrian painting painting KWL . 19th century * For sand painting (North American Indians), see KWL U . . 1890s Process art KWL UJ . . . Jugendstil (Austrian painting 1896-) YK . . 18th century * See also Wiener Werkstatte (1903-) under YKB P . . . Patroon painters (c.1700-1750s) decorative arts WGB 9KW NEW YL . . 19th century KWL US . . . Sezession (Austrian painting) * For , see Landscape KWN . 20th century painting KWN KF . . Fantastic Realism (1940s) YN . . 20th century KWN QD . . Direct Art (1960s), Action art YNE A . . . Ashcan School (1900-) MB Danish painting YNE E . . . The Eight (1907-) MJ Norwegian painting YNF P . . . Precisionists (1915-) MJN EE . Expressionism YNF S . . . Synchronism (c.1910-) * See also Orphism YNG E . . . American Scene Painting (1920s-) YNG G . . . . American Gothic YNJ F . . . Federal Arts Project paintings (1933-), WPA painting YNJ R . . . Regionalism group (1930/40s)

129 WK9YNK WKBGJ Painting

Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT Pictorial art WIV Pictorial art WIV Painting WK Painting WK Western painting WK9 C By place WK9 . . . . 20th century WK9 YN . . Asia WKA N

WK9 YNK . . . . . 5th decade WKA S . . . Japanese paintings * For Abstract Expressionism, see SAK . . . . 1st millennium BC WKE 9YN K. SAK 6BJ . . . . . Buddhist painting in Japan YNK 74N . . . . . New York School (1940s) SAK S . . . . Yamato period YNK C . . . . . Calligraphic painting (1940s-) SCN . . . . Heian period, Fujiwara period YNK G . . . . . Gestural painting (1940s) SD . . . . Kamakara period YNP . . . . . 6th decade SD6 BJ . . . . . Zen Buddhist painting YNP A . . . . . Action painting (1950s-) SF . . . . Ashikaga period * American version of Tachisme; but SJ . . . . Tokugawa period, Yedo period, Edo often used as synonymous with period Abstract Expressionism (WKE 9YN KA). SJ3 TKA . . . . . Kano School YNP F . . . . . Funk art (1950s) SJ3 TTO . . . . . Tosa School YNP H . . . . . Hard-edge painting (1950s-) Kinds of paintings by special categories of YNP P . . . . . Pop art (American, 1950s) persons YNQ H . . . . . Hairy Who (1966-) WKB CM . Children’s paintings YNR B . . . . . Bad Painting (1970s), New Image DWH . Paintings by persons under therapy Painting Kinds by representation factor * See also Neo-Expressionism (German E . Abstract painting painting) E9C . . Western abstract painting YNR P . . . . . Pattern Painting (1970s), Dekor E9E . . . British * See also Decorative art WGB E9E NQ . . . . 1960s YNR S . . . . . Super Realism (1970s), Hyper Realism E9E NQO . . . . . Op art, optical art WKA M Non-Western paintings E9F . . . French N . Asia, The East E9F NJ . . . . 1930s * See note at WDN Asian visual arts; this class E9F NJA . . . . . Abstraction-Creation includes those parts of Russia which were E9I . . . Italian regarded as Asiatic before their incorporation of E9I NKP . . . . Arte Povera the Russian state c.1500 and should not be E9J U . . . Netherlands treated as European (as in Schedule 2). E9J UNF D . . . . De Stijl PA . . Persian paintings, Iranian paintings E9N . . . Russian Q . . Indian paintings E9N NF . . . . 1910s QAM J . . . Gupta dynasty E9N NFS . . . . . Suprematism QCV . . . Chola dynasty E9Y . . . American QG . . . Mughal Empire E9Y NK . . . . 1940s QHL . . . Akbar period E9Y NKA . . . . . Abstract expressionism QJD . . . Jahanga period E9Y NQ . . . . 1960s R . . Chinese paintings E9Y NQM . . . . . Minimalism, Post-painterly RAK S . . . Ch’in dynasty abstraction RAL . . . Han dynasty EAS . . Japanese RAM J . . . Jin dynasty EAS NQM . . . Minimalism (Japanese painting) RBB C . . . T’ang dynasty * c.616-907 AD. F . Figurative painting RCQ . . . Sung dynasty G . . RDF B . . . Yuan dynasty G9E . . . British REM . . . Ming dynasty G9E F . . . . 18th century RJS . . . K’Ang Hsi period GAR . . . Chinese RK . . . Yung Cheng period GAR BBC . . . . T’ang dynasty RKJ . . . Chien Lung period GAR CQ . . . . Sung dynasty GJ . . Still life painting

130 WKBGLR Painting WKPVK

Visual arts WC The Arts W Fine arts WIT Visual arts WC Pictorial art WIV Fine arts WIT Painting WK Pictorial art WIV Kinds by representation factor Painting WK . Figurative painting WKB F Kinds of paintings WK3 O

WKB GLR . . Flower painting WKK Kinds of paintings by marking material HN . . Nude figures (paintings) . Kinds by paint factor HP . . * Add to WKK letters M/X following WK3 D; JKC . . eg. in primary colours WKK R. JKC 9JU . . . Netherlands . Kinds by special colour properties P . . Religious paintings WKL F . . Monochrome PN . . . Christian religious paintings GB . . . Bistre VH . . Military scenes (painting), battle scenes GC . . . Camaieu (painting) GG . . . Grisaille Kinds of paintings by operations & agents GS . . . Sepia WKG B . Kinds defined by tools used H . . Other colour properties, A/Z * Add to WKG B letters H/V following WK3 4; HB . . . Blond paintings, high-key paintings eg . By constitution BQ . . Palette-knife paintings WKM . . Oils BV . . Finger paintings P . . Polymer colours D . Kinds defined by technique used R . . . Acrylic colours, plastic paints * Add to WKG D letters A/W following WK3 8; T . . Encaustic painting eg, WKN . . Water colour paintings DR . . Chiaroscuro paintings * With pigments dispersed in a gum arabic WKH . Kinds by surface painted on solution. * Add to WKH letters B/S following WK3 C, * See also Japanese ink, WKR W using C for the preferred (default) surface. . . . By place & period C . . Canvas, linen, cotton, canvas board 9E . . . . British D . . Stone AQ . . . . Indian F . . Metal AQQ . . . . . 19th century J . . Ceramics (painting surfaces), porcelain AQQ 73K ...... Kalighat painting (painting surfaces) BG . . . Landscapes L . . Glass Q . . . Transparent water colours, aquarelle * See also Decorative arts WGB; for stained R . . . Opaque water colours glass as a fine art, see WKV LK. * Using non-transparent water-soluble LM . . . Mirrors paints. M . . Ivory S . . . . Gouache N . . Wood (painting surfaces), panels (painting T . . . . Poster colours surfaces) U . . . Emulsified water colours P . . Paper WKP . . . . Tempera PF . . Fore-edge paintings R . . . . . Distemper * On edges of closed books. S . . . . . Cera colla Q . . Parchment, vellum T . . Mixed technique paintings, Mischentechnik R . . Plastic (painting surfaces) paintings WKJ . . Walls (painting surfaces), murals (painting * Mixing tempera colours with paints. surfaces) V . . Ink paintings N . . . Indoor walls VJ . . . Japanese ink paintings, sumi paintings, O . . . Oudoor walls black water colours P . . . Plaster (painting surfaces) VJA S . . . . Japan Q . . . . VJA SF . . . . . 15th century AD QN . . . . . Buon fresco VJA SF6 BJ ...... Zen Buddhist sumi paintings QS . . . . . Secco VK . . . Chinese ink paintings

131 WKQ WL39F Fine arts

Fine arts WIT The Arts W Pictorial art WIV Visual arts WC Painting WK Fine arts WIT . . . Kinds of paintings by operations & agents By dimensions . . . . Kinds of paintings by marking material Pictorial art WIV WKK . Other 2-dimensional fine arts . . . . . By constitution

WKW TP . . Tapestry ...... Paints in solid form TWA R . . . Chinese WKQ ...... Pastel, pastel crayon TWA RAJ . . . . 2nd millennium BC * See also crayon drawings WJG P TWA RAJ H . . . . . Shang dynasty . . . . Quasi-paintings using other materials WKX . . Lives of artists in 2-dimensional fine arts T . . . . . Collage other than painting, A/Z * See also Assemblage WMN * See Appendix 3 for alternatives in the V . . . . . Combine painting treatment of artists’ lives. . . . Kinds of paintings by scale WKR . . . . Miniature paintings WKY Three-dimensional fine arts APA . . . . . Persia AQ . . . . . India AQG ...... Mughal miniature paintings WL . Sculpture WKS D . . . . Dioramas WL2 P . . Exhibitions * A large-scale scenic painting, parts of S . . . Sculpture parks, sculpture gardens which are translucent and allow special ST . . . Sculpture trails lighting effects. T . . . By place * Also used for a three-dimensional TEJ . . . . London representation of a scene (eg animals in a TEJ BM . . . . . British Museum natural setting) and usually including WL3 4 . . Tools painted backgrounds. 5P . . Materials as agents F . . . . Panoramas * For materials as constituents, see WL3 C. * A continuous painted landscape on a roll * For materials defining a particular kind of which can be unrolled to surround an see the kind; eg Stone sculpture WLK. audience and give an illusion of reality. 5PA C . . . Accelerators H . . . . Cosmoramas * Devices for displaying landscapes with 5PA D . . . Additives the aid of reflecting mirrors and lenses. 5PA H . . . Adhesives K . . . . Scene paintings 5PA I . . . Acids * See also Theatrical scenery WTE E 5PA J . . . . Mordants . . . Kinds of paintings by individual artist 5PF L . . . Fillers WKV . . . . Lives of the painters 5PR E . . . Resins * There are several alternative treatments of 5PS A . . . Sandpapers the lives of artists; see Appendix 3 for 7 . . Techniques details. 79 . . . Preliminary operations Other 2-dimensional fine arts 7F . . . . Models * Some examples of applied arts, when regarded 7FM . . . . . Maquette, bozzetto primarily as purely aesthetic productions rather 7FP . . . . . Pointing than applications to a utilitaran object, are treated as fine arts. When in doubt, prefer as applied arts. 7FR . . . . . Armatures * Add to WKW letters C/X following WG; eg, 7K . . . Manufacturing operations WKW K . Stained glass (as fine art) 7S . . . Aesthetic operations K9D . . Europe 8C . . . . Carving, chiselling K9D DF . . . 13th century 8M . . . . Moulding, modelling, shaping O . Mosaics 9A . . . Finishing (sculpture techniques) TM . Embroidery 9CJ . . . . Joining techniques 9E . . . . Assembling (sculpture), construction (sculpture) * See also WM Mixed media art 9F . . . . Patination

132 WL39L Sculpture WLGJK

Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Sculpture WL Sculpture WL Techniques WL3 7 By period & place . Finishing WL3 9A . . Japan WLA S

WL3 9L . . Other finishing operations, A/Z WLA SBV . . . Jogan period 9LG . . . Ganosis SI . . . Edo period 9LP . . . Polishing TYB . . Polynesia CA Materials as grounds VE . . Black Africa * The main role of these in sculpture is to define the VE7 8 . . . Prehistory kinds of sculptures; see WLH N. VE7 8XR . . . . Rock art Art product, sculptures X . . American indigeneous sculpture, Pre- Elements of the sculptured object Columbian sculpture J . Composition & design ZB . . . Mexico JK . . Colour ZF . . . . Mayan civilization K . Decoration By representation factor WLB E . Abstract sculpture Kinds of sculptures E9E . . British R . By movement, style E9E NJC . . . Circle Group . By period & place E9F . . French * General works only on particular places and E9F NJA . . . Abstract Creation movement periods. Works on specific forms of sculpture (eg, E9Y . . American equestrian, stone) go with the form. E9Y NQM . . . Minimalism WL7 7 . . Ancient sculpture F . Figurative sculpture KL . . . Lydia GN . . Statues KL7 4P . . . . Pergamum * In general; for statues of humans, see N . . . Egypt WLE HB. Q . . . Classical antiquity GO . . Statuettes, figurines RA . . . . Greek sculpture * In general; for statuettes of humans, see RL . . . . . Cycladic WLE HC. UW . . . . Etruscan * Not more than 10 inches high. V . . . . Roman GS . . Horses, equestrian sculpture WL8 . . Medieval & modern GSA R . . . Chinese WL9 C . . Western sculpture HB . . Human figure I . . . Italian HC . . . Figurines IE . . . . Renaissance HH . . Portraits in sculpture, busts K . . . German HTM . . Life masks KNQ . . . . 1960s HVM . . Death masks KNQ Z . . . . . Zebra P . . Religious sculptures Y . . . USA PBS . . . Shrines YNQ . . . . 1960s UU . . Monuments (sculpture) * See also WHU Architecture YNQ M . . . . . Minimalism * See also Abstract sculpture WLB E Kinds of sculptures by techniques or elements * Add as follows, if the concepts are applicable: WLA M . . Non-Western sculpture * Add to WLG C letters following WC3 7; Q . . . Indian * Add to WLG D letters following WC3 8; QAM J . . . . Gupta dynasty * Add to WLG E letters following WC3 9: QBT . . . . Pala dynasty * Add to WLG J letters following WC3 J; QCV . . . . Chola dynasty * Add to WLG K letters following WC3 K; eg, R . . . Chinese WLG EE . Collage sculptures, assemblage sculptures RAK S . . . . Ch’in dynasty EH . Enamelled sculptures RBP . . . . T’ang dynasty JK . Coloured sculptures, polychrome sculptures S . . . Japan SBR . . . . Nara period

133 WLGX WLK39C Sculpture

The Arts W Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Visual arts WC Sculpture WL Fine arts WIT Using malleable materials WLG X Three-dimensional fine arts WKY . Metal sculptures WLH Sculpture WL . . Techniques WLH 37 Kinds of sculptures . . . Aesthetic operations WLH 37R

Kinds of sculptures by material WLH 38Q . . . . Hammering WLG X . Using malleable materials 38R . . . . . Repousse (sculpture) X37 L . . Pattern making, moulding 39A . . . . Finishing, coating . . Modelling (shaping) 39E . . . Assembly X38 G . . . Soft sculpture . . Kinds of metal sculptures by technique WLH . . Metal sculptures JM . . . Casts from moulds (metal sculptures) * See also Metalwork crafts WGF JN . . . Direct metal sculptures 34 . . . Equipment * By assembling constituent parts. 34F . . . . Furnaces . . Kinds by metals 37 . . . Techniques N . . . Brasses * Add to WLH 3 numbers 7/9 following S . . . Bronze sculpture WGE 3; eg, T . . . Other metals, A/Z 37K . . . . Manufacturing operations WLJ . Ceramic sculptures 37L . . . . . Casting, moulding (casting) * See also Ceramics (decorative arts) WGJ ...... Materials as agents * Add to WLJ numbers 34/3D following WGJ; eg, 37L 35P ...... Parting agents, release agents 34 . . Equipment 37L 35S ...... Scrim 34F . . . Kilns ...... Operations 37 . . Techniques 37M ...... Mould making 37K . . . Manufacturing 37M E ...... Waste moulds 37M . . . . Mould making 37M F ...... Piece moulds 37M P . . . . . Press moulding 37M G ...... Gelatin moulds 37M S . . . . . Slip moulding 37M H ...... Ciment fondu 37M U . . . . . Slush moulding 37M M ...... Pouring, spruing 37Q . . . . Firing ...... Kinds of casting 37R B . . . . . Baking 37M P ...... Centrifugal casting 37R L . . . . . Lamination 37M Q ...... Lost wax process, cire perdue, . . . Aesthetic techniques investment casting 38G . . . . Modelling (shaping) 37M S ...... Sand casting 39G . . . . Glazing * Used mainly in industry, rather than 3C . . Constituent materials by sculptors. 3CP . . . Potter’s clay 37M SN ...... Lost pattern casting, full mould 3CR . . . Modelling clay casting, cavityless casting, . . Kinds of ceramic sculptures vapourization casting J . . . Clay sculpture 37M SP ...... Explosion casting K . . . Terracotta sculpture 37M SS ...... Slush casting P . Plaster sculpture 37M ST ...... Holland casting X Using non-malleable sculptural materials . . . . . Other metalworking techniques X38 A . Carving 37N D ...... Forging WLK . Stone sculpture 37N F ...... Bending 34 . . Tools 37N H ...... Drawing 37 . . Techniques 37N L ...... Lathework 38A . . . Carving 37N N ...... Joining 38N . . . . Direct carving (stone) 37N S ...... Soldering 38P . . . . Pointing (stone carving) 37N W ...... Welding 38Q . . . . Boasting 37R . . . . Aesthetic operations 39A . . . Finishing 38A . . . . . Cutting 39C . . . . Assemblage 38C . . . . . Chasing

134 WLKM Sculpture WMEE

Fine arts WIT Visual arts WC Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Fine arts WIT Sculpture WL Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Kinds of sculptures by material Sculpture WL . Using non-malleable sculptural materials WLJ X . Kinds of sculptures . . Stone sculpture WLK . . . Relief sculptures WLP

. . . Kinds of stones . . . . By material WLK M . . . . Marble WLQ . . . . . Metal relief sculpture O . . . . . Onyx marble, alabaster (onyx marble) * Add to WLQ numbers & letters 2/Y P . . . . Alabaster following WLJ. * A variety of gypsum, with limited durability. WLR . . . Mobiles, kinetic sculptures Q . . . . Soapstone S . . . Bosses R . . . . Other natural stones * Sculptured decorative protuberances in * Arrange A/Z; eg furniture, buildings, etc. S . . . . Portland cement WLS . . . Assemblage (sculpture) SN . . . . Expanded cement * See also Environment art (mixed media) WM T . . . . Concrete sculpture WLT . . . Earthwork art (1960s), earth art, T37 . . . . . Techniques * Regarded by some artists (eg Long) as T38 R ...... Shuttering (sculpture) sculpture, but by others as multimedia. WLL . . Wood sculpture, wood carving (sculpture) WLV . Sculptors, A/Z * See also WGN Wood carving as a craft * For alternatives, see Appendix 3. 34 . . . Tools, equipment . . . Operations 37K . . . . Manufacturing WM Mixed media art, multimedia art, intermedia art, 37N . . . . . Sawing post-medium art * Draws on a number of other art media, including 37P . . . . . Filing environmental sculpture, performing arts 37R . . . . Aesthetic operations (movement, music, acting) and language. Includes 385 . . . . . Fretwork (wood sculpture) forms which encourage audience interaction J . . . By kind of tree wood WM2 4A . Performers * Arrange A/Z. 4N . Audience, spectators V . . Ivory sculpture . Elements * See ivory carving (crafts) WM3 J . . Simulacram WLM B . . Other materials sculptured, A/Z R . Movements, styles BA . . . Acrylic resin sculptures WM7 . Kinds of mixed media art by period BP . . . Paper sculptures WM9 . Kinds by place BS . . . Soap sculptures C . . Western U . Mixed materials sculpture, mixed media sculptures CN . . . 20th century Kinds of sculptures by form CNG K . . . . Kinetic art (1920-) WLN . Sculptures in the round (general) CNQ C . . . . Conceptual art (1960s-), concept art * Usually assumed. CNQ O . . . . Optical art, op art (1960s) M . . Monoliths * Sculptures, usually huge, carved from or cast CNQ P . . . . Arte povera (c.1967-) from one solid piece. CNQ S . . . . Psychedelic art WLP . Relief sculptures I . . . Italy * See also Numismatics WHK D Y . . . America . . Kinds by form or height of relief YNQ M . . . . Minimal art N . . . Crushed relief YNQ P . . . . Process art (1965), dematerialized art O . . . Hollow relief, incised relief WMA M . . Non-Western P . . . High relief R . . . China Q . . . Low relief, bas-relief RNT . . . . 1980s . . By setting RNT D . . . . . Deconstructive art * Add to WLP letters T/U following WH; eg WME E . Kinds by representational factor THY . . . Portals (sculptures) TI . . . Doors (sculptures) V . . . Monumental relief sculptures

135 WMG WMSS Mixed media art

The Arts W The Arts W Visual arts WC Visual arts WC Fine arts WIT Fine arts WIT By dimensions Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Three-dimensional fine arts WKY Mixed media art WM Mixed media art WM Communication sciences WMJ F

Kinds of mixed media art by technique used WMK . By natural & social phenomena components * The concepts represented by the classes WMG/WML * Add to WMK letters A/V from the whole are not in the normal Class W relationship of classification, with the slight adjustment operations, agents, etc in the production of the indicated. artwork; rather, they are integral feaures of the work - R . . Politically oriented multimedia arts eg, the use of a frame to contain an item would serve a VSY . . Household arts symbolic role. * Add to WMK letters SY/U following V. * Add to WMG T letters A/Y following WC3 7; W . . Recreation arts * Add to WMG V letters A/Y following WC3 8; * Add to WMK letters V/Y following V. * Add to WMG X letters A/Y following WC3 9; WML . By art class components * Add to WMH letters A/B following WC3: eg, * Add to WML letters F/W following W and letters WMG . Interactive media X/Z from the whole classification; eg TG . Enlarging, reduction F . . Applied arts components XE . Assemblage media, collage media L . . Sculpture WMH BF . Framing P . . Music Kinds by materials used S . . Performing arts * Add to WMH letters C/D following WC3; eg, T . . . Theatre CF . Metal U . . . Broadcasting arts CL . Glass X . . Language & literature DW . Paint Kinds of multimedia by nature of presentation Kinds by elements used WMM . Video presentation * Add to WMH K letters J/L following WC3; eg, WMN . Assemblage (mixed media), installations JK . Coloured media, polychrome media * See also Collage WKQ T; Combine painting LL . Sculptures WKQ V Kinds by use of communication media WMP . Happenings (c.1955-), events art * Add to WMJ numbers 4/9 from the whole * Apparently impromptu events, often designed to classification. generate audience participation. * The BC2 volume containing these anterior classes is 9C . . Western art not yet published and the notation is provisional. 9C3 R . . . Movements WMJ C . Computers 9CN QF . . . . D . . Internet art, Web art, Net art 9CN QS . . . . Street art DMG . . . Interactive P . . Spontaneous happenings F . Communication sciences S . . Staged happenings G . . Semiotics, signs & symbols * For staged performances happenings, see * See also Language & literature WML X WMR P. H . . Aural communication, , sound V . . Kinetic environment happenings installations WMQ . Action (mixed media arts) (c.1960-) I . . Visual communication * Less specifically theatrical than happenings. J . . Audiovisual WMR . Performance art (1960-), manifestations, L . . , correspondence realizations M . . Recording & reproduction techniques * Extends art from environment to include action. N . . Mass communication * See also WT3 TNG TA; P . . . The Press WT3 TNG TC Q . . . Broadcasting P . . Staged performance happenings R . . . . Radio T . Body art (c.1965-), living sculpture S . . . . Television WMS . Environment art (c.1960-) * For video, see WMM. * For Earthwork, see Sculpture WLT. T . . Person-to-person communication S . . Space art (1950s) U . . . Mobile phones * 3-d environments in which spectators can enter.

136 WMSS Performing arts & music WP

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Kinds of art Visual arts WC Arts by medium . . . . . Kinds by use of communication media ...... Kinds of multimedia by nature of presentation ...... Space art WMS S WOY Performing arts & music 34 . Buildings, halls for performing arts * See note preceding WT3 4 * See also Assemblage WMN P . Pluralist performing arts WMT ...... Other forms of presentation, A/Z * Quasi-theatrical productions incorporating drama, WMV . . . . . Lives of mixed media artists, A/Z music, dance and visual arts, including elements from * Alternatives to this location are described in mixed-media. Appendix 3. WP . Music WOX Temporal arts * This class (WP/WR) will be published separately. * wox.sch 26.5.06 (from wp.sch: 5.09.01 + 3; 27.9.02 + 3; 11.10.05); 27.5.06; 21.6; 2.7; 5.7; * Artforms which have a beginning and an end in time. They do not necessarily have to be performed to exist as works of art. * Add to WOX numbers & letters 2/E following WT.

137 WS WT29TYH Relations to other subjects

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Performing arts & music WOY Arts by medium Performing arts WS Performing arts & music WOY Theatre WT Relations to other subjects Social aspects

WS Performing arts * There is relatively little literature on the performing arts treated as a whole; so the WT2 9T Economics & management vocabulary of the biggest class (the Theatre) is 9TH . Insurance given in detail and may be used (with any 9TL . Labour relations necessary adjustments) for the division of any 9TL D . . Trade unions other class. 9TL D29 E . . . Equity (UK) * Add to WS numbers & letters 2/Y following WT so far as applicable. 9TL D29 Y . . . Equity (USA) WSD . Acting 9TL P . . Unemployment * For the detailed schedule, see under Theatre, . . . Temporary WTD. 9TL QV . . . . Resting D . . Actors . Kinds of personnel * For creative personnel, see WT3 L; for other personnel, see function; eg dressers under WT . Theatre, theatrical arts, drama theatre costume design. WT2 . . Common subdivisions 9TL S . . Support personnel 5M . . . Communications & information 9TM GP . Governing bodies, trustees * See also theatrical criticism WT3 G 9TQ . Theatrical business management, show 6A . . . Education & training business (management) * For training in particular skills (eg * For show business in general, see WT2 9K. directing), see the skill. * Notation of class T is adjusted here to obtain 6AT . . . . Drama schools shorter classmarks. 6B . . . . . By place . . Persons * Add to each country names of schools 9TQ L . . . Impressarios, theatrical managers, A/Z; eg, promoters (theatre) 6BE ...... Britain 9TQ M . . . Producers 6BE RO ...... Royal Academy of Dramatic Art, * If distinct from directors; for direction, RADA production and stage management, see 7 . . . History by period WT3 LJ. 8 . . . History by place 9TQ N . . . Agents . . Relations to other subjects 9TQ P . . . Angels (theatrical business) 9AA . . . Philosophy 9TV P . . Production & control * Use WT3 FA. * See also Stages of production (Cinema) . . . Social aspects WTT 29T VP 9K . . . . World of the theatre, theatrical world, 9TW . . Marketing show business 9TW L . . . Advertising 9R . . . . Politics 9TX E . . . Public relations, publicity 9RA VQ . . . . . Pressure groups 9TX G . . . Selling 9RA XP . . . . . Arts policy 9TY B . . . . Box offices, admission fees, tickets 9RK K . . . . . Public administration 9TY G . . . . Theatrical programmes 9RK KC ...... Regulation 9TY H . . . . Other sources of income 9RK KP ...... Certification * Arrange A/Z; eg House organs 9RK KV ...... Self-regulation WT2 9TY HHO. 9S . . . . Law 9SB LK . . . . . Copyright 9SC DEV . . . . . Censorship

138 WT2E Theatres WT35X

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Performing arts & music WOY Arts by medium Performing arts WS Performing arts & music WOY Theatre WT Performing arts WS Theatres WT3 4 Theatre WT Kinds of equipment

Operations WT3 4L . Lighting WT2 E . Encouragement of theatre-going * Works on theatrical lighting in general; for F . Patronage & support works on lighting as element of design in stage * For National theatre, see WTE J; for Civic production, see WTE DF. theatre, see WTE K. 4LJ . . Spot lighting FPL . . Clubs & membership (theatre-going) 4M . Sound H . Promotion Parts of the theatre J . . Festivals 4N . Auditoria * For festivals as kinds of production, see 4S . Stages (theatres) WTD M. * For kinds of theatres defined by types of stage, WT3 . Practice of theatre art, production see WT3 5B. * For production operations narrowly, see 4S3 4L . . Lighting WT3 6B. 4S3 4N . . Sound control . . Agents 4TF . . Sight lines . . . Equipment & materials 4TH . . Special components, A/Z * All these relate to the theatres 4TH CAR . . . Carpets, baize themselves. The normal provisions in 4TH CAT . . . Catwalk Class W for these are adapted here to . . Kinds of stages those particular to theatres. * When any of these is defined completely 4TK . . . Early forms of stages by a specific function, see the function 4TN . . . Revolving stages, quick-change stages (eg Costuming - Costume). When a 4TP . . . Apron stages general one is applied to a particular 4TR . . . Open stages function, (eg, lighting as a component of 4TX . . . Others, A/Z stage design), see function. 4TX A . . . . Arena stages 4 . . . . Theatres (physical structures) 4TX M . . . . Miniature stages 427 . . . . . History 4TX P . . . . Proscenium stages 429 ...... History of theatres by place 4TX R . . . . Rostrum stages * Add to WT3 429 letters C/Z from 4U . Backstage Schedule 2. 4V . Seating * Under each country classmark, arrange towns A/Z and under each 4VB . . Boxes (theatre seating) town the names of theatres A/Z; 4VF . Foyers eg, Kinds of theatres 429 E ...... Britain * See also kinds of productions defined by 429 ELO DR ...... Drury Lane theatre (London) ownership and management factors WTD L . . . . . Kinds of equipment . By stage arrangement * Add to WT3 5 letters D/M 5B . . Adaptable theatres following WF3 4 so far as 5C . . Conventional theatres applicable; eg * With proscenium, wings, curtain, etc. facing 4C ...... Computers audience. 4F ...... Mechanical equipment, stage 5R . . Open stage theatres machinery * The actors are not separated from the audience by a proscenium arch. 4J ...... Support equipment * For special effects, see Stage 5T . . . Thrust stage theatres design WT3 LJS; for costumes, 5U . . . End stage theatres see WT3 LL. 5V . . . Theatre in the round, arena theatres . By locale 5W . . Open air theatres, outdoor theatres, summer theatres, alfresco theatre 5X . . Mobile theatres, travelling theatres

139 WT35Y WT8AY Theatrical productions

Performing arts WS The Arts W Theatre WT Performing arts & music WOY Operations Performing arts WS . . Agents Theatre WT . . . . Theatres WT3 4 Theatrical productions WT3 E ...... By locale Philosophy WT3 FA

WT3 5Y ...... Other locales used as theatre, A/Z WT3 G . Theatrical criticism * For example, industrial premises. GP . . Theatrical appreciation, drama appreciation 5YM . . . . Materials as agents Properties * Add to WT3 5YM letters following HE . Content WC3 5Y if applicable. HT . Comedy 6B . . Production operations (theatre) HV . Tragedy 7 . . . Techniques * See also WTJ K Tragedies (theatrical 7F . . . . Model making prodeuctions). 8B . . . Stagecraft (theatrical production), staging HXC . Continuity 8BE . . . . Stage management Elements 8BG . . . . . Programming (stage management) J . Composition & design 8BH . . . . . Stage directions * For stage design, see WT3 LJ. 8BJ . . . . . Rehearsals JER . . Perspective 8BK ...... Kinds of rehearsals, A/Z JM . Music (elements in theatrical productions) 8BK D ...... Dress rehearsals * As an element in non-musical theatre 8BK S ...... Sitting rehearsals productions. 8BK T ...... Technical rehearsals * See also Musical accomplishments in acting WT3 LD3 KN 8BM . . . . Acting-managing JN . Symbolism, allegory . . . Operations on finished product . Elements special to theatrical productions 9R . . . . Recording A . . . . Photography Kinds of theatrical productions . By movements, styles E Theatrical productions, drama, dramaturgy, RY . . Universal styles theatrical art * Add A/Z following WT3 S; eg, * In the context of a classification of the arts, a theatrical production constitutes the completed work SA . . . Avant-garde theatre of art (the art object). SC . . . Classical theatre E24 H . Art creators SI . . . Impressionist theatre * The creators of a theatrical production constitute a SN . . . Naturalistic theatre collective, made up of the dramatist, the director, SRE . . . Realist theatre the actors, the designer, etc. This class takes SRO . . . Romantic theatre general works on these creative elements together; . . Original styles for works on them individually, see TNB . . . Modernist theatre WTC X/WTE. TNF F . . . Futurist theatre . Audience TNG B . . . Bauhaus theatre E24 N . . Theatregoers TNG C . . . Constructivism (theatre) E24 P . . . Attributes & reactions TNG I . . . Improvised theatre E24 PA . . . . Applause, ovations, clapping TNG S . . . Surrealist theatre E24 PD . . . . Dumbing down TNG TA . . . Theatre of the absurd E24 PE . . . . Encores, bis, curtain calls TNG TC . . . Theatre of cruelty E24 PT . . . . Public taste . Kinds by special categories of creators E24 Q . . . Kinds of audiences, A/Z WT6 AF . . Folk theatre * These may define the kind of production (eg, children’s theatre) in which case they are . By period classed at WT WT7 RA . . Ancient Greek theatre E24 QC . . . . Capacity audiences, full house V . . Ancient Roman theatre F . History of theatrical productions WT8 AY . . Medieval & modern theatre FA . Philosophy FC . . Theory

140 WT93 Acting WTEDP

The Arts W Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Theatre WT Theatre WT Theatrical productions WT3 E Theatrical productions WT3 E Acting WTD Kinds of theatrical productions . Elements of acting WTD 3J

Kinds by place WTD 3KV . . Improvisation, extemorization WT9 3 . International theatre, global theatre * See also scripts for improvisation C . Western theatre 3KV N . . . Context D . . European 3KW . . Imitating (acting), mimicry, impersonation DB . . . Medieval theatre 3KX . . . Mime * For mystery plays (morality plays) see 3R . Styles, movements in acting WTI PN6 B. 3TN GM . . Method acting WTA O . Eastern theatre 7 . By period S . . Japanese theatre 9 . By place * For kabuki, see Dance theatre WTO AS. D . Actors, players, performers (theatre) SEN . . . No theatre, Noh theatre . . Kinds of actors by natural characteristics E . . . Actors (male) Specific creative elements in theatrical productions F . . . Actresses * See note at WT3 E24 H. * If distinguished from actors in general. * For kinds of theatrical productions defined by any of GJ . . . Juveniles, child actors these elements (eg, a work on productions by GN . . . Animals (performing in theatrical various directors), see WTL. productions) WTC P . Theatrical companies GR . . Roles of actors * For general works on productions defined by GU . . . Understudies these. Specific companies are treated as creators H . . . Leading roles of their individual productions; see WTL C. HS . . . . Star system WTD . Acting * Regarded as itself an artform within the wider J . . . Supporting roles theatrical art. JM . . . Walk-on parts, minor roles, bit playing 26A . . Training (theatre) 297 Q . . Management JX . . . Extras, supernumeraries, supers 297 YS . . . Casting K . . . Type roles (acting) 297 YT . . . . Auditions KR . . . . Actors playing roles of a different sex, age 29I . . Psychology * For example, boys playing women’s parts. 29I FG . . . Stagefright L . . . . Character roles 3 . . Practice of acting LP . . . . . Protagonists 37 . . . Techniques in acting . . . Special kinds of dramatic role * Regardless of the kind of dramatic 3J . . Elements of acting production. 3JD . . . Debuts N . . . . Comic roles 3KD . . . Speaking (acting), speech (acting) * For comedies as kinds of theatre, see 3KE . . . . Delivery, oratory, enunciation WTJ G. 3KF . . . . Pronunciation, dialect speech P . . . . Tragic roles 3KL . . . Learning lines, forgetting lines * For tragedies as kinds of theatre, see 3KM . . . . Prompting WTJ K. 3KN . . . Singing (element in acting) Q . . . . Narrator 3KP . . . Musical instrument playing (element in WTE D Designing, stage design, art direction acting) * Design of the production as a whole. 3KQ . . . Stage fighting DG . Mise en scene 3KR . . . Movement (acting) * Total arrangement of all elements. * For mime, see WTD 3KX. DL . Lighting design (theatrical production) 3KS . . . Dancing (element in acting) DN . Acoustic design (theatrical production) * For dancing as artform, see WTO. DP . Music (components in theatrical productions) 3KT . . . Gestures (acting) * For , see WQ (or alternative at 3KU . . . Interpretation WTM).

141 WTEDS WTGT Theatrical productions

The Arts W Performing arts WS Performing arts & music WOY Theatre WT Performing arts WS Theatrical productions WT3 E Theatre WT Specific creative elements in theatrical productions Theatrical productions WT3 E . Writing WTE P Designing WTE D . . . Adaptations WTE PG

WTE DS . Special effects (theatrical design) WTE PN . . . . Translation (theatrical productions) E . Scenery, sets, stage sets, decor Q . . . . . By language translated from * See also scene painting WKS K * Add to WTE Q letters following Y EG . . Property, props S . . . Scripts for improvisation EH . . . Cycloramas (stage scenery) * See also improvisation in acting WTD-3KV EJ . . . Backdrop, backcloth V . Editing total production EM . . Multiple sets * Usually implies editing and cutting of total film output EP . . Permanent sets in cinema art; see WTT. ES . . Simultaneous sets Kinds of theatrical production by economic factors * A number of terms included below relate to film and EU . . Unit sets broadcasting productions. They are included here to EV . . Locations (scenes) ensure the maintenance of consistency in the parallel F . Costumes, costume design, dress arrangement and notation for the concepts involved. F24 A . . Designers WTF C . Long-run performances F24 AR . . Dressers D . Low-budget productions FH . . Specific kinds of costume, A/Z G . Spectacles, epics FHH . . . Historical costume, period costume J . Subscription performances FHM . . . Modern dress L . Matinees FM . Make-up design M . Charity performances, benefit performances H Producing & directing N . Festivals * When taken as bound together. Kinds by special contexts HD . Producers PC . Command performances * If treated as joint creator with director. PF . Farewell performances J . Directng PP . First performances, premieres J3F C . . Theory PS . Studio performances J3F CT . . . Auteurs Q . For other special contexts, A/Z JP . . Directors Kinds by environmental conditions * For producers independent of directors, see WT2 9TQ M; for compering, see variety S . Summer theatre theatre. T . Outdoor theatre, alfresco theatre L . . Total theatre (directing) Kinds by time factor P Writing, script, playwriting V . One-off productions P37 . Techniques W . Series, serials * Technical manuals only; for the texts of dramatic Kinds by nature of producing organizations works, see the dramatist concerned in Class X WTG B . Touring theatre, travelling companies (theatre) Literature. Locate here only those works C . Repertory theatre, stock companies (theatre) concerned with the technicalities (which may E . Commercial theatre include considerations of imaginative F . Non-commercial theatre interpretation) of writing for theatrical G . Publicly owned theatre productions. * Alternatives are provided in Class X for the H . . National theatre inclusion of such works under drama as a literary J . . Civic theatre, municipal theatre form. K . Group theatre, cooperative theatre P38 S . . Editing scripts L . Little theatre, community theatre . Elements M . Amateur theatre P3M . . Plots N . Home productions P3N . . Dialogue P . School productions . Kinds of playwriting Q . Women’s drama group theatre PG . . Adaptations S . Workshop theatre, , studio theatre PJ . . . Novels (adaptations for theatre) T . Private theatre

142 WTHA Theatrical productions WTKR

The Arts W The Arts W Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Theatre WT Theatre WT Theatrical productions WT3 E Theatrical productions WT3 E Kinds of theatrical productions Kinds by subject content

WTH A Kinds by special categories of persons WTI W . Art & artists (subject of dramas) * Alternative (not recommended) locating at XE . Literature & writers WT6 A/B. See Appendix 3 for details. Kinds by genre, theme * Add to WTH letters A/B following W6; eg, Ethnic * For works dealing with a specific subject, see WTI. theatre WTH BE. * See also dramatic themes special to the cinema and to Kinds by technological stage broadcasting WV/WY. * See WTT HC Films WTJ B . Straight drama, character plays (theatre) Kinds by structure of the production C . Genre theatre R . One-act plays (theatrical productions) * Dramas of everyday life. S . Monologues G . Comedies (theatrical productions) T . Duologues H . . Farces (theatrical productions) U . Play readings (theatrical productions) I . . Satires Kinds by subject content * See also Cabaret WTQ G * Theatrical productions nearly always imply K . Tragedies (theatrical productions) imaginative treatment of subject content. Factual M . Melodramas (theatrical productions) presentations, designed to inform, is very rare in N . Mysteries (theatrical productions), thrillers comparison with broadcasting (and to a lesser P . Horror degree film). Provision is made for this, however, at WTK G for documentary treatment. The classes Q . Science fiction here (at WTI 3/WTI Z) assume imaginative R . Adventure treatment. S . Westerns * Add to WTI numbers & letters 3/Z from the whole T . Other, A/Z classification; eg, TA . . Art house productions WTI AY . Science Kinds by specialized forms HM . Medicine W . Animated IU . . Mental disturbance * Almost entirely confined to film and television. KMV . Social class X . . Cartoons KPG . Family, marriage Kinds by special objectives KRM . Sexual relations * Almost entirely confined to film and broadcasting. L . Historical subjects * Add to WTK letters C/L following WTU K so far as O . . Biographical subjects applicable. P . Religion Kinds by special audience PN . . Christianity WTK O . Foreigners (theatrical productions for) * Add to WTK N letters C/Y from Auxiliary PN8 B . . . Medieval period Schedule 3; PN8 BM . . . . Mysteries (miracle plays), miracle plays * To each language classmark, add the country PN8 BP . . . . Passion plays classmark from Schedule 2; eg, PV . . Islam OY . . English language drama Q . Social welfare OYN . . Russia (English theatrical productions in) * See also Genre theatre WTJ C. P . Children (theatrical productions for) QG . . Poverty R . Interactive theatre (with audience), audience QO . . Crime participation theatre QP . . Police Productions by special creative elements in theatre R . Politics * For works in which productions are defined by the * See also Satirical reportage WTK participation of a particular company, actor, designer, S . Legal dramas, trials director or writer. T . Business * An alternative (not recommended) is to subordinate U . Industry, technology such works to the life of the element (eg, the director, VH . War actor). See Appendix 3 for details. VW . Recreations, sports

143 WTLCP WTO8N Dance theatre

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Kinds of art Performing arts & music WOY Arts by medium Performing arts WS Performing arts & music WOY Theatre WT Performing arts WS . . . Productions by special creative elements in theatre

WTO Dance theatre * For general works on dance as a fundamental form WTL CP . . . . Productions by particular companies of human movement and expression, see VX CX . . . . . By place Recreational arts. This class is for dance performed * Arrange by country and period, publicly as a theatrical performance. followed by the name of the company; * For dance as an element in other human activities eg, see the activity; eg gymnastics, skating, preventive * Add to WTL CX letters E/Z in and therapeutic medicine, social and religious ritual. Schedule 2; eg, * For dance as a component of other theatrical forms CXE ...... English companies (in particular, variety theatre performances), see the CXE WO ...... Theatre Workshop (1945-) particular form qualified by the (Art component) facet from WTH; for dance in performance art, see CXF ...... French companies WML TO. CXF LI ...... Theatre Libre (1887) * Add to WTO numbers & letters 2/L following WT * See also Naturalistic theatre with the substantial modifications indicated (eg WTS 3SN script writing becomes choreography, acting CXL Y ...... Polish companies becomes dancing). CXL YGR ...... Theatre Laboratory, Grotowski 29H . Human biology Theatre (1950s-) * For anatomical and physiological bases of D . . . . Productions by named actors movement in dance, see WTO D3L A. ED . . . . Productions by named designers 3 . Practice of dance theatre EJ . . . . Productions by named directors 36B . . Production operations EP . . . . Productions by named writers 38B . . Stagecraft * Note at WTE P37 applies here also. Locate here only works considering solely or largely the theatrical 3E . Dance productions production of the work. 3E2 4N . . Audience * The works of dramatists go in literature 3G . . Criticism Class X. This location is for performing . . Elements arts in which the script is uniquely 3J . . . Composition & design written for a given kind of performance 3R . . Kinds of productions by movements & styles medium. . . . Universal styles * Arrange A/Z by playwright; under each 3SC . . . . Classical playwright, arrange A/Z by title; under each title, arrange A/Z by character 3SR O . . . . Romantic (when one character is the subject). 3T . . . Original movements, styles WTM Music theatre * For , see WTP P, where it is * Theatrical productions in which the music treated as a special form of theatre dance. element is at least as important as the drama 3TN EE . . . . Expressionist dance element. 3TN FF . . . . Futurist dance * This location is only for works whose central 3TN QP . . . . Post-modern dance concern is with the theatrical production as a . . Kinds by special categories of persons whole rather than with the music or drama alone. 6AF . . . Folk dancing (dance theatre), country * This is an alternative (not recommended) to dancing (dance theatre) locating in Music WP/WR. See Appendix 3 for 6AK G . . . . Gypsy dance details. * For Flamenco, see Spanish dance WTO 9GB. 7 . . Kinds by period 7Q . . . Classical antiquity 7R . . . . Greek 8AY . . . Medieval & modern periods 8N . . . . 20th century

144 WTO9 Dance theatre WTOEP3O

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Dance theatre WTO Dance theatre WTO Dancing WTO D Dance productions WTO 3E . The Body WTO D3L A

WTO 9 Kinds of productions by place, provenance WTO D3L MB . . Body movements 93 . International dance theatre, global dance . . . Special attributes in performance theatre D3L MD . . . . Strength 95 . National dance D3L ME . . . . Speed * General works only; specific national dance D3L MR . . . . Rhythm theatre goes under the country. D3L MS . . . . Coordination 97 . Regional dance theatre D3L MT . . . . Balance * General works on the concept only. D3L MX . . . . Relaxation 99 . Local dance theatre . . . Basic actions * General works on the concept only. D3L NC . . . . Flexion 9C . Western dance theatre D3L NE . . . . . Abduction * See also Ballet WTP D3L NG . . . . . Adduction 9E . . British D3L NJ . . . . . Rotation 9E7 6T . . . English D3L NP ...... Pirouette 9E7 6TW . . . . Morris dancing (dance theatre) D3L P . . . . Movements special to a part 9GB . . Spanish D3L PE . . . . . Elevation 9GB 6AK G . . . Flamenco (dance theatre) D3L PP . . . . . Pronation AM . Non-Western dance theatre D3L PS . . . . . Supination AQ . . Indian . . . . Stages in performance AS . . Japanese D3L SF . . . . . Warming up ASH . . . 16th century D3L SH . . . . . Take-off ASH K . . . Kabuki dance theatre D3L SL . . . . . Landing, recovery ATH B . . Thailand D3L SN . . . . . Finishing Specific creative elements in productions * Specific examples of each element (eg, each . . . . Parts of body moved company) are treated as creators of specific D3L TG . . . . . Head & neck movements kinds of theatre; see WTO LC. D3L TH . . . . . Hand & wrist movements CP . Dance companies (general) D3L Y . . . . Whole body movements, A/Z D . Dancing D3L YL . . . . . Leaping * As defining a kind of dance theatre. D3L YS . . . . . Slowing down D29 HM . . Medical factors (dance movements) . Special actions in dance D37 . . Techniques D3M D . . Interpretation . . . Special techniques assisting dance D3M F . . Improvisation D38 T . . . . Tai Chi D3M G . . . Contexts for improvisation D38 U . . . . Laban techniques * Utilizing objects, place settings, etc. * See also Labanotation WTO 37 D3M K . . Gesture D38 WA . . . . Alexander technique D3M M . . Mime D3K R . . Movement (dance) DE . Dancers D3L A . . The Body (in dance), human biology * Add to WTO D letters E/L following WTD D * Add to WTO D3L letters B/W following (Actors) so far as applicable; eg, WTO DE Male VXP 5 (Physical recreation) as indicated dancers. below. ED Designing, stage design D3L HNR . . . Physiotherapy EH Directing D3L I . . . Psychological factors in performance EP Choreography D3L ING P . . . . Attribution . Elements * Recognizing the factors determining EP3 N . Notation (choreography) performance. EP3 NL . . Choreology D3L INN K . . . . Facilitation EP3 O . . Benesh notation * Influence of others on performance.

145 WTOEP3P WTPV Kinds by forms special to dance

The Arts W The Arts W Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Dance theatre WTO Dance theatre WTO Specific creative elements in productions Kinds by forms special to dance . . Notation WTO EP3 N Ballet WTP

WTO EP3 P . . . Labanotation, kinetography Laban . Kinds of ballet productions by organization EP3 PM . . . . Motif writing WTP GL . . National ballets Kinds of dance theatre productions GL9 E . . . British * Add to WTO letters F/L following WT so far as GL9 ERO . . . . Royal Ballet applicable; eg, GL9 N . . . Russian HR . Workshop dance theatre GL9 NBO . . . . Bolshoi LCP . Kinds by dance company . . Kinds of productions by specific creators LD . Kinds by individual dancer LCP . . . By specific companies * Arrange A/Z by name. LD . . . By specific dancers LEP . Kinds by individual choreographer LEC . . . By specific choreographers * Arrange A/Z by name. LED . . . By specific designers LET . Kinds by individual composer LEJ . . . By specific directors * Arrange A/Z by name; arrange individual works under each composer, A/Z by title. LET . . . By specific composers Kinds by forms special to dance N . Classical ballet (alternative location) * Alternative (not recommended) to treating WTP . Ballet simply as one particular style of ballet. See * Alternative (not recommended) is to locate under Appendix 3 for details. Music in WP/WR. See Appendix 3 for details. P Modern dance theatre 36B . . Production operations * Alternative (not recommended) is to treat simply 3B . . . Stagecraft as one style of dance. . . Kinds of ballet productions . By representation factor 3R . . . By movements, style PBE . . Abstract dance 3SC . . . . Classical ballet PLC P . Kinds of productions by named company 3SR O . . . . Romantic ballet PLC PCU . . 9 . . . Kinds by place PLC PDU . . Isadora Duncan 9E . . . . British ballet PLC PGR . . 9I . . . . Italian ballet PLC PJU . . Judson Dance Theatre (1962-4) 9N . . . . Russian ballet PLC PWU . . Wuppertal Dance Theatre . . Specific creative elements in productions R Eurhythmic display (dance theatre), rhythmical CP . . . Ballet companies movement (dance theatre) * General works only; individual companies . By company are treated as creators; see WTP G RLC PJA . . Jage-Dalcrage D . . . Dancing (ballet) * 1861-1957. * As artform in itself. Other forms of dance theatre DE . . . . Dancers * For recreational dancing, see VX; this class takes DF . . . . Ballerinas only those works dealing with recreational forms . . . . By type of role when produced in theatres as public DO . . . . . Comic roles performances...... By scale * Add to WTP S letters following VX; eg DS ...... Pas seul, solo ballet dances S . Jazz dance (dance theatre) DT ...... Pas de deux T . Tap dancing (dance theatre) EC . . . Choreography V . Other forms, A/Z ED . . . Designing ballet productions EJ . . . Directing ballet productions

146 WTQD Performing arts WTRVW

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Arts by medium Arts by medium Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Variety theatre WTQ D . Kinds of vaudeville by special performances WTQ J

WTQ D Variety theatre, vaudeville * Theatrical productions consisting of a variety of turns, WTQ WN . . Animal turns (variety theatre), menageries not necessarily linked, utilizing a large range of * See also Circus WTR theatrical performing skills (dancing, singing, mime, X . Miniature theatre, toy theatre etc) and often with a comic element. XM . . Marionettes DJ . Compering XP . . . Puppets, glove puppets . Kinds of variety theatre XQ . . . Punch & Judy E . . Music hall XS . . Shadow play EP . . Concert party WTR B Spectacle theatre F . . Revues * See also tournaments (sports) Class VXY G . . Cabaret, nightclubs (cabaret) C . Circus * Performances as accompaniment to eating and * See also performances with animals, WTQ WN drinking in restaurants, etc. CQD D . . Performers GD . . . Dance theatre, Can-can CQD GN . . . Animals H . . Pantomime CQD N . . . Clowns HG . . . Special roles, A/Z CQD R . . . Acrobats (circus) HGB . . . . Buffoons F . Fairs, funfairs HGH . . . . Harlequinade G . . Specific forms, A/Z HGP . . . . Pierrot * Eg swings, roundabouts, scenic railways. I . . . By theme, nursery rhyme, A/Z H . Pageants, carnivals * Eg, Jack and the beanstalk WTQ IJ. HN . . Floats (spectacle theatre) J . Kinds of vaudeville by special performances HP . . Parades, march-pasts * See also Vaudeville forms in recreational J . Masquerades entertainments (when these are performed by K . Public ceremonies (spectacle theatre), festivals individuals at parties, etc) VXU. (spectacles), commemorative ceremonies K . . Comic turns (variety theatre), jesters * See also K Folklore & customs * See also Buffoons (pantomime) WTQ WGB; Clowns (circus) WTR CQK L . . Coronations (spectacles) L . . Impersonation M . . Military tattoos LM . . . Mime impersonation N . . State visits (spectacles) LP . . . Opposite sex impersonation Q . . Triumphs (spectacle theatre) LX . . Dexterous acts (variety theatre) R . . National festivals * See also Circus WTR C S . . . By place M . . . Magicians (variety theatre), illusionists (variety * Add to WTR S letters C/Z in Schedule 2. theatre) T . Tableaux N . . . Conjurers (variety theatre) U . . Waxworks O . . . Card tricksters (variety theatre) V . Illuminations P . . . Jugglers (variety theatre) VS . . Firework displays Q . . . Others, A/Z VT . . Torchlight processions * Eg, Baton twirlers, Knife throwers. VW . . Son et lumiere R . . Physical feats (variety theatre) * See also Circus WTR C S . . . Acrobats T . . . Trapeze artists UE . . . Escapists V . . . Other feats of daring, A/Z . . Kinds of acts exploiting physical feature WC . . . Physically abnormal persons (variety theatre) WE . . . Strippers (variety theatre) WG . . . Beauty competitions (variety theatre)

147 WTT WTT7NJ Film

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Kinds of art Arts by medium Arts by medium Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Film WTT

WTT Film (performing arts), cinema, motion pictures 29S CDE V . Censorship Operations on the finished art object 29T VP . Production & planning WTT 39R . Copying 29T VPP . . Preshooting 3BD . Display, presentation 29T VPS . . Shooting 3BE . . Cinemas 29T VPT . . Post-production * The relationship of cinemas (as physical 29T W . Marketing structures) to the art of film is quite different from that of the physical theatres in theatre art. 29T XG . . Distribution (marketing of films), circuits Most of the literature on them is in architecture (cinema) WHN. 29T YJ . . Exhibition (marketing of films), screening * Add to WTT 3BE number 4 following WT3 29T YR . . Reproduction (marketing of films), video so far as applicable; eg, recording (films) 3BE 24N . . . Audience 2F . Patronage & support 3BE 4L . . . Lighting 2FP L . . Film clubs, film societies 3BE 4M . . . Sound 2J . . Film festivals 3BE 4V . . . Screen (cinema equipment) 2K . . . Named festivals, A/Z 3BE 4W . . . . Wide screen 2KC A . . . . Cannes festival (films) 3BF 4X . . . . Stereoscopic screen, three-dimensional 34 . Equipment for film production screen * For equipment serving a particular operation, . . . Kinds of cinemas see latter; in particular, cameras are * Add to WTT 3BF letters A/Y following subordinated to Camerawork WTT E. WT3-5 so far as applicable; eg, * For sets, see under Design at WTT DO. 3BF M . . . . Multiplex cinemas 346 . . Film studios 3BF R . . . . Open-air cinemas, drive-in cinemas 34C . . Computers 3BF T . . . . Home cinemas 34F . . Mechanical equipment 3BH . Care & preservation of films * Arrange A/Z; eg, 34F B . . . Booms 34F G . . . Gantries, mobile gantries Art object 34F T . . . Tracks 3E . Film productions, films 34L . . Lighting equipment 3FC . . Theory 34M . . Sound equipment 3FC F . . . Feminist theory of cinema 34P . . Props 3G . . 35P . . Materials as agents 3J . . Elements * For film stock, see Cinematography 3JN . . . Symbolism, allegory WTT EL. . . Kinds by property, etc. 36B . Production operations 3ON V . . . Avant-garde films * These are largely made up of the actions of the 3R . . Movements, styles different creative specialists who * See also ; eg, Film noire WTT JTN co-operatively produce a film; the actions of . . . Universal styles each of them may be regarded as defining an 3SI . . . . Impressionist artform in its own right, albeit subordinated to 3SR E . . . . Realist the larger whole of film art; see WTT C/E. . . . Original styles 37 . . Techniques * Add to WTT 37 numbers & letters 9/J 3TN GE . . . . Surrealism, Kino Pravda following WC3 7; eg, 7 . Kinds of film production by period 37F . . . Model making 7LM . . Proto-cinema (pre-1870) 38B . . Stagecraft 7LT . . 1870-1899 38B J . . . Rehearsals 7ND . . 1900-1929 7NJ . . 1930-

148 WTT9 Film WTTEVK

The Arts W The Arts W Arts by medium Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Film WTT Film WTT Art object Art object Special creative elements in film-making

WTT 9 Kinds by place WTT EL Camerawork 9C . Western cinema EM . Cinematography 9F . . French cinema * Add to WTT EM numbers & letters 2/9,A/X 9FN PN . . . Nouvelle vague following WJW so far as applicable, with the 9I . . Italian cinema additions indicated. 9IN PN . . . Neo-Realism EM3 4K . . Cine cameras 9N . . Russian cinema EM3 4P . . . Parts special to cine cameras, A/Z 9NN G . . . Soviet cinema EM3 4PF E . . . . Film feed 9Y . . American cinema EM3 4PG A . . . . Filmgate 9Y7 4H . . . Hollywood films . . . Kinds of cine cameras AM . Non-Western cinema EM3 5H . . . . Continuous film movement cameras APA . . Iranian cinema EM3 5I . . . . Intermittent film movement cameras AQ . . Indian cinema EM3 5L . . Printers (cinematography) AQ7 4B . . . Bollywood films EM3 5M . . Projectors AS . . Japanese cinema EM3 5T . . Film stock ASN Q . . . 1960s EM3 5U . . . Sound film ASN QN . . . . Nuberu bagu, New wave EM3 5UM . . . . Magnetic sound tracks Special creative elements in film-making EM3 5UO . . . . Optical sound tracks * See note at WT3 E24 H; films display the same EM3 5V . . . . Monophonic sound tracks cooperative nature as theatrical productions, but EM3 5W . . . . Stereophonic sound tracks include several elements not found in the latter. . . Operations in cinematography * The explanatory and Add notes under particular EMS . . . Synchronization creative elements given at WTC X/WTE apply * Of picture and sound. here also. EMT . . . Post-synchronization operations * Add to WTT letters CP/E following WT, with the EMU . . . . Specific operations, A/Z additions indicated. EMU D . . . . . Dubbing CP . Film production by kinds of film companies EMV . . . Stereophonic sound D . Acting EN . . . Shooting DD . . Actors, players ENH . . . . Handheld camera techniques ED . Design, art direction (films) ENI . . . . Framing . . Elements ENJ . . . . Close-ups ED3 J . . . Composition & design ENL . . . . Panning EDO . . . Sets ENN . . . . Tracking shots EDO V . . . Locations (film-making) ENP . . . Other techniques, A/Z EDP . . . Costume, dress EP Writing for films, film scripts, scenarios, EDP M . . . Make-up design screenwriting EDQ . . . Stock shots EP2 9TQ N . Selection of scripts, script office * Incorporation of recordings from previous films for recurrent situations. EPH . Adapting * Of novels, plays, translations, etc. EDR . . . Special effects (film design) EQ . Original stories for film EDT . . . Titles & credits * See also Graphic design WFG EU Composing (for films) EH . Producing & directing EV Film editing * "The film editor is the key... he enters the EI . . Producing cutting room like a miner searching for precious EIP . . . Producers things to extract..." (Bertolucci). EJ . . Directing EVG . Continuity writing EJP . . . Directors EVH . Minor operations, A/Z * Eg, looping, joining, splicing. EVK . Cutting

149 WTTEVN WTTLEV Film

The Arts W The Arts W Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Film WTT Film WTT Special creative elements in film-making Art object . Film editing WTT EV Kinds of film productions by various characteristics

WTT EVN . . Dubbing WTT J . Kinds by genre EVQ . . Montage JB . . Photoplays, straight dramas EVT . . Subtitles JG . . Comedies Kinds of film productions by various characteristics JN . . Mysteries * Add to WTT letters F/K following WT so far as JP . . Horror films applicable; eg, JQ . . Science fiction . By economic factors JR . . Adventure FD . . Low-budget films JS . . Westerns FE . . B-films JT . . Other, A/Z * Relatively inexpensive films not regarded as JTA . . . Art-house movies major productions by the producing company. JTN . . . Film noire FF . . Big-budget films, block-busters (films) JTV . . . Cinema verite FG . . Epics (films), spectacles (films) . Kinds by special forms FN . . Film festivals JU . . Musicals . Kinds by time factor in display JW . . Animated films FV . . One-off productions JX . . . Cartoons FW . . Series, serials KB . . Children’s films . Kinds by nature of producing organization . Kinds by special objectives GK . . Co-operative groups * Add to WTT K letters D/L following WTU K so far GM . . Amateur films as applicable; eg, GN . . Home produced KDN . . Newsreels . Kinds of films by technological features . . Reportage on specific subjects * For animated films, see WTT JW. KJ . . . Educational films H . . Silent films . Kinds by special audiences HK . . Talkies (general), sound films (general) KO . . Foreigners (films for) * These are now generally assumed and are KOU . . . Dubbed films implicit in the literature. If any of the concepts appearing earlier in the schedule relate to silent By specific creative elements in film-making films they should be subordinated to that class. * This class takes works on the actual films which are defined by a particular element; eg, the films of Woody HL . . Black & white films Allen, films of Shakespeare’s plays. HM . . Colour films (general) LCP . Films of particular companies * General works only; now usually assumed. LD . Films of particular actors HN . . Three dimensional films LED . Films of particular designers HP . . Video films, television films LEJ . Films of particular directors . Kinds by structure of the production LEL . Films of particular cameramen HS . . Monologues LEP . Films of particular writers . Kinds by subject LEV . Films of particular editors IHM . . Medicine IKM V . . Social class ILB . . Historical films INY . . Bioscopes IO . . . Lives of individuals, A/Z IP . . Religion IQO . . Crime IVH . . War

150 WTU Broadcasts WTUFN

The Arts W The Arts W Kinds of art Performing arts & music WOY Arts by medium Performing arts WS Performing arts & music WOY Broadcasting WTU Performing arts WS Art object Broadcasts WTU 3E

WTU Broadcasting (performing arts) * This class takes only those works which are Kinds by provenance primarily concerned with the aesthetic WTU CJ . Recorded broadcasts qualities of the productions. For CJV . . Broadcasts recorded from cinema films broadcasting as a general communication * Add to WTU CJ letters V/W following WTT E; medium, see Class 4. eg * Add to WTU numbers & letters 2/W CJW . . Black & white films following WTT, with the additions & CJX . . Closed circuit modifications indicated; eg, CL . Live broadcasting 29T . Economics & management * For networks, owners, etc in broadcasting Kinds by locale services, see WTU CP. CM . Outdoor broadcasting 29T W . . Marketing Special creative elements in broadcasting art 34 . Equipment * See explanatory notes at WTT CW. 346 . . Studios . Producing organizations 36B . Production operations CP . . Controllers, networks, owners, services 3BD . Presentation of finished productions . . . Parts 3BE . . Receiving sets (broadcasting) CQ . . . . Channels 3BE 24N . . Audience . . . Kinds of networks by organization 3BE 24N 292 X . . . Estimating audience numbers CRD . . . . Domestically owned 3BG . . Programming CRF . . . . Foreign owned CS . . . . Public service broadcasting CU . . . . Co-operative broadcasting . Art object, product CV . . . . Private broadcasting, commercial broadcasting 3E . . Broadcasts CX . . . . Local networks 3FC . . . Theory CY . . . Kinds of networks by country 3G . . . Criticism * Add to WTU CY letters D/Z from Schedule 2 3J . . . Elements and add to each country classmark as follows * The main elements are the actions of (where x = the country’s classmark): the creators who co-operatively * For individual channels, see radio and television produce the broadcast; see broadcasting, WTV and WTW. WTU CX. D . Acting 3JN . . . . Symbolism DD . . Actors 3R . . . Kinds of broadcasts by movements, DQ . . Reading, announcing styles DR . . Presenting, compering 8 . . . Kinds by period ED . Design 9 . . . Kinds by place EH . Producing & directing * The distinction between Western and EL . Camerawork non-Western is not relevant to EP . Writing broadcasting and both are located at EU . Composing WTU 9. EV . Editing * Add to WTU 9 letters D/Z in Kinds of broadcasts by various characteristics Schedule 2. * Add to WTU letters F/K following WTT with the . . . Kinds by time factors additions and modification indicate; eg, CG . . . . Pilot projects (broadcasting), Kinds by economic factors discontinued programmes FD . Low budget broadcasts FM . Charity performances FN . Broadcasting festivals

151 WTUFV WTVCYESQ Broadcasts

The Arts W Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts & music WOY Performing arts WS Performing arts WS Broadcasting WTU Broadcasting WTU Broadcasts WTU 3E Art object . Kinds of broadcasts by special objectives Broadcasts WTU 3E . . Reportage WTU KD

Kinds by structure WTU KG . . . Documentaries WTU FV . One-off programmes . . . Reportage broadcasts by subject * Usually assumed; general works only here. * Add to WTU KH numbers & letters 3/Z FW . Serials from the whole classification Kinds by nature of producing organization KHA Y . . . . Science GK . Groups, cooperatives KHE . . . . . Nature GM . Amateur broadcasting * When this term is equated with living GS . Workshop broadcasting, experimental things. broadcasting KHL . . . . History, current affairs, public events HA Kinds by special categories of persons KHP . . . . Religion * Alternative (not recommended) locating at WTU KHR . . . . Politics 6A/B. See Appendix 3 for details. KHT . . . . Economics & business * Add to WTU H letters A/B following W6; eg, Ethnic KHV X . . . . Recreation broadcasting WTU HBE. * For documentaries on the nature and place Kinds by technological stage of recreations in society. For direct * See, eg, WTT HC Films reporting of recreational events, see WTU Kinds by structure of the production KK. HS . Monologues KHV Y . . . . Sports HT . Duologues * For documentaries on the nature and place of sports in society. For direct reporting of HU . Play readings sports events, see WTU KM. I Kinds of broadcasts by subject content KHW . . . . Arts (documentary broadcasts) * See note at WTI; WTU I/WTU J assume imaginative treatment and strictly factual productions KHX . . . . . Literature, book programmes are located at WTU K. KIJ . . Educational broadcasts * Add to WTU I numbers & letters 3/Z from the KIK . . . Training programmes whole classification; eg, Religious broadcasts TU IP. KIT . . Commercials, advertising IHM . Medical dramas KK . . Recreations reportage IL . Historical dramas KM . . Sports reportage IO . Biographical dramas . Kinds of broadcasts by audience factor IQP . Police dramas * Add to WTU K letters O/S following WTK; eg, J Kinds of broadcasts by genre KP . . Children’s broadcasts JB . Drama, straight drama, broadcast plays KR . . Audience participation broadcasts JC . Everyday life KSC . . Chat shows JCF W . . Soaps, sitcoms KSQ . . Quizzes JG . Comedies KSR . . Reality shows JK . Tragedies . Kinds defined by special creative elements JN . Mysteries * Add to WTU L letters CP/V following WTL; eg, JR . Adventure LDD . . Broadcasts of particular actors, speakers JT . Other genres, A/Z LEP . . Broadcasts of particular writers JW Animated broadcasting productions WTV , wireless broadcasting JX . Cartoons * Add to WTV numbers & letters 2/L following Kinds of broadcasts by special objectives WTU. . Producing organizations, networks KD . Reportage * Broadcasts on a specific subject designed primarily CY . . Networks by country to inform, as distinct from imaginative works of all CYE . . . Britain kinds. . . . . Public KDN . . News broadcasts CYE S . . . . . British Broadcasting Corporation, BBC KE . . Talks, discussions CYE SQ ...... Channels KF . . Interviews

152 WTVCYESQ3 The Arts WW

The Arts W Kinds of art Arts by medium . . . . . Radio broadcasting WTV ...... Channels WTV CYE SQ

WTV CYE SQ3 ...... Radio 3 WTW . . . . . Television broadcasting * Add to WTW numbers & letters 2/L following WTU; eg, ...... Creative elements in production EL ...... Camerawork ...... Dramatic works defined mainly by subject IL ...... Historical events IO ...... Lives of individuals IQP ...... Policework, crime IQP 9E ...... British broadcasting programmes IQP 9EH V ...... Serials IQP 9EH VZ ...... Z-cars T ...... Electronic theatre TI ...... Interactive theatre, web theatre, virtual theatre WTX . . . . . Performing arts artists, A/Z * See Appendix 3 for alternatives. History of the arts * Alternative (not recommended) for libraries wishing to cite place and period before the art medium. See Appendix 3 for details. WU . History by period * Add to WU letters following W7; * Add to WV letters following W8. WW . History by place * Add to WW letters following W9; * Add to WX letters following WA.

153